Electronic Access Control Catalog

Transcription

1 Electronic Access Control Catalog

2 Security, Every Step of the Way $$$ $$ ASSA ABLOY offers a complete range of technologies with increasing capabilities designed to address today's security requirements. $ Mechanical Credential Keypad Offline Intelligent Data-on-Card Keys Wireless Online Intelligent Opening ASSA ABLOY, the global leader in door opening solutions, continues to break new ground by offering the broadest range of security technologies in the industry. From mechanical keys to intelligent openings, this array of technologies known as the Security Continuum pairs the appropriate locking technology to the specific requirements and risks of each opening. Because every opening is different based on its usage, employing a single technology throughout a facility doesn't make sense. Careful consideration of each opening based on its specific requirements allows proper selection of access control, enhancing the security of a facility and keeping costs in line. Key systems are the original access control, and the backbone for security today. Keypad locks provide a cost-effective method for securing doors requiring only a PIN code for entry. Offline access control locks can be either stand-alone or part of a larger system. Using either PIN code or credential or both, these locks are programmed by visiting the individual lock. Intelligent key systems incorporate sophisticated features into retrofit cylinders to upgrade the security of existing hardware to include powerful scheduling and accountability. Data-on-card technology provides flexible security by using a credential to transmit system data between offline devices and online management systems. Wireless access control locks are easy-to-install and commission, and are available to communicate via the building's WiFi network or ASSA ABLOY's Aperio technology. Online access control locks are wired, communicating via Power-over-Ethernet or Integrated Wiegand protocols. Hi-O technology is an idea of how openings will behave in the future, where all hardware around the opening monitor, records and communicates diagnostic and performance information. This catalog represents the breadth of our electronic security products in an easy-to-use format for exploring and ordering. 2

3 How to Order Products from the Security Continuum Many of the products contained in this catalog are available for order only from ASSA ABLOY Authorized Channel Partners, and must be installed by a Certified Integrator. These products are denoted by the logos below to indicate inclusion in this category. Products not in this category can be ordered through the brands' contract hardware or wholesale partners. To find an ACP or CI in your area, visit the Sales Support section on or contact your local ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions sales representative for assistance. About ASSA ABLOY's Authorized Channel Partner and Certified Integrator Programs ASSA ABLOY has created two programs that provide the necessary training to sell, order, install and service our technology products, including Aperio wireless, Integrated Wiegand, IP-enabled and self-configurable intelligent components: The Authorized Channel Partner (ACP) program is open to resellers, who sell ASSA ABLOY s technology products to certified integrators and help with product selection based on the application. The Certified Integrator (CI) program provides hands-on training for security systems integrators and network administrators. Not only does this training familiarize certified integrator candidates with product features and applications, it also gives them valuable experience installing, commissioning and troubleshooting the products in a real-world environment. For more information on the qualifications for becoming an ACP or CI, contact your local ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions sales consultant. Additional Resources Product Information Intelligent Openings website ASSA ABLOY Americas University Support ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions Sales Support ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions Canada Sales Support Electronics Technical Support WIRE Website ARCHITECTURAL DOOR ACCESSORIES Markar Products McKinney Products Pemko Products ADAMS RITE ALARM CONTROLS CORBIN RUSSWIN HES MEDECO NORTON RIXSON SARGENT SECURITRON YALE 3

4 Table of Contents Key Systems...7 Keypad Access Control...9 Adams Rite RITE Touch RT1050 Digital Glass Door Lock...11 Adams Rite eforce Keyless Entry...13 Sargent KP Series...15 Yale nextouch Keypad Lock Securitron DK-12 Keypad System...23 Securitron DK-16 Keypad System...25 Securitron DK-26 Keypad System...27 Securitron DK-37 Keypad...29 Securitron DK-38 Keypad...31 Offline Access Control Corbin Russwin Access 700 PAC1 Campus Lock...35 Corbin Russwin Access 800 AC Sargent Passport 1000 PG...43 Sargent Profile Series v.g Intelligent Keys...51 Medeco M3 & X4 CLIQ...53 Medeco XT Data-on-Card Multi-Family Solution Yale Real Living Digital Deadbolt...67 Yale Real Living Interconnected Lock...69 Yale nextouch Cylindrical Lock...73 Yale Accentra Cloud-Based Software...77 Credential Updater...79 WiFi...81 Corbin Russwin Access 700 PWI Corbin Russwin Access 800 WI Corbin Russwin IN Sargent IN Sargent Passport 1000 P Sargent Profile Series v.s Persona Campus Online Software Lock Management Tool Aperio Wireless Technology Adams Rite A100 Keyless Entry Corbin Russwin IN HES K100 Cabinet Lock HES KS100 Server Cabinet Lock Sargent IN Sargent PR Securitron AS100 Sensor Securitron R100 Reader Aperio Hubs Integrated Wiegand HES Integrated Electric Strikes HES K200 Cabinet Lock HES KS200 Server Cabinet Lock Adams Rite eforce 3090P/C Keyless Entry Corbin Russwin Access 600 RNE Corbin Russwin SE LP Sargent Harmony Sargent SE LP Yale Symphony

5 Table of Contents Power over Ethernet Solutions Corbin Russwin Access 800 IP Corbin Russwin Access 700 PIP Corbin Russwin IN Sargent IN Sargent Profile Series v.s Sargent Passport 1000 P Securitron AQE Single Port Injector Securitron AQE Single Port Extractor Securitron AQE Rack Mount Multi-Port Midspan Injector Persona Campus Online Software Lock Management Tool Electromechanical Products Power Supplies Securitron BPS 12/24-1 Dual-Voltage Linear Power Supply Securitron BPS Linear Power Supply BPS Linear Power Supply Selection Guide Securitron AQD3 Dual-Voltage Switching Power Supply Securitron AQD5 Dual-Voltage Switching Power Supply Securitron AQD6 Dual-Voltage Switching Power Supply Securitron EcoPower Power Supply Securitron AQM20 Multi-Voltage Switching Power Supply Power Transfers & Electrified Hinges McKinney Quick Connect Electric Hinges McKinney Power over Ethernet (PoE) Hinges McKinney Concealed Circuit Electric Hinges McKinney Electrified Continuous Geared Hinge Pemko Electrified Continuous Geared Hinge McKinney Electrified Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges 245 Markar Electrified Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges McKinney Power over Ethernet (PoE) Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinge Markar Power over Ethernet (PoE) Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinge Securitron TSB-C Door Cord Securitron Electrical Power Transfer Securitron Square-Cut Electrical Power Transfer Securitron Concealed Electrical Power Transfer Securitron PowerJump ICPT Inductive Coupling Power Transfer Electric Strikes Adams Rite 7100 Series Electric Strikes Adams Rite 7200 Series Fire-Rated Electric Strikes Adams Rite 7400 Series UltraLine Electric Strikes HES 1006 Series Electric Strikes HES 1500 & 1600 Series Electric Strikes HES 4500 Series Electric Strike HES 5000 Series Electric Strike HES 5200 Series Electric Strike HES 7000 Series Electric Strike HES 7501 Series Electric Strike HES 8000 & 8300 Series Electric Strikes HES 8500 Series Electric Strike HES 9000 Family Electric Strikes HES Folger Adam 310 Series Electric Strike HES Folger Adam Series Electric Strike HES Folger Adam X Series Electric Strike HES Folger Adam Series Electric Strike HES Folger Adam 700 Series Electric Strike HES Folger Adam 742 Series Electric Strike Cabinet Locks HES 610 Series Cabinet Lock HES 660 Series Cabinet Lock Securitron M32-SS Split Strike Double Cabinet Door Magnalock Securitron MCL Cabinet Magnalock

6 Table of Contents Electromagnetic Locks Securitron M380 Magnalock Securitron M370 Magnalock Securitron M680 Magnalock Securitron M670 Magnalock Securitron M38 Magnalock Securitron M68 Magnalock Securitron imxda Exit Delay Magnalock Securitron M32 Magnalock Securitron M62 Magnalock Securitron M82 Magnalock Securitron DM62 Double Magnalock Securitron M34R Recessed Magnalock Securitron SAM2-24 Shear Aligning Magnalock Egress Devices and Accessories Securitron EEB Emergency Exit Button Securitron Push Buttons Alarm Controls TS-2 & TS-2T Push Button Alarm Controls Model EB Alarm Controls TS-60 Pneumatic Push Buttons Alarm Controls Model RT-1 Wireless Transmitter & Receiver Alarm Controls Model EXP-1 & EXP-15 Hazardous Location Push Buttons Securitron DSB Dual Sense Bar Securitron EMB Electromechanical Bar Securitron TSH Touch Sense Handle Electromechanical Locks & Exit Devices Adams Rite Steel Hawk 4300 Electrified Deadlatch Corbin Russwin CL33900 Electrified Cylindrical Lock Corbin Russwin ML20900 ECL & ML20600NAC Series Mortise Locks with EcoFlex Sargent 10 Line Electrified Cylindrical Lock Sargent 8200 Electrified Mortise Lock with EcoFlex Yale 5400LN Electrified Cylindrical Lock Yale 8800 Electrified Mortise Lock Electric Latch Retraction (ELR) Exit Device Delayed Egress Alarmed Exit Exit Device Monitoring Electrified Trim Electrified Exit Device Option Compatibility Electrohydraulic & Electromechanical Low Energy Operators Norton 6000 Series Low Energy Operator Norton 5700 Series Low Energy Operator Norton 5900 Series Low Energy Operator Norton 5800 Series ADAEZ Low Energy Operators Norton 5600 Series Low Energy Operators Low Energy Operator Selection Guide Electromagnetic Door Holders/Releases Appendix A CORBIN RUSSWIN Levers, Roses and Trim SARGENT Levers, Roses and Trim YALE Levers, Roses and Trim Appendix B PoE-Friendly Devices

7 Key Systems Overview ASSA ABLOY Group brands were early innovators in the field of key systems. Though much has changed in cylinder mechanics and how facilities secure their doors, key systems are still the backbone of facility security, and ASSA ABLOY remains the leader in key system technology. Our brands are continuously upgrading their key systems to meet new challenges that confront the market. The most basic level of protection is a typical mechanical cylinder with a legacy key system. ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer varying levels of protection to enhance legacy key systems, including patented key systems that protect against unauthorized key duplication, geographic exclusivity that further restricts how a key can be duplicated, and cylinders listed to UL 437 offer protection against picking, drilling, and physical attack. 7

8 Products Available 1 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 3 6 MEDECO 3 High Security* 2 CORBIN RUSSWIN Pyramid 7 SARGENT Degree 3 MEDECO X4 8 SARGENT Signature 4 MEDECO BiLevel* 9 SARGENT Keso 5 MEDECO 3 CLIQ* 10 SARGENT XC 8

9 Keypad Access Control Overview Keypad locks offer basic access control capabilities. Typically programmed by visiting the door, these locks provide security using keypad only. Keypad locks come in a variety of forms. The Yale nextouch lock has a digital touch screen similar to a smart phone or a standard push-button interface. Programming and day-to-day use of nextouch is simplified with an interactive, voice-guided system. The RITE Touch digital door lock from Adams Rite brings new refinement and grace to keyless access solutions for glass openings. The surface-mounted RITE Touch offers sophisticated styling, convenience, flexible access control, and safety and security for single or double all glass openings. Securitron offers digital keypads to work with any electronic lock. Offering easy installation in a wide range of indoor and outdoor environments, Securitron digital keypads are weather-resistant and tamper-proof. This provides a scalable, flexible solution that allows users to manage locks locally, and add and remove users without issuing keys. Features and Benefits Easy, affordable upgrade from mechanical locks Allows users to manage locks locally Fast, simple installation Flexibility to add and remove users without issuing keys 9

10 Products Available Locks 1 ADAMS RITE RITE Touch RT SARGENT KP Series 2 ADAMS RITE eforce YALE nextouch Keypads 5 SECURITRON DK-12 8 SECURITRON DK-37 6 SECURITRON DK-16 9 SECURITRON DK-38 7 SECURITRON DK-26 10

11 ADAMS RITE RITE Touch RT1050 Digital Glass Door Lock Overview The RITE Touch RT1050 is a digital door lock that provides keyless access control for all-glass openings. The RITE Touch offers sophisticated styling, convenience, flexible access control, and safety and security for single or double glass doors. Perfect for indoor applications, the easy-to-install surface-mounted RITE Touch RT1050 combines elegant aesthetics with the latest touch screen technology, to harmonize style and security. With choice of thumbturn or ADA compliant accessibility lever. Features and Benefits Thin, low profile, surface mounted design Easy installation requires no modification to glass Sleek touch screen interface Compatible with interior single or pairs of doors Access control via card reader or keypad Card reader supports up to 40 credential cards Choice of lever or dual action thumbturn Battery powered with emergency access power capability Visible operation status Optional automatic locking Break-in and damage alarm Electronic shock resistant 11

12 KEYPAD Electronic Specifications Users Up to 40 Visual/Audible communications Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Certifications Capacitive touchscreen; audible user feedback 4 AA alkaline batteries One year based on 10 daily uses 5 F to 130 F (-15 C to 55 C) FCC Part 15 compliant Mechanical Specifications Handing Door thickness Bolt Strike Non-handed 7/16" to 1/2" thick glass doors, indoor applications only Twin bolts measuring 13/32" diameter with 1-1/8" throw. Bolt extensions included separately in standard package for larger door gap, including twin bolts with 2-1/8" throw. Surface-mounted strike plate for double glass doors provided Adams Rite RITE Touch RT1050 How to Order Series Model Trim RT 1050 D Credentials Credentials provided exclusive for RITE Touch. Options D Thumbturn L Accessibility Lever Dimensions Lockbody 9/16" 14.3mm 31/64" 12.3mm 1-59/64" 48.8mm Strike plate 9/16" 14.3mm 31/64" 12.3mm 1-1/2" 38.1mm 2-55/64" 72.6mm 5/32" 4mm 1/16" 1.6mm 3-1/16" 77.8mm 3/16" 4.8mm 1-39/64" 40.9mm 1-51/64" 45.6mm 3/32" 2.4mm 7-21/64" 186.1mm 7-1/2" 190.5mm 7-21/64" 186.1mm 7-1/2" 190.5mm 12

13 ADAMS RITE eforce Keyless Entry Overview The eforce Keyless Entry is a battery-operated keyless entry control for Adams Rite deadlocks, deadlatches and exit devices that is compatible with aluminum, hollow metal, and wood door applications. The device can accommodate up to 150 users, including master, supervisor, and emergency users plus two onetime codes. The eforce can operate in three modes: Standard, Passage, and Lockout. All programming is accomplished via the keypad. Device operation is confirmed by both a visual LED light indicator and an audible sound generated by a piezo horn. Features and Benefits Surface mounted with concealed fasteners Non-handed with clutched lever protection Key override via mortise cylinder; 1" (25.4 mm) to 1-1/2" (38.1 mm) length with MS cam (available separately) UV stable keypad material 13

14 KEYPAD Electronic Specifications Users Up to 150 Visual/Audible communications Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications LEDs/piezo 4 AA alkaline batteries Supports 60,000 activations -31 F to +151 F (-35 C to +65 C) 5%-95% humidity (non-condensing) FCC Part 15 compliant Mechanical Specifications Handing Door thickness Non-handed 1-3/4" (44.5 mm) to 2-1/4" (57.2 mm) Finishes Satin Chrome (626) or Dark Bronze powdercoat (121) Adams Rite eforce How to Order Model Compatible Products Finish Compatible Products 1 Adams Rite latches or 8000 Series exit devices, Yale 7200 series, Corbin Russwin ED4000 Series exit devices only. 2 Adams Rite MSR deadlocks Finishes 626 Satin Chrome Dimensions 1-7/16" 36.5mm 3-7/8" 98.4mm 2" 50.8mm 5" 127mm 15-3/8" 390.5mm 7-19/32" 192.9mm 1-3/4" 44.5mm 14

15 SARGENT KP Series Overview The KP Series keypad locks are designed for openings that require stand-alone, basic authorized entry capabilities. All programming is done at the door using the keypad with functions selected by the user according to opening requirements. Combined with the physical security of an ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 mechanical locking mechanism (cylindrical, mortise or exit device), these locks provide the security and functionality needed to control access to storerooms, offices, stairwells, conference rooms and restrooms. With the key override feature, the keypad lock can be readily integrated into a new or existing master keyed system. Features and Benefits Upgrades traditional mechanical locks for increased security Audit trail tracks usage and events at the lock All programming done at lock using keypad or handheld DTD device; provides visual aids to determine status Available in cylindrical, mortise or exit device configurations Use on interior or exterior doors Certified to ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; UL Listed to Canadian safety standards 15

16 KEYPAD Electronic Specifications Users Up to 100 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Last 15 entries Green, yellow and red LEDs; programmable piezo Request to Enter 4 C alkaline batteries; low battery indication 40,000 operations per set of batteries 4 F (-15 C) to 140 F (60 C) <95% non-condensing ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; UL Listed to Canadian safety standards Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim or mortise) Handing ANSI/BHMA certification Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. A156.2 Grade 1 A Grade 1 A156.3 Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Refer to catalog Latchbolt Brass, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt n/a Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike 2-3/4" T-strike standard ANSI curved lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. 16

17 KEYPAD ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) The ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) is a handheld device that allows users to upload programming and configuration files to the lock and download audit trails. Communication between the DTD and the lock is accomplished through infrared technology. The device is capable of auditing the last 15 entries and programming up to 100 users. Order separately as p/n DTD. Exit Trim 8-1/16" (205 mm) " (46 mm) ETL Shown 3-9/16" MAX (90 mm) Used with all Sargent EAC exit devices Easy operating lever handle allows convenient one hand operation Meets requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1 Withstands 1000 inch pounds of torque without allowing access 8-1/16" (205 mm) 1-13/16" (46 mm) 13/16" (21 mm) Dimensions Cylindrical inside Exit 3-1/2" (89 mm) Mortise 12-1/8" (308 mm) Mortise inside Rim 3-1/2" (89 mm) 12-17/32" (318 mm) User Codes One to six digits per code Over 1,100,000 possible user combinations One master code assigns emergency, supervisory and user codes, allows access during low battery One emergency code allows entry when deadbolt is thrown (KP8276/KP8277) or during low battery One supervisory code allows temporary lockout of selected users, changes unlock time duration, requests infrared interrogation output, and may add user codes One time user code allows visitors one time entry Entry of three wrong user codes in succession disables all codes for ten seconds Unit can be put in Passage only mode at keypad 16-1/2" (419 mm) 16-1/2" (419 mm) 17

18 KEYPAD Sargent KP Series How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Rose Lever Finish Hand 28- KP 10 G77 LN L 26D RHR Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Rose Lever Finish Hand 23- KP LN L 26D RHR Exit Devices Options Series Type Function Rail Trim/Lever Hand Finish Door Width 12- KP F ETL RHR 32D 36" Options 12- UL fire label exit hardware (exits only) 23- Flat lip ANSI strike 4-7/8" (mortise only) /8" curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) SG-MicroShield coating Type 10 Cylindrical lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Function Cylindrical G77 Key override Mortise 76 Key override and deadbolt 78 Key override and no deadbolt 77 Deadbolt and no key override 79 No deadbolt and no key override Exit 77 Key override 78 No key override Rail (exits) E 24" to 32" doors F 33" to 36" doors J 37" to 42" doors G 43' to 48" doors Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Door Width (exits) If supplied, rails will be cut to size. Levers C M E A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X Roses D C M LN 2" X O 2-3/4" X L 3-1/2" X G 3-1/2" X For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield ; add SG- to options W X X C Cylindrical M Mortise E Exit Device D Diameter 18

19 YALE nextouch Keypad Lock Overview Yale nextouch Keypad Access Lock is the next generation in access control, combining superior cylindrical lockset technology with a contemporary aesthetic and a range of convenient, user-friendly features. Users benefit from either an interactive touchscreen or push button keypad that makes day-to-day access effortless. nextouch also offers voice-guided programming for fast and simple updates to user information in the event of staffing changes or security breaches. Ideal for a wide variety of applications, nextouch is recommended for management offices, patient records storage, storerooms, staff lounges, restrooms and anywhere that requires simple controlled access. Featuring fully modular technology, nextouch can be easily upgraded from a stand-alone lock to accommodate more advanced technologies for broader applications, including multi-family and small business. Features and Benefits Up to 25 unique PIN codes stored Choice of capacitive touchscreen or tactile push button keypad for convenient entrance or access to programming menu Slanted screen or keypad optimizes line of sight and is backlit for low light conditions Modular construction allows users to upgrade to ZigBee/Z-Wave or Data-on-Card technologies as system requirements change and grow Keyless entry reduces complexity of key system management Privacy feature disables exterior keypad to ensure complete privacy Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; UL Listed to Canadian safety standards 9V battery power backup feature prevents lockout if the batteries die Voice-guided programming makes setting up the lock or updating access rights straightforward and effortless 19

20 KEYPAD Electronic Specifications Users Up to 500 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications n/a Capacitive or backlit push button keypad; voice-guided programming in 3 languages and 3 volume settings 4 AA alkaline batteries; can be hard-powered with 9VDC power supply 1 year based on 20 operations/day; low battery indicator 4 F (-15 C) to 140 F (60 C) 95% relative humidity ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors, UL Listed to Canadian safety standards; FCC Part 15 compliant Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Handing Easily field-reversible ANSI/BHMA certification A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1 Door thickness Backset Latchbolt Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/4" standard 2-3/4" standard 1/2" throw standard 4-7/8" ANSI standard Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include protected, and security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC, Yale LFIC and key-free formats available. Refer to catalog for info. 20

21 KEYPAD Free Wheeling Lever Trim The nextouch features a Free Wheeling lever mechanism. When the outside lever is locked, it will rotate freely up and down while remaining securely locked. Dimensions 2-7/8" (73mm) 1/2" (13mm) 1-3/8" (36mm) 2-7/8" (73mm) 1-1/2" (39mm) 1-1/2" (39mm) 8-3/8" (212mm) 8-1/8" (207mm) 9-3/4" (96mm) 3-5/16" (84mm) 3-5/16" (84mm) 3-3/4" (95mm) 21

22 KEYPAD Yale nextouch Keypad Lock How to Order Cylindrical Lever Series Function Technology Finish Door Cylinder Latch Strike Thickness AU NTB 610 NR /4" L Function 610 Key override, push button keypad 620 Key override, capacitive touchscreen 630 No key override, push button keypad 640 No key override, capacitive touchscreen Technology NR Keypad only Door Thickness 1-3/4" or 1-3/8" Cylinder L 6-pin cylinder standard Latch /4" backset, deadlatch, square corner, 1-1/8" x 2-1/4" Strike /4" ANSI strike standard Levers AU MO PB Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - equivalent 626 Satin Chrome Plated 676 Flat Black Powdercoat 22

23 SECURITRON DK-12 Keypad System Overview The DK-12 stand-alone keypad and controller is ideal for lower security requirements such as traffic control. Easy-to-install and easy-to-program, the one-piece DK-12 supports 99 user codes, including Passage mode and Lockout mode. Features and Benefits Single gang, stainless steel plate with low-voltage mounting ring 12-key, illuminated 3x4 keypad True 10-digit operation (10 digits plus * and # keys) Easy programming from the keypad Passage mode and Lockout mode Configurable audible keystroke echo Red, green and yellow LEDs for status and programming feedback Fail secure or Fail safe capable Easy-to-install with simple hand tools 5A SPDT timed, control relay output MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no fault warranty 23

24 KEYPAD Electronic Specifications Users 99 Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw LEDs for status and programming feedback Request to exit input 12V or 24VAC or DC current 70mA at 12VDC or 24VDC Maximum 30VDC or 300 VAC switched voltage Operating temperature -10 F to +140 F (-23 C to +60 C) primarily for indoor applications How to Order Part # DK-12 Description Digital keypad system with illuminated keys single gang Dimensions 4-1/2" (114 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) 24

25 SECURITRON DK-16 Keypad System Overview The DK-16 digital keypad system provides medium/high security control of electric locks in a one- or two-door application where both doors have the same control needs. The tamper-resistant 3x4 keypad provides true 10-key operation for use and programming. Encased in a separate enclosure for secure installation in a protected area, the controller offers REX input and relay output for lock control, alarm shunt or other interfaces. Features and Benefits 12 key 3x4 keypad with engraved and paint filled numbers Stainless steel plate Audible keystroke echo Controller mounted in plastic enclosure User code and/or hard code disable feature 5A DPDT relay output REX input True 10-digit operation (keys are not paired), 3 LEDs and a beeper 16 ft. (4.8 m), 12 conductor, 22 gauge keypad cable MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no fault warranty 25

26 KEYPAD Electronic Specifications Users 59 Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Operating temperature LEDs for status and programming feedback Request to Exit input 12V or 24VAC or DC 7 ma at rest; 160 ma active at 12VAC or 12VDC 20 ma at rest; 190 ma active at 24VAC or 24VDC CPU: +32 F to +158 F (0 C to +70 C) Keypad: +32 F to +110 F (0 C to +43 C) Indoor use How to Order Part # DK-16 DK-16P Description Keypad and controller indoor, single gang Keypad only indoor, single gang Dimensions 4-1/2" (114 mm) 8" (203 mm) 6" (152 mm) 3" (76 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) 26

27 SECURITRON DK-26 Keypad System Overview The DK-26 digital keypad system provides medium/high security control of electric locks in one- or two-door applications where doors have the same control needs. The fully weatherproof, rugged stainless steel keypad can be mounted in most outdoor environments. Encased in a separate enclosure for secure installation, the fullfeatured, easy-to-program DK-26 is ideal for narrow stile applications. Features and Benefits Cast stainless steel with 11 EPDM rubber keys Weatherproof and tamper-resistant Dual-voltage 12 or 24VDC/VAC Mounts on a narrow mullion Audible keystroke echo True 10-digit operation (keys are not paired) User code and hard code disable feature Passage mode and Lockout mode 5A DPDT relay 3 LEDs and a bell button 16 ft. (4.8 m), 12 conductor, 22 gauge keypad cable MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no fault warranty 27

28 KEYPAD Electronic Specifications Users 59 Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Operating temperature Certifications LEDs for status and programming feedback and audible keystroke echo Request to Exit input 12V or 24VAC or DC 7 ma at rest; 160 ma active at 12VAC or 12VDC 20 ma at rest; 190 ma active at 24VAC or 24VDC CPU: +32 F to +158 F (0 C to +70 C) Keypad: -22 F to +158 F (-30 C to +70 C) indoor or outdoor use CE certified How to Order Part # DK-26BK DK-26SS DK-26PBK K-26PSS Description Keypad and controller narrow stile, black anodized Keypad and controller narrow stile, satin stainless Keypad only narrow stile, black anodized Keypad only narrow stile, stainless steel Dimensions 1-1/2" (38 mm) 7" (178 mm) 8" (203 mm) 7/8" (22 mm) 6" (152 mm) 3" (76 mm) 28

29 SECURITRON DK-37 Keypad Overview The DK-37 digital keypad offers Wiegand output for universal compatibly with access control systems. The fully weatherproof stainless steel keypad is designed for narrow stile applications. Features and Benefits 12-key cast stainless steel 2x6 keypad with silicone rubber keys Weatherproof and tamper-resistant Mounts on narrow mullion Compatible with access control systems using standard Wiegand output Audible keystroke echo 16 foot (4.88 m) cable included MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no fault warranty 29

30 KEYPAD Electronic Specifications Visual/Audible communications Power supply Current draw Operating temperature Certifications LEDs for status and programming feedback and audible keystroke echo 12V or 24VDC 35 ma Active, 7 ma at Rest at 12VDC 75 ma Active, 16 ma at Rest at 24VDC -22 F to +158 F (-30 C to +70 C) Indoor or outdoor use FCC Part 15 compliant; IC compliant How to Order Part # DK-37WSS DK-37WBK Description Keypad only Wiegand mode, narrow stile, satin stainless Keypad only Wiegand mode, narrow stile, black Dimensions 1-1/2" (38 mm) 1" (25 mm) 7" (178 mm) 30

31 SECURITRON DK-38 Keypad Overview The DK-38 digital keypad offers Wiegand output for universal compatibly with access control systems. The 3x4 illuminated keypad features a flush-mount stainless steel faceplate. Features and Benefits 12-key illuminated 3x4 keypad Compatible with access control systems using standard Wiegand output Single gang mounting Tamper detection True 10-digit operation Audible keystroke echo 16 foot (4.88 m) cable included MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no fault warranty 31

32 KEYPAD Electronic Specifications Visual/Audible communications Power supply Current draw Operating temperature Certifications Status LEDs and audible keystroke echo 12V or 24VDC 12VDC: 52 ma active, 24 ma at rest 24VDC: 110 ma active, 50mA at rest +32 F to +110 F (0 C to +43 C) indoor use FCC Part 15 compliant; IC compliant How to Order Part # DK-38W Description Keypad only Wiegand mode, single gang, satin stainless Dimensions 2-3/4" (70 mm) 1-1/8" (29 mm) 4-1/2" (114 mm) 32

33 Offline Access Control Overview Offline locksets are battery-operated, stand-alone units, requiring no wiring from locks to CPU. Offline locks offer an economical solution for customized access control without the cost and complexity of a networked system. Features and Benefits ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, offering the highest degree of physical security available in access control locks Programming is accomplished through the use of a PDA or data transfer device and PC-based software Locks support up to 1,200 users per door and a 700-event transaction history all maintained in lock memory Locks support HID 125 khz prox credentials; also available with keypad and/or magnetic stripe Uses standard batteries for easy deployment and maintenance Can be used with RF fob for localized lockdown capabilities Offline locks and cylinders provide an affordable option for customized access control 33

34 Products Available 1 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access SARGENT Passport 1000 PG 2 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access SARGENT Profile Series v.g1 34

35 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 700 PAC1 Campus Lock Overview The Access 700 PAC1 lockset with PERSONA Campus software is an intelligent, one card solution for economical and effective campus access control. The ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 lockset is available in mortise lock, cylindrical lock, and exit device configurations with keypad and magnetic stripe, or magnetic stripe only. PERSONA Campus software technology provides seamless database integration and software interfacing with enterprise, transaction and housing systems. Features and Benefits Available with keypad and magstripe or magstripe only credentialing for any application Interrogate individual locks and perform system upgrades and changes quickly and easily One card system uses a single keycard to provide user identification, building access, and parking privileges, allowing for personalized security Time-controlled user access allows campuses to limit entry to specific areas and hours, controlling who goes where and when Ability to audit event histories allows you to interrogate locks, review event history, and prevent false accusations of entry and theft Certified to ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors 35

36 OFFLINE Electronic Specifications Users Up to 1,200 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Last 700 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; Latchbolt; Deadbolt; Aux latchbolt 6 AA alkaline batteries; can be powered with 9VDC hardwired power supply 1 to 3 years based on usage -40 F (-40 C) to 135 F (57 C) <95% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; ADA compliant Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 2-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard Refer to catalog. Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt n/a Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials Magstripe 4-digit PIN code 36

37 OFFLINE Accessories Remote Reader For doors where a lockset cannot be used, the PERSONA remote reader offers independent, stand-alone security compatible with your overall keycard system. A relay output allows you to control access to revolving doors, electric strikes and magnets, door openers, vehicle entrances, and other units. Encoder The PERSONA encoder allows you to place customized user information onto the magnetic stripe of most any keycard. The information on the card is checked by each lock into which the card is inserted, determining whether or not access will be granted. Information stored includes issue time, start time, end time, facility code, user ID, PIN code, access privileges, and more. The encoder also runs in an unattended mode, which allows the PERSONA server to encode any keycard with the latest information. This might include a room change driven by an interface to a host system, or a privilege extension granted by a system operator in their PERSONA Campus software. Unattended encoders are perfect for bulk move-in periods as well as day-to-day upkeep of the PERSONA card data. LockLink Interrogating access history and updating locks in your facility is made easy with the PERSONA portable LockLink Transfer Device. The device makes it simple to reprogram a lock or download an audit trail of the last 700 events stored inside the lockset. Events include successful and failed access attempts, use of the deadbolt (mortise version only), use of the metal key override (mortise version only), and door position status (mortise version only). All transactions are password protected. Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside shown Inside shown Inside shown Outside shown 3-1/16" (78 mm) 3-1/16" (78 mm) 3-1/16" (78 mm) 3-1/16" (78 mm) 11-5/8" (295 mm) 11-3/16" (284 mm) 11-3/4" (299 mm) 12-1/4" (311 mm) Exit Device Dimensions Rim/SecureBolt, Mortise 3-1/16" (78 mm) 3-1/16" (78 mm) Reader Escutcheon 15-5/16" (389 mm) 17-11/16" (449 mm) Lever Escutcheon 37

38 OFFLINE Corbin Russwin Access 700 PAC1 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Type Function Technology Trim (Lever/Rose) Finish Hand Credential CL TCPAC1 AZD 626 LH M808 Mortise Locks Type Function Technology Trim (Lever/Rose) Finish Hand Credential ML TCPAC1 LSA 626 LH M808 Exit Devices Type Lever Trim/Function Technology Finish Hand Door Width Misc. Options Credential ED TCPAC1 626 LHR W048 M808 Series/Exit Device ML Mortise lock CL Cylindrical lock ED5200 Panic rim exit ED5200S Panic SecureBolt rim exit ED5200A 3-hr rim exit ED5200SA 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit ED5633AL 3-hr mortise exit, No key override ED5634AL 3-hr mortise exit, key override Credential M807 Magstripe only M808 Keypad & magstripe Misc. Options Refer to catalog Function Cylindrical With cylinder Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Exit 9733 No key override (rim/securebolt) 9734 Key override (rim/securebolt) 9M733 No key override (mortise) 9M734 Key override (mortise) Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Door Width (exits) 24" W024 36" Standard 48" W048 Levers C M E A X X X C X X D X X E* X X L* X X N* X X X P* X X X R X X Roses D SA 2-1/4" SB 2-1/4" ZD** 3-1/2" SF 2-7/8" For complete listing of available levers, roses, escutcheon and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise E - Exit D - Diameter Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - Equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" to finish code * Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face. ** Cylindrical locks only 38

39 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 800 AC2 Overview The Access 800 AC2 stand-alone locks are ideal for facilities that want the added security and convenience of credentials without the overhead of a networked access control system. Available as cylindrical, mortise and exit device configurations, the Access 800 AC2 Series provides a flexible way for you to update your locks quickly and efficiently using a handheld device or the keypad. With support for HID 125 khz prox and RF fob credentials, the AC2 Series combines access methods with RF technology to create seven Corbin Russwin ANSI/ BHMA Grade 1 locks, housed in a sleek contemporary design. The Access 800 AC2 offers unique, affordable functionality that is perfect for classroom applications. Using the RF fob, the lock can be secured quickly from almost anywhere inside the room remotely when used in Panic mode. This eliminates teachers or staff having to approach the door in an emergency. Features and Benefits Up to 2,000 users and a 2,000-event audit trail Supports HID 125 khz Prox cards and RF fob credentials User credentials stored in lock memory Programmable via keypad or using a data transfer device Available with keypad for dual factor authentication Mortise lock, cylindrical lock, or exit device configurations available 39

40 OFFLINE Electronic Specifications Users M800: 100; all other models: up to 2,000 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Last 2,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to Exit; Latchbolt; Deadbolt; Aux latchbolt 6 AA alkaline batteries; can be powered with 9VDC hardwired power supply 80,000 cycles or 4-1/2 months with RF technology Operating temperature -40 F (-40 C) to 135 F (57 C) Operating humidity Certifications <95% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; ADA compliant Mechanical Specifications Handing Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim, SecureBolt or mortise) Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Refer to catalog Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw (rim); full 3/4" projection (SecureBolt) Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Cylinder types Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials Supports all HID 125 KHz Wiegand formats (up to 40 bit) by keypad presentation or when using prox enrollment station with SoloPlus software PIN code RF fob 40

41 OFFLINE ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) and SoloPlus Software The ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) is a handheld device that allows users to upload programming and configuration files to the lock and download audit trails. Communication between the DTD and the lock is accomplished through infrared technology. The device is capable of programming and auditing up to 250 doors, and programming up to 2,000 users. The DTD can also be used with the Access 800 AC2 (M user version only) to retrieve audit trails. ASSA ABLOY SoloPlus software is included with the DTD for use with PCs and for storing information received from audit trails. SoloPlus software is compatible with either the DTD or PDAs currently being used with Accessware v2.0 software. SoloPlus offers an updated user interface, a conversion utility from older Accessware databases, and the ability to choose whether to use a DTD or PDA for programming by site. WM800 Wall Prox Reader/Controller The WM800 is a self-contained hardwired access control system for use with controlled locking devices on single door openings. The unit can be mounted on any flat wall surface including glass (with included glass mounting kit). The prox reader can be remotely mounted up to 10 feet away from the keypad/ controller on the unsecured side of an opening, providing a higher level of security and access control. RF Fob Used with RF technology (M804, M805, M806) Operating frequency: 418MHz Operating distance: ft inside door; ft outside door Sold separately. To order, specify 708F999 Mortise Lock Dimensions Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Outside Shown 4" (102 mm) Inside Shown Outside Shown Inside Shown 4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm) 4" (102mm) 13-1/8" (333 mm) 13-1/8" (333 mm) 13-5/8" (346 mm) 13-5/8" (346 mm) 2" (51 mm) 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) Exit Device Dimensions 3-7/8" (98 mm) Outside Shown Inside Shown 3-7/8" (98 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 3-3/8" (96 mm) 10-1/4" (260 mm) 41

42 OFFLINE Corbin Russwin Access 800 AC2 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Type Function Technology Lever/Escutcheon Finish Hand Credential CL TCAC2 AZZ 626 LH M803 Mortise Locks Type Function Technology Lever/Escutcheon Finish Hand Credential ML TCAC2 CSZ 626 LH M803 Exit Devices Type Lever Function Technology Finish Hand Door Width Misc.Options Credential ED5200 L 9734 TCAC2 626 LHR W048 M804 Series/Exit Device ML Mortise lock CL Cylindrical lock ED5200 Panic rim exit ED5200S Panic SecureBolt rim exit ED5200A 3-hr rim exit ED5200SA 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit ED5633AL 3-hr mortise exit, no key override ED5634AL 3-hr mortise exit, key override Credential Credential for 100 Users M800 Keypad only Credentials for 2,000 Users M801 Keypad only M802 Prox only M803 Keypad/Prox M804 Keypad/RF M805 Prox/RF M806 Keypad/Prox/RF Function Cylindrical With cylinder Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Exit 9833 No key override (Rim/SecureBolt) 9834 Key Override (Rim/SecureBolt) 9M833 No key override (mortise) 9M834 Key override (mortise) Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Door Width (exits) 24" W024 36" Standard 48" W048 Misc. Options Refer to catalog Levers C M E± Armstrong AZZ ASZ A Citation CSZ C Dirke DSZ D Essex* ESZ E Levers C M E± Lustra* LSZ L Newport* NZZ NSZ N Princeton* PZZ PSZ P Regis RSZ R For complete listing of available levers and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical E - Exit M - Mortise Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - Equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" to finish code * Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face. ±Add the lever designation in front of the exit function to specify. 42

43 SARGENT Passport 1000 PG Overview Designed specifically for the needs of today s campuses, the Passport 1000 PG lock offers an efficient and costeffective solution for comprehensive, reliable access control. With the ability to update access control rights without visiting the door, Passport 1000 PG locks combine centralized security and high-quality Sargent hardware with the ease and affordability of an offline lock. The ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 lockset is available in mortise lock, cylindrical lock, and exit device configurations with keypad and magnetic stripe, or magnetic stripe only. PERSONA Campus software technology provides seamless database integration and software interfacing with enterprise, transaction and housing systems. Features and Benefits Available with keypad and magstripe or magstripe only credentialing for any application Interrogate individual locks and perform system upgrades and changes quickly and easily One Card system uses a single keycard to provide user identification, building access, and parking privileges, allowing for personalized security Time-controlled user access allows campuses to limit entry to specific areas and hours, controlling who goes where and when Ability to audit event histories allows you to interrogate locks, review event history, and prevent false accusations of entry and theft Certified to ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors 43

44 OFFLINE Electronic Specifications Users Up to 1,200 Audit Trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Last 700 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; Latchbolt; Deadbolt; Aux latchbolt 6 AA alkaline batteries; can be powered with 9VDC hardwired power supply 1 to 3 years based on usage -4 F (-20 C) 104 F (40 C) Operating humidity <95% (non-condensing) Certifications Mechanical Specifications Handing ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; ADA compliant Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim or mortise) Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Refer to catalog Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike 2-3/4" T-strike standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Cylinder types Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Mortise Lock Dimensions KP-PG x LNL Shown Cylindrical Lock Dimensions KP-PG-10G77 x LL Shown Outside Shown 3-3/4" (95 mm) Inside Shown Inside Shown 3-3/4" (95 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) Outside Shown 13-1/2" (343 mm) 14-1/4" (362 mm) 14-1/4" (362 mm) Exit Device Dimensions KP-PG Shown ETL Shown Outside Shown Inside Shown 9" (228 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 8-1/16" (205 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) " (46 mm) 44

45 OFFLINE PERSONA Campus 1000 Offline Software PERSONA Campus Software is an advanced and flexible locking system that supports magstripe and contactless technology to provide seamless database integration and software interface with enterprise, transactional and housing systems. Campus software provides customized access by user, by facility, or individual lock. Most existing magstripe ID cards work with the system including high or low coercivity magnetic stripes Importing student or personnel information is easy with the import module without duplicating existing databases Administrators can encode keycards quickly and easily with Conference Guest Wizard Connects to an external database for seamless integration of common information The System Events Log is password protected; level of security is user-configurable Time scheduling allows different access to various users at designated times throughout the day Can perform individual user or group searches and generate reports Deadbolt override is granted at user-specified doors for individual keycard holders/users or globally for specific cardholders Remote technical support is available via modem or internet Assign predefined access patterns and access points as well as keycard start and end times to individual users New keycards can invalidate and reactivate keycards/ users no need to reprogram the lock! PERSONA s Campus 1000 Software runs on a single PC as a stand-alone system or networked with existing TCP/IP networks on Microsoft Windows Accessories Remote Reader For doors where a lockset cannot be used, the PERSONA remote reader offers independent, stand-alone security compatible with your overall keycard system. A relay output allows you to control access to revolving doors, electric strikes and magnets, door openers, vehicle entrances, and other units. Encoder The PERSONA encoder allows you to place customized user information onto the magnetic stripe of most any keycard. The information on the card is checked by each lock into which the card is inserted, determining whether or not access will be granted. Information stored includes issue time, start time, end time, facility code, user ID, PIN code, access privileges, and more. The encoder also runs in an unattended mode,which allows the PERSONA server to encode any keycard with the latest information. This might include a room change driven by an interface to a host system, or a privilege extension granted by a system operator in their PERSONA Campus software. Unattended encoders are perfect for bulk move-in periods as well as day-to-day upkeep of the PERSONA card data. LockLink Interrogating access history and updating locks in your facility is made easy with the PERSONA portable LockLink Transfer Device. The device makes it simple to reprogram a lock or download an audit trail of the last 700 events stored inside the lockset. Events include successful and failed access attempts, use of the deadbolt (mortise version only), use of the metal key override (mortise version only), and door position status (mortise version only). All transactions are password protected. Credentials Magnetic Stripe: Read speed: 4 to 40 in/s Card track: Track 2 Card coercivity: HiCo (4000 Oersted) or LoCo (300 Oersted) Time resolution on card: 1 minute Magnetic head lifetime: 300,000 operations Keypad: PIN code: 4 digits with card, or 6 digits PIN only 45

46 OFFLINE Sargent Passport 1000 PG How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Technology Series Type Function Rose Lever Finish Hand 23- KP PG 10 G77 LN L 26D RHR Mortise Locks Options Technology Series Type Function Rose Lever Finish Hand 28- KP PG LN L 26D RHR Exit Devices Options Technology Series Type Function Rail Trim/Lever Hand Finish Door Width 12- KP PG F ETL RHR 32D 36" Options 12- UL Fire label exit hardware (exits only) 23- Flat lip ANSI strike 4-7/8" (mortise & mortise exits only) /8" Curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) 91- Hard power Technology (blank) Magstripe only KP- Magstripe and keypad Type 10 Cylindrical lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Function Cylindrical G77 Key override Mortise 276 Key override and deadbolt 278 Key override and no deadbolt 277 Deadbolt and no key override 279 No deadbolt and no key override Exit 77 Key override 78 No key override Rail (exits only) E Rail 24" to 32" doors F Rail 33" to 36" doors J Rail 37" to 42" doors G Rail 43" to 48" doors Trim/Lever ET Escutcheon followed by lever designation (exits) Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Door Width If supplied rails will be cut to size Levers C M E A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X W X X Roses D C M LN 2" X O 2-3/4" X L 3-1/2" X G 3-1/2" X For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - Equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield C - Cylindrical M - Mortise E - Exit D - Diameter 46

47 SARGENT Profile Series v.g1.5 Overview Profile Series v.g1.5 stand-alone locks provide a simple and affordable option for customized access control. Programmed via PDA or handheld data transfer, the locks offer a broad selection of technologies and programming features, supported by the physical security of a Sargent ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 mechanical lock. Available as cylindrical, mortise and exit device configurations, the Profile Series v.g1.5 provides a flexible way for you to update your locks quickly and efficiently using a handheld device or the keypad. With support for HID 125 khz prox and RF fob credentials, the v.g1.5 Series combines access methods with RF technology to create seven Sargent ANSI/ BHMA Grade 1 locks, housed in a sleek contemporary design. The Profile Series v.g1.5 offers unique, affordable functionality that is perfect for classroom applications. Using the RF fob, the lock can be secured quickly from almost anywhere inside the room remotely when used in Panic mode. This eliminates teachers or staff having to approach the door in an emergency. Features and Benefits Up to 2,000 users and a 2,000-event audit trail Supports HID 125 khz Prox cards and RF fob credentials User credentials stored in lock memory Programmable via keypad or using a data transfer device Available with keypad for dual factor authentication Mortise lock, cylindrical lock, or exit device configurations available 47

48 OFFLINE Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,000 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Mechanical Specifications Handing Last 2,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; Latchbolt; Deadbolt; Aux latchbolt 6 AA alkaline batteries; can be powered with 9VDC hardwired power supply 80,000 cycles or 4-1/2 months with RF technology -40 F (-40 C) to 135 F (57 C) <95% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; ADA compliant Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim or mortise) Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification ANSI A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Refer to catalog Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike 2-3/4" T-strike standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Cylinder types Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials Supports all HID 125 KHz bit formats by Keypad Presentation or when using prox enrollment station ES-G1 with SoloPlus software Supports 26, 34, & Sargent 1000 (35 bit) HID formats with SofLink Plus version 4.0 or higher, and SoloPlus software programming 125 khz Prox Credential Features 26 & 33 bit Wiegand format available (consult factory for additional formats) HID-based prox cards, fobs or tags Allows integration into existing facilities with HID-based technology Sargent standard credentials are 26 Bit Wiegand format, Site code and Prox ID assigned by Sargent 48

49 OFFLINE ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) and SoloPlus Software The ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) is a handheld device that allows users to upload programming and configuration files to the lock and download audit trails. Communication between the DTD and the lock is accomplished through infrared technology. The device is capable of programming and auditing up to 250 doors, and programming up to 2,000 users. The DTD can also be used with the Access 800 AC2 (M user version only) to retrieve audit trails. ASSA ABLOY SoloPlus software is included with the DTD for use with PCs and for storing information received from audit trails. SoloPlus software is compatible with either the DTD or PDAs currently being used with Accessware v2.0 software. SoloPlus offers an updated user interface, a conversion utility from older Accessware databases, and the ability to choose whether to use a DTD or PDA for programming by site Wall Prox Reader/Controller The 4293 is a self-contained hardwired access control system for use with controlled locking devices on single door openings. The unit can be mounted on any flat wall surface including glass (with included glass mounting kit). The prox reader can be remotely mounted up to 10 feet away from the keypad/controller on the unsecured side of an opening, providing a higher level of security and access control. RF Fob RF technology offers stand-alone access control enhancement by allowing the user to remotely control the lock by means of a handheld transmitter (RF fob). The Profile lock is easily programmed for three primary RF actuation modes: Passage, Standard or Panic. RF technology is a means of operating the lock in addition to direct keypad code entry or prox credential presentation. Dimensions 3-3/4" (95 mm) Inside Shown 3-3/4" (95 mm) Outside Shown 14-1/4" (362 mm) 14-1/4" (362 mm) 49

50 OFFLINE Sargent Profile Series v.g1.5 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Technology Lever Finish Hand 28- G1 10 G77 PK L 26D RHR Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Technology Lever Finish Hand 23 G PA A 626 LH Exit Device Options Series Technology Type Function Rail ET Trim/Lever Hand 12- G1 TA F ETL RHR Options* 12- UL Fire label exit hardware (exits only) 23- Flat lip ANSI strike 4-7/8" (mortise only) /8" Curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) 91- Option for hard power/remote unlocking DM- Forced/propped door harness Technology 100 User LK Keypad only 2000 users PK Prox and keypad TP Prox and keypad with RF support PA Prox only TA Prox only with RF support LU Keypad only TU Keypad only with RF support Type 10 Cylindrical lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Function Cylindrical G77 Key override Mortise 76 Key override and deadbolt 78 Key override and no deadbolt 77 Deadbolt and no key override 79 No deadbolt and no key override Exit 77 Key override 78 Key override and no deadbolt Rail E Rail F Rail J Rail Trim Exits Handing RH LH RHR LHR 24" to 32" doors 33" to 36" doors 37" to 42" doors ET escutcheon Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Levers C M E A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X W X X For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise E - Exit Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - Equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield 50

51 Intelligent Keys Overview Intelligent Key Systems incorporate sophisticated features into retrofit cylinders to upgrade the security of existing hardware to include powerful scheduling and accountability. These systems also eliminate the expense and inconvenience of rekeying due to lost keys or personnel changes. Battery-powered intelligent keys and cylinders that install easily into existing hardware eliminate the need for wiring or door/frame prep. The keys can be programmed to expire based on security needs, and access can be updated through remote or mobile programmers, or directly through the key using a BLE-enabled mobile device. They can be used in nearly any application and provide an extremely cost-effective solution to enhance security and accountability. Features and Benefits Eliminates liability from lost keys simply turn the key off! No wiring, door or frame modifications. Power and programming occurs via the key Can be incorporated into a mechanical master key system for flexibility Replaceable or rechargeable battery in the key eliminates risk from power outage Keys can be programmed anywhere, anytime, via mobile phone (BLE keys) Powerful software with robust Analytics features available Cylinder formats available to fit most commercial hardware 51

52 1 2 Products Available 1 Medeco CLIQ 2 Medeco XT 52

53 MEDECO M3 & X4 CLIQ Overview Medeco M3 & X4 CLIQ merges the features of electronics with reliable mechanical technology all in a retrofit cylinder. M3 & X4 CLIQ offers end users audit trail, user access schedules and the ability to quickly and remotely change intelligent key authorizations with the CLIQ Web Manager and Remote. M3 & X4 CLIQ installs with no wiring in a matter of minutes and intelligent keys and digital cylinders reprogram for electronic master keying. CLIQ can be combined with systems featuring Medeco 3, X4 or BiLevel mechanical products to offer a blended security solution. Audit Accountability Audit information recorded in both the lock and key shows a time-and-date stamped record of every event, including authorized accesses and unauthorized attempts. Uses Existing Hardware Simply remove the existing mechanical cylinder and install the M3 or X4 CLIQ cylinder. CLIQ can be keyed in with Medeco mechanical systems featuring Medeco 3 or BiLevel, Original or X4 (not available in SFIC). Reduces Risk of Lost Keys Respond quickly to security threats, lost or stolen keys, or personnel changes by utilizing expiring intelligent key validation intervals and remote programming. Electronic Scheduling Intelligent Keys are programmed for specific openings with fully flexible scheduling. Access profiles can be created where programming updates are generated automatically when an opening is added or removed. Lock/Cylinder Features System Management through CLIQ Web Manager with Medeco hosted or self-hosted license Weather resistant, can be used in indoor or outdoor applications. Outdoor applications should order the appropriate weather protection versions, such as a shroud protected padlock Encrypted identification in cylinder and Intelligent Key provides extra security Intelligent Key Features Mechanical and Electronic technology are combined for superior security with Medeco patented key control Available with RFID/PROX coil insert for dual use with HID compatible systems Compact size in water-resistant housing 53

54 INTELLIGENT KEYS Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Power supply Battery life Operating temperature No user limit. Blacklist up to 1,000 keys. Last 1,000 events LED & beep indications Coin cell battery in key 20,000 cycles -20 F (-29 C) to 122 F (50 C) M3 & X4 CLIQ Cylinder Formats Available Maxum Deadbolt Rim & Mortise Key-In-Knob/Lever Padlock Large Format Interchangeable Core Euro-Profile Half Cylinder Euro-Profile Single Cylinder M3 & X4 CLIQ Key Formats Available Normal User Key Dynamic User Key BLE User Key 54

55 INTELLIGENT KEYS Medeco M3 & X4 CLIQ Programming and Management Remote and Mobile Programming Device Features: Cost-effective web management software Manage keys from anywhere with internet access Cloud-based management Exportable audit data Keys updated by keyholder Feature-rich software With optional Remote and Mobile programming devices, intelligent keys can obtain authorization changes and recurring validity with timely expirations for enhanced security, while retrieving audit data simultaneously. CLIQ Web Manager Software Features: Role-based system administration Access profiles Remote programming Web services integration Key revalidation Automated change notification Medeco M3 & X4 CLIQ offer management of key systems utilizing CLIQ Web Manager. This robust and versatile system allows administrators the ability to manage CLIQ intelligent keys and cylinders from anywhere there is internet access. Part Number SW SW SW Description Hosted Basic Hosted Remote + Hosted Enterprise Domain Administration X X X Remote Programming - X X Key Validation - X X Access Profiles - X X Temporary Access Groups - X X Flexible Revalidation - - X Cylinder Groups - - X Web Services for Third Party Applications - - X 55

56 INTELLIGENT KEYS Medeco M3 & X4 CLIQ How to Order Example Medeco XT CLIQ Series Base Part Technology Finishes 1-1/8" Mortise Cylinder M 26 Description Series Base Part Technology Finishes Mortise 10 Key in Knob/Lever or Rim 20 Deadbolt 11 LFIC for Yale 31 LFIC for Medeco 32 See Medeco Product Catalog M = X4 S = M3 See chart below Padlock Protector II 50 Padlock System Series 54 International 23 Web Hosting Programming Devices Keys SW EA KEC Finishes 05 (US03) Bright Brass 06 (US04) Satin Brass 09 (US5) Antique Brass 10 Satin Brass blackened 11 (US9) Bright Bronze 12 (US10) Satin Bronze 13 (US10B) Dark Bronze/Oil Rubbed 18 (US14) Bright Nickel 19 (US15) Satin Nickel 20 (US15A) Antique Nickel 22 (US19) Flat Black 24 (US20A) Dark Bronze/Clear Coat 25 (US26) Bright Chrome 26 (US26D) Satin Chrome Not all CLIQ cylinder formats are available in every finish. Contact Medeco Customer Care for more information. 56

57 MEDECO XT Overview Medeco XT is a complete electronic locking system providing controlled access, accountability, physical security, and system management. More than just a way to protect your property, equipment and assets, Medeco XT is also a business tool that can lead to a substantial return on investment. Features and Benefits Lock/Cylinder Features Indoor/outdoor use stainless steel shell construction Audit information recorded in both the lock and key shows a time-and-date stamped record of every event, including authorized accesses and unauthorized attempts Unauthorized key list Variety of retrofit cylinder formats Attack-resistant design and tamper-proof features provide strong protection against forced entry Small, robust electronic key with stainless steel housing Intelligent Key Features Keys are electronically programmed to open only specific locks during a designated schedule Respond quickly to security threats, lost or stolen keys, or personnel changes without the added cost of changing your locks and keys Key provides all power to the cylinder, eliminating the need for any hardwiring or power supply Access: *16,000 cylinders maximum Heavy-duty stainless steel construction Stand-alone, network, web and mobile programming options *Requires Generation 2 key 57

58 INTELLIGENT KEYS Electronic Specifications Users Up to 1,000 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Cylinder stores 2,000 events; key stores 10,000 events* Visible and audible status feedback Coin cell battery in key; no hardwiring required Rechargeable battery; 1,800+ openings per charge -20 F (-29 C) to 122 F (50 C) Medeco XT Lock/Cylinder Formats Available Small & Large Format Interchangeable Core Rim & Mortise Key-In-Knob/Lever Padlocks Euro-Profile Half Cylinder Euro-Profile Single Cylinder Retail Popout Cylinders Cam & Utility Slim Line Key Features Polished hardened stainless steel frame for strength and durability Soft-touch coating Dual LED indicators for greater visibility Raised orientation dimples allow for feeling the orientation of the key and easier use High-capacity memory Industrial Key Features Hardened stainless steel housing that will stand up in the toughest environments Portable and rechargeable Top-mounted LED for convenient access feedback Medeco XT Key Formats Available Industrial G2 Key Slimline Key Basic G2 Slimline Key Basic G3S Slimline Key Bluetooth G3B 58

59 INTELLIGENT KEYS Medeco XT Programming and Management Remote and Mobile Programming Device Features: Manage keys from anywhere with internet (Remote) or cellular (Mobile) access Cloud-based management Exportable audit data Keys updated by keyholder Feature-rich software With optional Remote and Mobile programming devices, Intelligent Keys can obtain authorization changes and recurring validity with timely expirations for enhanced security, while retrieving audit data simultaneously. Audit Accountability On-Demand Scheduling Increased Productivity Remote audit uploads allow for quick response to events that require attention. Activate a key only when and where it is needed. When not needed, it is left deactivated, thereby mitigating the cost and liability of lost or stolen keys. Keys are electronically programmed through the XT Mobile programmer, so there is no need for traveling back and forth to visit an administrator for key access changes. XT Desktop Programming Device XT Mobile Programming Device XT Remote Wall Programmer 59

60 INTELLIGENT KEYS XT Web Manager Software Medeco XT offers management of key systems utilizing XT Web Manager. This robust and versatile system allows administrators the ability to manage Medeco XT Intelligent Keys and cylinders from anywhere there is internet access. Web-based or stand-alone options Scalable Flexible programming Key revalidation Secure web access With optional Remote and Mobile programming devices, Intelligent Keys can obtain authorization changes and recurring validity with timely expirations for enhanced security, while retrieving audit data simultaneously. Medeco XT Web Hosting Service Part Number SW SW SW SW Description XT Solo XT Web Basic XT Web + XT Web Advanced Key Schedules X X X X Key Expiration X X X X Key Validation * X * X X X Remote Programming Keypad - - X X Mobile Programming - - X X Data Dashboard X X X X Visual Audit (Medeco Analytics) - - X X Third Party Analytics - - X X Web Services (Third Party Support) DSR Integration (Lenel Certified) X X Multi-workstations X Groups X X X X LAN/WAN Support - X X X * Can only be programmed via desktop programmer 60

61 INTELLIGENT KEYS Dashboard Visual Audit Data Medeco XT Manager Software Part Number SW SW Description XT Solo (User Hosted) XT Web Advanced (User Hosted) 61

62 INTELLIGENT KEYS Medeco XT How to Order Example Medeco XT Series Base Part Technology Finishes 1-1/4" Mortise Cylinder G 26 Description Series Base Part Technology Finishes Mortise 10 Key in Knob/Lever 20 Deadbolt 11 SFIC EA LFIC for Medeco 32 Padlock Protector II 50 Padlock System Series 54 Cam Lock 60 Retail/Showcase 49 International 23 See Medeco Product Catalog G = XT Industrial Key EA N/A N/A Slim Line Key EA N/A N/A Desktop Programmer EA N/A N/A Mobile Programmer EA N/A N/A 05 (US03) Bright Brass 06 (US04) Satin Brass 09 (US5) Antique Brass 10 Satin Brass Blackened 11 (US9) Bright Bronze 12 (US10) Satin Bronze 13 (US10B) Dark Bronze/Oil Rubbed 18 (US14) Bright Nickel 19 (US15) Satin Nickel 20 (US15A) Antique Nickel 22 (US19) Flat Black 24 (US20A) Dark Bronze/Clear Coat 25 (US26) Bright Chrome 26 (US26D) Satin Chrome Remote Wall Programmer EA N/A N/A Not all CLIQ cylinder formats are available in every finish. Contact Medeco Customer Care for more information. 62

63 Data-on-Card Overview Data-on-card technology provides flexible security by using a credential to transmit system data between offline devices and online management systems. Used in the Yale Multi-Family Solution, data-on-card technology offers an easy, cost-effective solution for managing access. Benefits Data-on-card technology provides comprehensive access control without the cost and complexity of wiring every door or the need for IT support/ equipment Online openings are limited to at least one central location Eliminates the need to visit locks to make access updates 63

64 DATA-ON-CARD 64

65 Multi-Family Solution Overview In today s social world, we know there is nothing greater than the power of a community. Using data-on-card technology, Yale s Multi-Family Solution leverages the power of your facility s social network to transfer system data. Benefits Data-on-card technology provides comprehensive access control without the cost and complexity of wiring every door or the need for IT support/ equipment Online openings are limited to at least one online central location Eliminates the need to visit locks to make access updates Manage access anytime, anywhere, from any device Seos Technology Seos is a next-generation technology that enables the world s first multi-platform ecosystem for issuing, delivering and revoking digital keys and other identity data across a broad range of devices. 65

66 Yale Real Living Digital Deadbolt 2 Yale Real Living Interconnected Lock 3 Yale nextouch Cylindrical Lock 4 Yale Accentra Cloud-Based Software 5 Credential Updater Based on Secure HID Technologies 66

67 YALE Real Living Digital Deadbolt Overview Yale Real Living digital deadbolts provide convenient, keyless access for residence doors, offering a new level of convenience for residents and guests. Part of the Yale Multi-Family Lock Management Solution, Yale Real Living digital deadbolts offer easy installation and maintenance with comprehensive access management using Yale Accentra cloud-based software to increase security and peace of mind, while reducing maintenance costs. Features and Benefits Ideal for residence doors in multi-family housing Reduces installation time and cost with no wires to pull Keyless entry reduces complexity of key system management Cylinder options available for management access Privacy feature disables exterior keypad to ensure complete privacy Certified to ANSI/BHMA A Series 4000 Grade 2; UL Listed for 90-minute fire doors; UL Listed to Canadian safety standards 67

68 DATA-ON-CARD Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Unlimited Unlimited audit trail stored in the cloud and updated continuously, 200-event history stored within lock Capacitive keypad lock menu has voice navigation, audible tamper alarm 4 AA alkaline batteries 1 year of battery life with average use -22 F (-30 C) to 140 F (60 C) 95% humidity Certifications ANSI/BHMA A156.36, Grade 2 Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Handing Auto handing after installation ANSI certification ANSI/BHMA A156.36, Grade 2 Door thickness Backset Deadbolt Latchbolt Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/8" (35 mm) to 2-1/4" (57 mm) 2-3/8" (60 mm) or 2-3/4" (70 mm) 1" (25 mm) throw, adjustable 2-3/8" (60 mm) to 2-3/4" (70 mm) adjustable 1-1/8" (29 mm) x 2-3/4" (70 mm) RC (round corner) KD (Keyed Different) standard; master keying available to order. Refer to catalog. KW-1 compatible standard; other cylinders/keyways available to order. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials Seos cards and fobs Yale Real Living Digital Deadbolt How to Order Series Technology Cylinder Finishes YRD620 ACC KA 605 Dimensions Technology ACC Data-on-card Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 6-1/16" (154.4 mm) Cylinder KA KD PA PD KW keyed alike KW keyed different Para keyed alike Para keyed different 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - equivalent US10BP Oil Rubbed Bronze - permanent SA SC keyed alike SD SC keyed different SF SFIC* *SFIC supplied less cylinder 1-3/8" (33.9 mm) 2-3/4" (69.2 mm) 68

69 YALE Real Living Interconnected Lock Overview Yale Real Living interconnected locks provide convenient, keyless access for residence doors, offering a new level of convenience for residents and guests, with the ease of egress in a single motion. Part of the Yale Multi-Family Lock Management Solution, Yale Real Living interconnected locks offer easy installation and maintenance with comprehensive access management using Yale Accentra cloud-based software to increase security and peace of mind, while reducing maintenance costs. Features and Benefits Ideal for residence doors in multi-family housing Reduces installation time and cost with no wires to pull Latchbolt and deadbolt are retracted simultaneously in a single motion for quick and easy egress Keyless entry reduces complexity of key system management Privacy feature disables exterior keypad to ensure complete privacy 69

70 DATA-ON-CARD Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Unlimited Lifetime audit trail stored in the cloud and updated continuously; 200-event history stored within lock Capacitive keypad 4 AA alkaline batteries 1 year of battery life with average use -22 F (-30 C) to 140 F (60 C) 95% humidity Certifications ANSI/BHMA Grade 2 Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Handing Field reversible ANSI certification A Grade 2 Door thickness Backset Latchbolt Deadbolt Center to Center spacing Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/8" (35 mm) to 1-3/4" (44 mm) 2-3/8" (60 mm) or 2-3/4" (70 mm) 1/2" (13 mm) 1" (25 mm) 4" (102 mm) or 5-1/2" (140 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) full lip; round corner standard, other strikes available to order KD (Keyed Different) standard; master keying available to order. Refer to catalog. KW-1 compatible standard; other cylinders/keyways available to order. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials Seos cards and fobs 70

71 DATA-ON-CARD Center to Center Dimensions Dimensions All electronic locksets available as 4" or 5-1/2" center to center dimension. Must be ordered with a 4" or 5-1/2" offset from the factory and are not field changeable. E Electronic set to 5-1/2" CTC Electronic set to 4" CTC Dimensions A B C D E 10-5/8" (270 mm) 12-1/8" (308 mm) 2-5/8" (67 mm) 2-1/2" (64 mm) 4" (102 mm) 5-1/2" (140 mm) 2-13/16" (71 mm) 71

72 DATA-ON-CARD Yale Real Living Interconnected Lock How to Order Series Technology Lever Center to Cylinder Finishes Center YRC620 ACC AU 4 KA 605 Center to Center 4 4" 5 5-1/2" Technology ACC Data-on-card Cylinder KA KW keyed alike KD KW keyed different PA Para keyed alike PD Para keyed different SA SC keyed alike SD SC keyed different SF SFIC* *SFIC supplied less cylinder Levers AC AU Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - equivalent US10BP Oil Rubbed Bronze - permanent DW MA MC MN MO NW PB WL VL VG 72

73 YALE nextouch Cylindrical Lock Overview Yale nextouch is the next generation in access control, combining superior cylindrical lockset technology with a contemporary aesthetic and a range of convenient, user-friendly features. Users benefit from keyless technology that makes day-to-day access effortless and secure. Part of the Yale Cloud-Based Lock Management Solution for Multi-Family Housing, nextouch offers easy installation and maintenance with comprehensive access management using Yale Accentra cloud-based software to increase security and peace of mind, while reducing maintenance costs. Features and Benefits Ideal for common areas in multi-family housing Reduces installation time and cost with no wires to pull Keyless entry reduces complexity of key system management Privacy feature disables exterior keypad to ensure complete privacy with installation of included DPS sensor Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; UL Listed to Canadian safety standards 73

74 DATA-ON-CARD Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Unlimited Lifetime audit trail stored in the cloud and updated continuously; 200-event history stored within lock Capacitive or backlit push button keypad 4 AA alkaline batteries; can be hardpowered with 9VDC power supply 1 year of battery life with average use -40 F (-40 C) to 140 F (60 C) 95% relative humidity ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors, UL Listed to Canadian safety standards; FCC Part 15 compliant Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Handing Easily field-reversible ANSI certification A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1 Door thickness Backset Latchbolt Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 2-3/4" (70 mm) standard 1/2" (13 mm) throw standard 4-7/8" (124 mm) ANSI standard Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include protected and security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC, Yale LFIC and keyfree formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials Seos cards and fobs 74

75 DATA-ON-CARD Free Wheeling Lever Trim The nextouch features a free wheeling lever mechanism. When the outside lever is locked, it will rotate freely up and down while remaining securely locked. Dimensions 2-7/8" (73mm) 1/2" (13mm) 1-3/8" (36mm) 2-7/8" (73mm) 1-1/2" (39mm) 1-1/2" (39mm) 8-1/8" (207mm) 8-1/8" (207mm) 3-3/4" (96mm) 3-5/16" (84mm) 3-5/16" (84mm) 3-3/4" (96mm) 75

76 DATA-ON-CARD Yale nextouch Keypad Lock How to Order Cylindrical Lever Series Function Technology Finishes Door Cylinder Latch Strike Thickness AU NTB 610 ACC /4" L Function 610 Key override, push button keypad 620 Key override, capacitive touch screen 630 No key override, push button keypad 640 No key override, capacitive touch screen Technology ACC Data-on-card Door Thickness 1-3/4" or 1-3/8" Cylinder L 6-pin cylinder standard Latch /4" backset, deadlatch, square corner, 1-1/8" x 2-1/4" Strike /4" ANSI strike standard Levers AU MO PB Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - equivalent 626 Satin Chrome Plated 676 Flat Black Powder Coat 76

77 YALE Accentra Cloud-Based Software Overview Part of the Yale Lock Management Solution for Multi- Family Housing, Yale Accentra Cloud-Based Software allows system administrators to manage access for residents, guests or staff easily and securely anytime, anywhere and from any device. Features and Benefits Eliminates cost and maintenance of on-site servers Enables easy local or remote management of access rights for residents, guests and employees Intuitive interface optimizes for your Windows, Android or Apple devices and requires minimal training Built around the typical workflows of a multi-family property management office Ensures that a facility s database is always accessible and secure Enables management of multiple properties and employees with access to multiple sites Allows property manager to distribute one-time PINs (OTPs) for unit lockout or lost cards (emergency access) 77

78 DATA-ON-CARD Technical Specifications Dedicated web-based interface accessible from any internet-connected device (Mac, PC, smart phone or tablet) Responsive design accommodates any device (Mac, PC, smart phone or tablet) Automatic updates Certified to ISO/IEC Browser: Firefox, Chrome or similar Yale Accentra How to Order System and Subscription Options ACC-SUB-INIT System commissioning, includes 1 programming device ACC-SUB-001 Annual software subscription fee per door for systems 1-49 doors ACC-SUB-050 Annual software subscription fee per door for systems doors ACC-SUB-200 Annual software subscription fee per door for systems doors ACC-SUB-500 Annual software subscription fee per door for systems doors ACC-SUB-01K Annual software subscription fee per door for systems 1,000+ doors Note: A Yale Accentra compatible Data-on-card Yale lock cannot be turned on within a system without ordering the appropriate number of subscription units. Subscriptions must be ordered in each based on the quantity of managed devices within a system. Ex: 100 locks + 2 online updaters = 102 managed devices. 78

79 Credential Updater Based on Secure HID Technologies Overview The credential updater is an online device that is used to transmit access rights to a resident's card or fob and send audit trails to Yale Accentra cloud-based management software. The credential updater can also be used as a single door controller for applications such as elevator call buttons, parking gates and more. Features and Benefits Activates new credentials for residents, guests and staff Transmits current access rights to resident s credentials at time of entry Ensures credentials are continuously updated through typical daily use Reads audit trail and lock battery status from the credential and communicates it back to Yale Accentra Limited lifetime warranty 79

80 DATA-ON-CARD Technical Specifications Sizes Security UL/cUL Environmental specifications Power source Available in two sizes: - Mini-mullion for applications requiring a smaller form factor (1.9" x 4.1" x 0.9"; 4.8 cm x 10.3 cm x 2.3 cm) - Wall switch for mounting in standard single gang switch boxes (3.3" x 4.8" x 1.0"; 8.4 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.4 cm) Secured end-to-end with industry standard encryption and authentication, uses digital certificates to secure all transactions with the cloud service UL - cul fire listed for use on fire doors having a rating up to and including 3 hours Operating temperature: -31 F to +150 F (-35 C to +65 C) Storage temperature: -67 F to +185 F (-55 C to +85 C) Operating humidity: 5% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing) Environmental rating: Indoor/outdoor IP55; IP65 if installed with optional gasket Can be powered by PoE or 24VDC Credential Updater How to Order Credential Updater/Controller Kits* NTX610-KIT-PT Contactless smart credential updater (mini-mullion with pigtail) and controller NTX610-KIT-TS Contactless smart credential updater (mini-mullion with terminal strip) and controller NTX640-KIT-PT Contactless smart credential updater (wall switch with pigtail) and controller NTX640-KIT-TS Contactless smart credential updater (wall switch with terminal strip) and controller Credentials NTX600-YALCRD-8K NTX600-CUSCRD-8K NTX600-YALPRX-8K NTX600-YALFOB-8K Seos card, 8K, Yale branded Seos card, 8K, custom graphics Seos + Prox card, 8K, Yale branded Seos fob, 8K, Yale branded Other Accessories PoE-BUNDLE Securitron Power over Ethernet injector and power supply *Credential updater and controller are both required for each online opening. 80

81 WiFi Overview ASSA ABLOY WiFi locks and exit devices provide complete access control in locations where it would be difficult or cost-prohibitive to install a wired lock. With no wires to run, installation time is significantly reduced simply install the device on the door and configure it to communicate with the wireless network. Features and Benefits Utilizes IEEE b/g/n 2.4GHz wireless communication (any channel with PHY rates up to 72.2 Mbps) to significantly reduce installation costs Scheduled and user-initiated updates eliminate manual programming Real-time door status monitoring and real-time configurable alarm notification AES 128-bit encryption and support for most current WiFi network standards ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, offering the highest degree of physical security available in access control locks Available with HID multiclass SE technology to support multiple credentials and HID Mobile Access powered by Seos ; also available with keypad and/or magnetic stripe 81

82 Products Available 1 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 700 PWI1 2 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 800 WI1 3 CORBIN RUSSWIN IN120 4 SARGENT IN120 5 SARGENT Passport 1000 P2 6 SARGENT Profile Series v.s2 82

83 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 700 PWI1 Overview The Corbin Russwin Access 700 PWI1 lockset is an intelligent WiFi lockset offering comprehensive access control for campus housing and facilities. Using magstripe, PIN code, and HID multiclass SE technologies for customized access to campus facilities, this offers an ideal solution for forward-thinking campuses looking for a migration path to higher security credentials and mobile access. Ideal for adding access control to areas of a building that would be too difficult or costly to wire, the Access 700 PWI1 uses IEEE b/g/n WiFi infrastructure to significantly reduce hardware and labor costs. Combined with approved third party software or the ASSA ABLOY PERSONA Campus software, the Access 700 PWI1 Series of locks integrate seamlessly into transactional and housing systems, providing comprehensive, reliable access control for the campus environment. Features and Benefits Uses IEEE WiFi infrastructure to significantly reduce installation costs Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock, and exit device configurations multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and supports multiple credential technologies, including HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Intelligence built into lock for local decision-making, allowing operation regardless of network status Privacy button allows shelter in place/local lockdown and enables privacy capabilities for applications such as residence halls Available with keypad for dual factor authentication 83

84 WIFI Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400/10,000* Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Last 10,000 events LED indicates valid/invalid entries Request to exit; latchbolt; deadbolt; aux latchbolt; door position 6 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication; can be powered with 9VDC hardwired power supply 1 to 3 years based on usage Operating temperature -4 F (-20 C) to 104 F (40 C ) Operating humidity <95% (non-condensing) Certifications ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; ADA compliant * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information. Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim, SecureBolt or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible.* ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw (rim); full 3/4" projection (SecureBolt) Deadbolt n/a Stainless steel, 1 throw Stainless steel, 1 throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. * Easily field-reversible depending on lever design Credentials* Magstripe - Read speed: 4 to 40 in/s - Card track: Track 2 - Card coercivity: HiCo (4000 Oersted) or LoCo (300 Oersted) - Time resolution on card: 1 minute - Magnetic head lifetime: 300,000 operations 2.4 GHz credentials: - Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE MHz credentials: - HID iclass - iclass SE (SIO-enabled) - iclass Seos - SIO on MIFARE Classic - SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 - MIFARE Classic - DESFire EV1 - NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: - HID Prox 84

85 WIFI Hard Power Option (M35) The Hard Power option (M35) is recommended for high traffic doors or openings that require online behavior. Hard powering an IN120 allows the lock to operate in an always-connected mode. The IN120 allows hard powering via an input of 12 to 24VDC and draws 200mA at 12VDC in always-connected mode. Corbin Russwin offers a range of power supplies suitable for this application. Mortise Lock Dimensions Exit Device Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside Outside shown 3-1/16" (78 mm) 3-1/16" (78 mm) Inside shown Rim/SecureBolt, Mortise 3-1/16" (78 mm) 11-5/8" (295 mm) 11-3/16" (284 mm) 15-5/16" (389 mm) Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside 3-1/16" (78 mm) Inside shown 3-1/16" (78 mm) 3-1/16" (78 mm) Outside shown 17-11/16" (449 mm) 11-3/4" (299 mm) 12-1/4" (311 mm) 85

86 WIFI Corbin Russwin Access 700 PWI1 How to Order Cylindrical Lock Series Function Technology Trim (Lever/Rose) Finish Hand Credential CL TCPWI1 LZD 626 LH MA Mortise Lock Series Function Technology Trim (Lever/ Rose) Finish Hand Credential ML TCPWI1 LSA 626 LHR IMPS Exit Device Series Lever Function Technology Finish Hand Door Width Misc Options Credential ED5200 C 9734 TCPWI1 626 LHR W048 MA Series ML CL ED5200 ED5200S ED5200A ED5200SA ED5633AL ED5634AL 86 Mortise lock Cylindrical lock Panic rim exit Panic SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr rim exit 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr mortise exit, no key override 3-hr mortise exit, key override Function Cylindrical Key override Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Exit 9733 No key override (rim/securebolt) 9734 Key override (rim/securebolt) 9M733 No key override (mortise) 9M734 Key override (mortise) Levers C M E A X X C X X X D X X E X X L X X X N X X X P X X X R X X Handing RH LH RHR LHR Roses D C M SA 2-1/4" X SB 2-1/4" X ZD 3-1/2" X SF 2-7/8" X For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C Cylindrical M Mortise Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Door Width (exits only) W024 24" 36" standard W048 48" D Diameter E Exit Device Credential^ MA Magstripe only KM Magstripe and keypad IKMPS* HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, MIFARE SE, DESFire EV1 SE, MIFARE Classic, DESFire EV1, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones, keypad, mag stripe IMPS* HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, MIFARE SE, DESFire EV1 SE, MIFARE Classic, DESfire EV1, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones, mag stripe CKMP* FeliCa, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones, keypad, mag stripe CMP* FeliCa, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones, mag stripe * For Bluetooth Smart support, add B to the beginning of the credential code. ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" Note: Stainless steel finishes available on mortise and exits only.

87 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 800 WI1 Overview The Corbin Russwin Access 800 WI1 lockset is an intelligent WiFi solution that integrates all standard access control components including ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 Corbin Russwin hardware, contactless reader and door status monitoring into a single device. The Access 800 WI1 is ideal for adding access control to areas of a building that would be too difficult or costly to wire. Its open architecture design eases integration with any access control system, and since there are no wires to run, it significantly reduces hardware and labor costs.. Features and Benefits Uses IEEE WiFi infrastructure to significantly reduce installation costs Local decision-making ensures operation regardless of network status Supports a variety of opening with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock and exit device configurations Built-in door status monitoring and real-time, configurable alarm notifications Integrates with many popular third party access control systems Available with keypad for dual factor authentication Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information on keypad functionality. Supports HID 125 khz Prox or MHz iclass credentials (26-39 bit); supports CSN reads for other common MHz cards, including MIFARE, DESFire, and FeliCa 87

88 WIFI Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Last 10,000 events LED indicates valid/invalid entries Request to exit; latchbolt; deadbolt; door position 6 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication; can be powered with 9VDC hardwired power supply 14 months based on usage -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) Operating humidity <95% (non-condensing) Certifications ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; ADA compliant Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim, SecureBolt or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible.* ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4 standard Backset 2-3/4"standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw (rim); full 3/4" projection (SecureBolt) Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info * Easily field-reversible depending on lever design Credentials* HID 125 khz Prox HID MHz iclass credentials (26-39 bit); supports CSN reads for other common MHz cards, including MIFARE, DESFire, and FeliCa * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 88

89 WIFI Hard Power Option (M35) The Hard Power option (M35) is recommended for high traffic doors or openings that require online behavior. Hard powering an IN120 allows the lock to operate in an always-connected mode. The IN120 allows hard powering via an input of 12 to 24VDC and draws 200mA at 12VDC in always-connected mode. Corbin Russwin offers a range of power supplies suitable for this application. Security Advanced data security with standard encryption techniques AES 128-bit encryption Supports most current WiFi network security standards Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside Shown 4" (102 mm) Inside Shown 4" (102 mm) Outside Shown 4" (102 mm) Inside Shown 4" (102 mm) 13-1/8" (333 mm) 13-1/8" (333 mm) 13-5/8" (346 mm) 13-5/8" (346 mm) 2" (51 mm) 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) Exit Device Dimensions Outside Shown 3-7/8" (98 mm) Inside Shown 3-7/8" (98 mm) Outside Lever Control 3-3/8" (96 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 10-1/4" (260 mm) 89

90 WIFI Corbin Russwin ACCESS 800 WI1 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Series Function Technology Trim (Lever/Rose) Finishes Hand Credential CL TCWI1 AZZ 626 LH M803 Mortise Locks Series Function Technology Trim (Lever/Rose) Finishes Hand Credential ML TCWI1 LSZ 626 LH M803 Exit Devices Series Lever Function Technology Finishes Hand Door Width Misc Options Credential ED5200 E 9834 TCWI1 626 LHR W048 M803 Series ML CL ED5200 ED5200S ED5200A ED5200SA ED5633AL ED5634AL Handing RH LH RHR LHR Mortise lock Cylindrical lock Panic rim exit Panic SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr rim exit 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr mortise exit, no key override 3-hr mortise exit, key override Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Function Cylindrical With cylinder Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Exit 9833 No key override (rim/securebolt) 9834 Key override (rim/securebolt) 9M833 9M834 No key override (mortise) Key override (mortise) Door Width (exits) W024 24" W048 48" Misc Options Refer to catalog Credential^ M802 36" standard Prox only M803 Keypad/Prox M812 iclass only M813 Keypad/iCLASS ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Levers C M E ± Armstrong AZZ ASZ A Citation CSZ C Dirke DSZ D Essex* ESZ E Levers C M E ± Lustra* LSZ L Newport* NZZ NSZ N Princeton* PZZ PSZ P Regis RSZ R For complete listing of available levers and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C Cylindrical E Exit Device M Mortise * Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13 mm) of door face. Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed *Add C to finish code for MicroShield coating Note: Stainless steel finishes available on mortise and exits only. ± Add the lever designation in front of the exit function to specify. 90

91 CORBIN RUSSWIN IN120 Overview The Corbin Russwin IN120 WiFi lock brings you the next generation of WiFi access control in a sleek, minimalist design. Leverage your IT infrastructure to deliver advanced access control to more locations, with the flexibility and security of multiclass SE technology from HID Global. Features and Benefits Leverage IEEE WiFi infrastructure to significantly reduce installation costs and expand access control footprint Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock, and exit device configurations multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and supports multiple credential technologies, including HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Intelligence built into lock for local decision-making, allowing operation regardless of network status Privacy button allows shelter in place/local lockdown and enables privacy capabilities for applications such as restrooms Superior aesthetics blend into any environment seamlessly 91

92 WIFI Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400/10,000* Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Last 10,000 events LED indicates valid/invalid entries Request to exit; door position; low battery 6 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication; can be powered with 12-24VDC filtered and regulated hardwired power supply months based on usage -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) < 85% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; ADA compliant; UL294 6th edition; CAN/ULC S319; BHMA A * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information. Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim, SecureBolt or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible.* ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4 standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw (rim); full 3/4" projection (SecureBolt) Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. * Easily field-reversible depending on lever design Credentials* 2.4 GHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: HID Prox 92

93 WIFI Hard Power Option (M35) The Hard Power option (M35) is recommended for high traffic doors or openings that require online behavior. Hard powering an IN120 allows the lock to operate in an always-connected mode. The IN120 allows hard powering via an input of 12 to 24VDC and draws 200mA at 12VDC in always-connected mode. Corbin Russwin offers a range of power supplies suitable for this application. Security AES 128-bit encryption Supports current WiFi network security standards, including: - WEP, WPA and WPA x (e.g. EAP, PEAP, PAP) Mortise Lock Dimensions Exit Device Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Rim/SecureBolt, Mortise Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 11-21/32" (296 mm) 9-11/16" (246 mm) 15-9/16" (395 mm) Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside shown 2-5/16" (59 mm) Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown 14-13/16" (376 mm) 9-11/16" (246 mm) 8-9/32" (210 mm) 93

94 WIFI Corbin Russwin IN120 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Finishes Hand Technology Code Credential Reader CL LSA 626 LH IN120 IP B Mortise Locks Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Finishes Hand Technology Code Credential Reader ML LSA 626 LH IN120 IP B Exit Device Series Lever Function Finishes Hand Technology Code Credential Reader ED RHR IN120 IP B Series ML CL ED5200 ED5200S ED5200A ED5200SA ED5633AL ED5634AL Handing RH LH RHR LHR Mortise lock Cylindrical lock Panic rim exit Panic SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr rim exit 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr mortise exit, no key override 3-hr mortise exit, key override Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Function Cylindrical Key override Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Exit 9133 No key override (rim/securebolt) 9134 Key override (rim/securebolt) 9M133 9M134 No key override (mortise) Key override (mortise) Credential^ IP* HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, MIFARE SE, DESFire EV1 SE, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones IPS* All credentials supported by the IP option plus MIFARE Classic and DESFire EV1* CP* FeliCa, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones * To add support to the above for Bluetooth Smart-enabled mobile phones, add "B" before the Reader Code ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Reader B Black reader, black trim W White reader, white trim MB Black reader, metal trim MW White reader, metal trim Note: Metal trim is supplied in the finish specified in the order string Levers C M E A X X X C X X D X X E X X L X X N X X X P X X X R X X Roses For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C Cylindrical M Mortise D C M SA 2-1/4" X SB 2-1/4" X ZD 3-1/2" X SF 2-7/8" X E Exit Device D Diameter Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" 94

95 SARGENT IN120 Overview The Sargent IN120 WiFi lock brings you the next generation of WiFi access control in a sleek, minimalist design. Leverage your IT infrastructure to deliver advanced access control to more locations, with the flexibility and security of multiclass SE technology from HID Global. Features and Benefits Leverage IEEE WiFi infrastructure to significantly reduce installation costs Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock, and exit device configurations multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and supports multiple credential technologies, including HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Intelligence built into lock for local decision making, allowing operation regardless of network status Privacy button allows shelter in place/local lockdown and enables privacy capabilities for applications such as restrooms Superior aesthetics blend into any environment seamlessly 95

96 WIFI Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400/10,000* Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Last 10,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; door position; low battery 6 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication; can be powered with 12-24VDC filtered and regulated hardwired power supply 14 to 24 months based on usage -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) < 85% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3 hour fire doors; ADA compliant; UL294 6th edition; CAN/ULC S319; BHMA A * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information. Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible.* ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike 2-3/4" T-Strike standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. * Easily field-reversible depending on lever design Credentials* 2.4 GHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE MHz credentials: HID iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: HID Prox 96

97 WIFI Hard Power Option (91-) The Hard Power option is recommended for high traffic doors or openings that require online behavior. Hard powering an IN120 allows the lock to operate in an always connected mode. The IN120 allows hard powering via an input of 12 to 24VDC and draws 200mA at 12VDC in always connected mode. Sargent offers a range of power supplies suitable for this application. Security AES 128-bit encryption Supports current WiFi network security standards, including: - WEP, WPA and WPA x (e.g. EAP, PEAP, PAP) Mortise Lock Dimensions Exit Device Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown Rim, Mortise Inside shown Rim Mortise 3-1/8" (79 mm) 3-1/8" (79 mm) 10" (254 mm) 11-7/16" (290 mm) 16" (406 mm) 16" (406 mm) Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside shown Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown 2-5/16" (59 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) 9-11/16" (246 mm) 8-9/32" (210 mm) 14-11/16" (373 mm) 14-7/16" (367 mm) 97

98 WIFI Sargent IN120 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Credentials Reader Rose Lever Finish Hand 28- IN120 10G 77 IP B O L 626 RH Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Credentials Reader Rose Lever Finish Hand 91- IN IPS W O L 626 LH Exit Devices Options Series Type Function Credentials Reader Rail ET Trim/Lever Finish Hand Door Width 12- IN BIPS B F ETL 626 RHR 36" Options 12- Fire rated /8" curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) 91- Option for hard power/remote unlocking SG- MicroShield coating Type 10G Cylindrical lock 79 Mortise lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Levers A B X X E F J X X L X X P X X W BB C M8 M7 E X X X X X Function Cylindrical 77 Key override 79 Mortise 76 Key override and deadbolt 78 Key override and no deadbolt 77 Deadbolt and no key override 79 No deadbolt and no key override 82 Mortise 276 Key override and deadbolt* 278 Key override and no deadbolt 277 Deadbolt and no key override* 279 No deadbolt and no key override Exits 76 Key override 78 No key override * Deadbolt required for escape return functionality (a residential requirement in Canada) Roses For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C Cylindrical M8 82 Mortise M7 79 Mortise D C M8 M7 LN 2" X O 2-3/4" X X L 3-1/2" X X E 3-1/16" X E Exit Device D Diameter Credentials IP* HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, MIFARE SE, DESFire EV1 SE, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones IPS* All credentials supported by the IP option plus MIFARE Classic and DESFire EV1 CP* FeliCa, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones * To add support to the above for Bluetooth Smart-enabled mobile phones, add "B" before the Reader Code ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Reader B Black reader, black trim W White reader, white trim MB Black reader, metal trim MW White reader, metal trim Metal trim is supplied in the finish specified in the order string Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin C 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel BJ BL BP 98 X X X * Available with MicroShield; add SG- to options

99 SARGENT Passport 1000 P2 Overview The Sargent Passport 1000 P2 lock is an intelligent WiFi lockset offering comprehensive access control for campus housing and facilities. Using magstripe, PIN code, and HID multiclass SE technologies for customized access to campus facilities, this offers an ideal solution for forward-thinking campuses looking for a migration path to higher security credentials and mobile access. Ideal for adding access control to areas of a building that would be too difficult or costly to wire, the Passport 1000 P2 uses b/g/n WiFi infrastructure to significantly reduce hardware and labor costs. Combined with approved third party software or the ASSA ABLOY PERSONA Campus software, the Passport 1000 P2 Series of locks integrates seamlessly into transactional and housing systems, providing comprehensive, reliable access control for the campus environment. Features and Benefits Uses IEEE WiFi infrastructure to significantly reduce installation costs Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock, and exit device configurations multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and supports multiple credential technologies, including HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Intelligence built into lock for local decision-making, allowing operation regardless of network status Privacy button allows shelter in place/local lockdown and enables privacy capabilities for applications such as residence halls Available with keypad for dual factor authentication * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information on keypad functionality. 99

100 WIFI Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400/10,000* Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Last 10,000 events LED indicates valid/invalid entries Request to exit; latchbolt; deadbolt; aux latchbolt; door position 6 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication; can be powered with 12-24VDC hardwired power supply 1 to 3 years based on usage Operating temperature -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) Operating humidity <85% (non-condensing) Certifications ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; ADA compliant * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible.* ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike 2-3/4" T-Strike standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. * Easily field-reversible depending on lever design Credentials* Mag Stripe Read speed: 4 to 40 in/s Card track: Track 2 Card coercivity: HiCo (4000 Oersted) or LoCo (300 Oersted) Time resolution on card: 1 minute Magnetic head lifetime: 300,000 operations * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 2.4 GHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) 125 khz credentials: HID Prox MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones 100

101 WIFI Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside Shown Inside Shown Inside Shown Outside Shown 3-9/16" (91 mm) 3-9/16" (91 mm) 3-9/16" (91 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) 12-5/8" (321 mm) 12-13/16" (310 mm) 13-5/16" (338 mm) 13-3/4" (349 mm) Exit Devices Dimensions 18-7/16" (468 mm) 18-1/8" (460 mm) 18-3/4" (476 mm) 18-1/8" (460 mm) Hard Power Option (91-) The Hard Power option is recommended for high traffic doors or openings that require online behavior. Hard powering an IN120 allows the lock to operate in an always connected mode. The IN120 allows hard powering via an input of 12 to 24VDC and draws 200mA at 12VDC in always connected mode. Sargent offers a range of power supplies suitable for this application. Security AES 128-bit encryption Supports current WiFi network security standards, including: - WEP, WPA and WPA x (e.g. EAP, PEAP, PAP) 101

102 WIFI Sargent Passport 1000 P2 How to Order Cylindrical Locks with Magstripe or Magstripe & Keypad Options Technology Series Type Function Rose Lever Finishes Hand 28- KP P2 10 G77 LN L 626 RHR Cylindrical Locks with multiclass SE Reader Options Series Type Function Technology Rose Lever Finishes Hand 12- P2 10 G77 IKMPS LN L 626 RHR Mortise Locks with Magstripe or Magstripe & Keypad Options Technology Series Type Function Rose Lever Finishes Hand 28- KP P LN L 626 RHR Mortise Locks with multiclass SE Reader Options Series Type Function Technology Rose Lever Finishes Hand 12- P IKMPS LN L 626 RHR Exit Devices with MagStripe or MagStripe & Keypad Options Technology Series Type Function Rail ET Trim/Lever Hand Finishes Door Width 12- KP P F ETL RHR " Exit Devices with multiclass SE Reader Options Series Type Function Technology Rail ET Trim/Lever Hand Finishes Door Width 12- KP BIKMPS F ETL 626 RHR 36" Options* 12- UL fire label exit hardware (exits) 23- Flat lip ANSI strike 4-7/8" (mortise only) /8" curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) 91- Hard power/remote unlocking SG- MicroShield coating Type 10 Cylindrical lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Function Cylindrical G77 Key override Mortise 276 Key override and deadbolt 278 Key override and no deadbolt 277 Deadbolt and no key override 279 No deadbolt and no key override Exit 77 Key override 78 No key override For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C Cylindrical D Diameter M Mortise Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Technology^ (blank) Magstripe only KP Magstripe and keypad IKMPS* HID iclass, keypad, mag stripe, Prox, smart card (MIFARE, DESFire ) IMPS* HID iclass, mag stripe, Prox, smart card (MIFARE, DESFire ) CKMP* FeliCa, keypad, mag stripe, Prox CMP* FeliCa, mag stripe, Prox * For Bluetooth Smart support, add "B" to the beginning of the technology code. ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Rail E Rail 24" to 32" doors F Rail 33" to 36" doors J Rail 37" to 42" doors G Rail 43" to 48" doors Trim/Lever ET ET escutcheon followed by lever designation Door Width If supplied, rails will be cut to size. Levers C M E A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X W X X Roses D C M LN 2" X O 2-3/4" X L 3-1/2" X G 3-1/2" X 102

103 SARGENT Profile Series v.s2 Overview The Profile Series v.s2 gives you more access control for your budget. An ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 lock, the v.s2 connects to the building s existing WiFi network, and can make decisions at the door if the network fails. Because there are no wires to run, installation and labor is significantly reduced, and commission is expedited. With door status monitoring and alarm notification, the v.s2 is available in exit device, mortise and cylindrical lock configurations. Features and Benefits Uses IEEE WiFi infrastructure to significantly reduce installation costs Local decision-making ensures operation regardless of network status Supports a variety of opening with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock and exit device configurations Built-in door status monitoring and real-time, configurable alarm notifications Integrates with many popular third party access control systems Available with keypad for dual factor authentication Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information on keypad functionality. Supports HID 125 khz Prox or MHz iclass credentials (26-39 bit); supports CSN reads for other common MHz cards, including MIFARE, DESFire, and FeliCa 103

104 WIFI Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Last 10,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; door position; deadbolt 6 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication; Hardwiring is accomplished with a 3267 Remote Power Supply (sold separately) 14 months based on usage Operating temperature -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) Operating humidity Certifications < 85% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; FCC certified Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible.* ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw (mortise) Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike 2-3/4" T-Strike standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. * Easily field-reversible depending on lever design Credentials* HID 125 khz Prox HID MHz iclass credentials (26-39 bit); supports CSN reads for other common MHz cards, including MIFARE, DESFire, and FeliCa * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 104

105 WIFI Hard Power Option (91-) The Hard Power option is recommended for high traffic doors or openings that require online behavior. Hard powering an IN120 allows the lock to operate in an always connected mode. The IN120 allows hard powering Security Advanced data security with standard encryption techniques AES 128-bit encryption via an input of 12 to 24VDC and draws 200mA at 12VDC in always connected mode. Sargent offers a range of power supplies suitable for this application. Supports most current WiFi network security standards. For specific security information, please contact your local ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions sales consultant or call WIRE. Mortise Lock Dimensions Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Outside Escutcheons Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside Shown 3-3/4" (95 mm) Outside Shown 3-3/4" (95 mm) Inside Shown 3-3/4" (95 mm) 13-1/2" (343 mm) 14-1/4" (362 mm) 14-1/4" (362 mm) Exit Device Dimensions Inside Shown Outside Shown Outside ET Lever Control 3-3/4" (95 mm) 3-3 4" (95 mm) 9" (228 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 8-1/16" (205 mm) Proximity Only Shown " (46 mm) 8900 Mortise Shown 8800 Rim Shown 17-3/8" (441 mm) 17" (431 mm) 17-3/8" (441 mm) 17" (431 mm) 105

106 WIFI Sargent Profile Series v.s2 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Technology Lever Finishes Hand 28- S2 10 G77 PK L 626 RH Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Technology Lever Finishes Hand SG- S PK L 626 RH Exit Devices Options Series Technology Type Function Rail ET Trim/Lever Hand Finishes Door Width 12- S2 PK F ETL RHR 32D 36" Options 12- UL fire label exit hardware (exits only) 23- Flat lip ANSI strike 4-7/8" (mortise & mortise exit only) /8" curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) 91- Option for hard power/remote unlocking SG- MicroShield coating Type 10 Cylindrical lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Levers C M E A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X W X X Function Cylindrical G77 Key override Mortise 276 Key override and deadbolt 278 Key override and no deadbolt 277 Deadbolt and no key override 279 No deadbolt and no key override Exit 77 Key override 78 No key override Technology^ PK Prox and keypad PA Prox only IK iclass and keypad IA iclass only ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield; add SG- to options Rail (exits only) E Rail 24" to 32" doors F Rail 33" to 36" doors J Rail 37" to 42" doors G Rail 43" to 48" doors ET Trim/Lever ET Escutcheon followed by lever designation (exits) Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Door Width (exits only) If supplied, rails will be cut to size. For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C Cylindrical E Exit Device M Mortise 106

107 PERSONA Campus Online Software Overview PERSONA Campus Online access control software enables customized access by user, facility or individual lock, and works with a variety of offline, Power over Ethernet (PoE) and WiFi locks available from ASSA ABLOY Group brands Corbin Russwin and Sargent. It provides seamless database integration and software interface with popular enterprise, transactional and housing systems. PERSONA Campus software supports both mag stripe and contactless technology, allowing easy migration to higher security credentials and HID Mobile Access. Features and Benefits Intuitive brower-based application Scalable from a single PC to a global network Auto-discovery simplifies configuration of new devices Open architecture ensures easy integration with other systems and allows code modification Threat level management allows staff to secure the campus in the event of a threat or incident Advanced reporting tool provides complete system visibility and flexible reporting options 107

108 WIFI 108

109 Lock Management Tool Overview Lock Management Tool (LMT) allows programming, interrogation and overall management of ASSA ABLOY PoE locks from a centralized location for up to 50 doors. The application facilitates communication from a computer to the locks via IEEE b/g/n wifi infrastructure. The LMT program allows an administrator to establish multiple user types, time zones, holidays, user groups, auto-unlock periods, and to obtain transaction history from all locks connected to the system. LMT consists of a server-based installation (a small workstation will be sufficient), with most of the daily administration and configuration being done through a web browser. A local client on the server can be used for more complex configuration tasks. Features and Benefits Password-protected database User database size based on local hardware configuration Easy-to-follow data entry Auto-unlock schedule with or without first in unlock Allows viewing of system-wide events and history (total number of events based on local hardware configuration) includes event type, date, time, user ID and name Configurable for all major HID Prox 125 khz or iclass MHz card formats Scheduler utility to establish local communication at predefined intervals 109

110 WIFI Requirements Hardware: Memory: 2 GB minimum, 4 GB+ recommended Storage: 20 GB free hard disk space Processor: Dual Core/(min Pentium IV 2GHz (or equivalent) or faster Screen: 800 x 600 required; 1024 x 768 Recommended Network card required CD-ROM required RS232 Serial Port (DB9) Operating System: Windows XP 32bit, Server bit, Vista 32/64bit, Win7 32/64bit, or Server 2008/2008R2 Note: IP address must be assigned by authorized network administrator and PC must utilize a static IP address WFCD2 Lock Management Tool (LMT) How to Order 25 Door License Lock Management Tool allows programming, interrogation and overall management from a centralized location of up to 25 doors License is included and is obtained at time of installation Download from IntelligentOpenings.com 50 Door License Lock Management Tool allows programming, interrogation and overall management from a centralized location of up to 50 doors License is included and is obtained at time of installation Download from IntelligentOpenings.com WFCD1 Lock Configuration Tool Kit* Required to configure network settings of WiFi locks. Contains: Serial adapter cable (Sargent p/n ; Corbin Russwin p/n 712F879) USB cable (Sargent p/n ; Corbin Russwin p/n 783F909) Quick start guide iclass Reader Configuration Cards Pack (WF001) * Lock Configuration Software is required to set up locks and is available for download at IntelligentOpenings.com (ACP/CI login required) 110

111 Aperio Wireless Technology Overview Aperio technology is a global wireless platform that reduces the cost and inconvenience of traditional access control, with the flexibility to address any application. Aperio utilizes local wireless communication between the lock and a communications hub to connect to an electronic access control system. You can easily expand the reach of existing access control systems and secure openings that would otherwise go unprotected. With the global range of Aperio-enabled locks from ASSA ABLOY, online access control can be easy and cost-effective at any opening, with standardization across locations worldwide. Features and Benefits No complex site surveys Minimal field configuration Simplified installation at the opening Fully encrypted AES 128 wireless communication (IEEE ) Real-time authentication and alarms Products Available (shown on next page) 1 ADAMS RITE A100 2 CORBIN RUSSWIN IN100 3 HES K100 4 HES KS100 5 SARGENT IN100 6 SARGENT PR100 7 SECURITRON AS100 8 SECURITRON R100 9 Aperio Hubs 111

112 Aperio at a Glance Credentials^ Device Types Available Monitoring Brand Product Name Prox only iclass only iclass SE 1 multiclass SE 2 Keypad (1-16 digit PINs) Mortise Lock Cylindrical Lock Exit Device Cabinet Lock Keyless Entry Control Surface Mounted Reader Door Position Sensor Typical Applications Door Position Switch Request to Exit Tamper Battery Other ADAMS RITE A100 3 Aluminum and glass narrow stile entrance systems CORBIN IN100 RUSSWIN Commercial openings (offices, conference rooms, budgetsensitive customers); K12 schools HES K100 Cabinets, lockers and drawers Lock jamb HES KS100 Server cabinets/racks with swing handle 4 SARGENT IN100 Commercial openings (offices, conference rooms, budgetsensitive customers); K12 schools SARGENT PR100 Institutional openings (schools, hospitals) SECURITRON AS100 DPS monitoring; Form C relay Dead bolt SECURITRON R100 Glass doors; marble, granite, concrete or other surfaces ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 1 iclass SE locks support iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, SIO on MIFARE Classic, SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1, MIFARE Classic, DESFire EV1, NFC-enabled mobile phones 2 multiclass SE locks support HID Prox, AWID, EM4102, iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, SIO on MIFARE Classic, SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1, MIFARE Classic, DESFire EV1, NFC-enabled mobile phones 3 The A100 works with deadlocks, deadlatches and exit devices. 4 The KS100 comes out of the box with simple lock/unlock capabilities. DPS is a separate option to purchase. 5 The A100 supports door position status and request to exit monitoring when combined with additional accessories 112

113 ADAMS RITE Keyless Entry A100 Overview The Adams Rite A100 with Aperio technology is a unique keyless entry control for Adams Rite deadbolts, deadlatches and exit devices that is compatible with most aluminum narrow stile door applications. You can quickly upgrade a mechanical door to a fully functioning online door without the cost and inconvenience of wiring the door, greatly improving the monitoring and security level of the facility. The A Keyless Entry Control provides maximum security and audit trail with either HID Prox or iclass contactless card reader that integrates easily into existing access control systems. The A100 Keyless Entry Control is available as either a preconfigured trim and hub kit or a field configurable component of an integrated access control deployment. Features and Benefits Sleek, surface-mounted unit with concealed fasteners accommodates 1-3/4" to 2-1/4" door thicknesses Tamper-resistant lever with breakaway (resettable) clutch Key override via mortise cylinder; 1" (25.4 mm) to 1-1/2" (38.1 mm) length with MS cam (available separately) Keypad optional Field-selectable handing Compatible with existing Adams Rite MS deadlocks, 4500, 4900 Series deadlatches and 8000 Series exit devices in 31/32" backsets and greater; Yale 7200 Series and Corbin Russwin ED4000 Series rim exit devices 113

114 APERIO Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; door position; tamper 4 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication 60,000 cycles -31 F (-35 C) to 151 F (66 C) 5% 95% (non-condensing) FCC Part 15 compliant Credentials* MHz credentials HID iclass 125 khz credentials: Options and Accessories DPS switch (DPS-C-38G) Mortise cylinder with MS Cam Request to exit sold separately HID Prox * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Adams Rite A100 Keyless Entry Control How to Order Model Credential Compatible Products Finishes A P1 626 Credential* P PK C CK 125 khz HID Prox Prox and keypad MHz HID iclass iclass and keypad * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Compatible Products 1 Adams Rite latches or 8000 Series exit devices, Yale 7200 Series, Corbin Russwin ED4000 Series exit devices only. (select REX enabled version) 2 Adams Rite MS deadlocks Finishes 121 To match 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 626 Satin Chrome 114

115 CORBIN RUSSWIN IN100 Overview The IN100 lock with Aperio Technology makes access control easy and affordable. This next-generation lock offers the convenience and flexibility of Aperio wireless technology with the real-time communication of online access control. As part of the Aperio family of wireless locks, the IN100 offers easy expansion of existing access control systems to bring a new level of control to your facility. Features and Benefits Quick, easy, wireless deployment which eliminates the cost and inconvenience of complex wireless site surveys Integrated reader, monitoring and short range wireless radio simplifies installation and reduces material costs Real-time door status monitoring with REX, DPS, tamper and low battery signals Lockdown capability: Remote or centralized lock/unlock in less than 10 seconds Local lockdown using a privacy button on the secure side of the lock Support for passage mode scheduling offers convenience for offices, conference rooms and other common areas Available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock, and exit device configurations, offering the flexibility to support a variety of openings Features multiclass SE technology from HID Global, offering easy migration to higher security credentials and HID Mobile Access powered by Seos High-security standardized communications ensure data security between lock and hub 115

116 APERIO Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries/lock diagnostics Request to exit; tamper; low battery 6 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication Over 2 years with 10-second heartbeat -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) <85% (non-condensing) Certifications ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim, SecureBolt or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw (rim); full 3/4" projection (SecureBolt ) Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI Curved Lip standard ANSI Straight Lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic MIFARE DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: HID Prox Kantech ioprox AWID EM4102 * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 116

117 APERIO Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Exit Device Dimensions Rim/SecureBolt, Mortise Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 11-21/32" (296 mm) 9-11/16" (246 mm) 15-9/16" (395 mm) Outside shown 2-5/16" (59 mm) Cylindrical Lock Dimensions 14-13/16" (376 mm) Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown 9-11/16" (246 mm) 8-9/32" (210 mm) 117

118 APERIO Corbin Russwin IN100 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Finishes Hand Technology Code Credential Reader CL LSA 626 LH IN100 IP B Mortise Locks Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Finishes Hand Technology Code Credential Reader ML LSA 626 LH IN100 IP B Exit Devices Series Lever Function Finishes Hand Technology Code Credential Reader ED RHR IN100 IP B Series ML CL ED5200 ED5200S ED5200A ED5200SA ED5633AL ED5634AL Handing RH LH RHR LHR Mortise lock Cylindrical lock Panic rim exit Panic SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr rim exit 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr mortise exit, no key override 3-hr mortise exit, key override Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Credential^ IP HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, MIFARE SE, DESFire EV1 SE, HID Prox, Kantech ioprox NFC-enabled mobile phones IPS All credentials supported by the IP option plus MIFARE Classic and DESFire EV1* ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. * IPS allows use of smart cards with user defined encryption and encoding, from HID or other third party suppliers. Reader B W MB MW Black reader, black trim White reader, white trim Black reader, metal trim White reader, metal trim Function Cylindrical Key override Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Exit 9133 No key override (rim/securebolt) 9134 Key override (rim/securebolt) 9M133 No key override (mortise) 9M134 Key override (mortise) Note: Metal trim is supplied in the finish specified in the order string. Levers 118 C M E A AZ AS AS C CS CS D DS DS E ES ES L LS LS N NZ NS NS P PZ PS PS R RS RS Roses D C M A 2-1/4" X B 2-1/4" X F 2-7/8" X D 3-1/2" X For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C Cylindrical M Mortise D Diameter E Exit Devices Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" Note: Stainless steel finishes available on mortise only.

119 HES K100 Cabinet Lock Overview The HES K wireless cabinet lock with Aperio technology makes it easy and cost-effective to bring real-time access control to cabinets and drawers. The K100 uses local wireless communication between the lock and an Aperio hub to connect to an access control system, eliminating the cost and difficulty of physically wiring access control to the cabinet. Control and track access to pharmaceuticals, prototypes, restricted documents, evidence, tools and high-value materials. The K100 expands the reach of access control systems to drawers, cabinets, and lockers through the use of existing ID badges. The HES K100 cabinet lock is available as either a preconfigured lock and hub kit or as a field configurable component of an integrated access control deployment. Features and Benefits Integrates with existing access control systems and ID badges Low battery signaling and reporting Static strength 200 lbs. Non-handed Works with cabinet doors and lockers with door thickness of 1/16" to 1-1/2" Automatic latch relock when door is closed 119

120 APERIO Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Latch status 2 AA lithium batteries with low battery indication at access control system 50,000 cycles 32 F (0 C) to 122 F (50 C) FCC Part 15 compliant & Industry Canada compliant Credentials* Accessories MHz credentials (SE option): HID iclass 622-JSP OBS-622 Jump-start battery pack Open back strike plate iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos ISO 14443B UID MIFARE Classic MIFARE Plus Optional Features Round knob Thumbturn knob Lever only DESFire SE DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials (PA option): HID Prox EM Prox * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. HES K100 Cabinet Lock How to Order Product No. Model Credential Color Knob Type K * PA W 2 *Append H to model in string to include a paired Wiegand 1:1 Aperio hub. Credential^ PA SE HID Prox, EM Prox iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, ISO 14443B UID, MIFARE Classic, MIFARE Plus, DESFire SE, DESFire EV1, NFC-enabled mobile phones ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Knob Type 1 Round 2 Thumbturn 3 ADA lever Finishes W White B Black 120

121 HES KS100 Server Cabinet Lock Overview The HES KS100 server cabinet lock with Aperio technology helps address the security needs of data centers and colocation facilities by providing realtime access control to individual cabinet doors in a single-card system. This convenient system secures individual server cabinet doors, greatly improving the monitoring and security level of each server cabinet. It uses existing ID badges so there are no keys to control or replace and no codes to secure or remember. The KS100 protects servers from malicious or accidental tampering without adding a credential. The HES KS100 server cabinet lock is available as either a pre-configured lock and hub kit or as a field configurable component of an integrated access control deployment. Features and Benefits Ideal for colocation data centers with multiple companies requiring access SFIC (small format interchangeable core) key override allows secure manual unlock capability (optional, not included) Static strength 250 lbs. Non-handed Designed for standard cam-activated swing handle applications with 25 mm x 150 mm lock opening Hardwired PoE 48VDC (Class 2 rated 802.3af) or standard 24VDC options 121

122 APERIO Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Lock position and door position status with optional external switch PoE hardwired via standard IEEE 802.3af or 48VDC Power over Ethernet; optional 24VDC input n/a 32 F (0 C) to 122 F (50 C) FCC Part 15 & Industry Canada compliant / CE Credentials* MHz credentials (SE option): HID iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos ISO 14443B UID MIFARE Classic MIFARE Plus DESFire SE DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones Accessories SFIC, Medeco X4 (2 Keys 1 Control, 1 User) SFIC-BC, KS SFIC Blank Plastic Core KS-DPS, Surface mount DPS (external) KS-CAM45, CAM: 45mm-5 KS-CAM38, CAM: 38mm-1 WT1, Wiegand Test Box with LED Indicators WT2, Wiegand Test Box with LCD Backlit Display and LED Indicators CBL6-QC12, K200/KS200 Lock Side Interface Cable: 6 Foot, 12 Conductor and Molex both ends 125 khz credentials (PA option): HID Prox EM Prox * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. HES KS100 Server Cabinet Lock How to Order Product No. Model Credential KS * SE *Append H to model in string to include a paired Wiegand 1:1 Aperio hub. Credential* PA HID Prox, EM Prox SE iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, ISO 14443B UID, MIFARE Classic, MIFARE Plus, DESFire SE, DESFire EV1, NFC-enabled mobile phones * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 122

123 SARGENT IN100 Overview The IN100 lock with Aperio technology makes access control easy and affordable. This next-generation lock offers the convenience and flexibility of Aperio wireless technology with the real-time communication of online access control. As part of the Aperio family of wireless locks, the IN100 offers easy expansion of existing access control systems to bring a new level of control to your facility. Features and Benefits Quick, easy-wireless deployment eliminates the cost and inconvenience of complex wireless site surveys Integrated reader, monitoring and short range wireless radio simplifies installation and reduces material costs Real-time door status monitoring with REX, DPS, tamper and low battery signals Lockdown capability: Remote or centralized lock/unlock in less than 10 seconds Local lockdown using a privacy button on the secure side of the lock Support for passage mode scheduling offers convenience for offices, conference rooms and other common areas Available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock and exit device configurations, offering the flexibility to support a variety of openings Features multiclass SE technology from HID Global, offering easy migration to higher security credentials and HID Mobile Access powered by Seos High-security standardized communications ensure data security between lock and hub 123

124 APERIO Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; tamper; low battery 6 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication Over 2 years with 10-second heartbeat -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) <85% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 1/2" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Cylinder types Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic MIFARE DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: HID Prox Kantech ioprox AWID EM4102 * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 124

125 APERIO Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Exit Device Dimensions Rim, Mortise Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown Inside shown Rim 3-1/8" (79 mm) Mortise 3-1/8" (79 mm) 10" (254 mm) 11-7/16" (290 mm) 16" (406mm) 16" (406mm) Outside shown 2-5/16" (59 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown 14-11/16" (373 mm) 14-7/16" (367 mm) 9-11/16" (246 mm) 8-9/32" (210 mm) 125

126 APERIO Sargent IN100 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Credentials Reader Rose Lever Finishes Hand IN G77 IP B O L 613 RH Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Credentials Reader Rose Lever Finishes Hand 23- IN IP W O L 626 RH Exit Devices Options Series Type Function Credentials Reader Rail ET Trim/Lever Finishes Hand Door Width 12- IN BIPS B F ETL 626 RHR 36" Options 23- Flat Lip ANSI strike 4-7/8" (mortise only) /4" Backset (cylindrical only) 25-5" Backset (cylindrical only) /8" Curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) SG- MicroShield coating Type 10 Cylindrical lock 79 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Levers A C M E B X X E F J X X L X X P X X W BB X X BJ X X BL X X X X X X Credentials^ IP HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, MIFARE SE, DESFire EV1 SE, HID Prox, Kantech ioprox, NFC-enabled mobile phones IPS All credentials supported by the IP option plus MIFARE Classic and DESFire EV1* ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. * IPS allows use of smart cards with user-defined encryption and encoding, from HID or other thirdparty suppliers. Reader B Black reader, black trim W White reader, white trim MB Black reader, metal trim MW White reader, metal trim Note: Metal trim is supplied in the finish specified in the order string. Roses For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C Cylindrical M Mortise D C M LN 2-1/8" X O 2-3/4" X L 3-1/2" X D Diameter E Exit Devices Function Cylindrical G77 Key override Mortise 76 Key override and deadbolt 78 Key override and no deadbolt 77 Deadbolt and no key override 79 No deadbolt and no key override Exits 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield; add SG- to options Note: Stainless steel finishes only available with mortise lock. BP X X 126

127 SARGENT PR100 Overview The Sargent PR100 lock with Aperio Technology makes it easy and cost-effective to bring access control to additional openings. It uses local wireless communication between the lock and an Aperio hub to connect to an access control system, eliminating the greatest cost and inconvenience of traditional access control the wiring at the door. The PR100 utilizes HID 125 khz Prox or MHz iclass technology and is available in mortise lock, cylindrical lock or exit device configurations. All technology features are supported by the physical security of Sargent ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware. Features and Benefits Quick, easy, wireless deployment eliminates the cost and inconvenience of complex wireless site surveys Integrated reader, monitoring and short range wireless radio simplifies installation and reduces material costs Real-time door status monitoring with REX, DPS, tamper and low battery signals provides ability to respond immediately to situations at opening Available in 10 Line cylindrical lock, 8200 Series mortise lock and 80 Series exit device, offering the flexibility to support a variety of openings Supports HID 125 khz Prox or MHz iclass contactless credentials, integrating easily with existing credential systems High-security standardized communications ensure data security between lock and hub Available with keypad for two-factor authentication* * If supported by access control manufacturer 127

128 APERIO Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Battery life Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Deadbolt, DPS, low battery, REX, and tamper signals 6 AA alkaline batteries 13 months based on usage Operating temperature -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) Operating humidity < 85% (non-condensing) Certifications ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike 2-3/4" T-Strike standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* MHz credentials iclass * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 125 khz credentials: HID Prox 128

129 APERIO Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Exit Device Dimensions Rim, Mortise Outside shown 3-3/4" (95 mm) Inside shown 13-1/2" (343 mm) 17-3/8" (441 mm) 17" (431 mm) Outside shown Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons 17-3/8" (441 mm) 17" (431 mm) Inside shown 3-3/4" (95 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) Outside shown 14-1/4" (362 mm) 14-1/4" (362 mm) 129

130 APERIO Sargent PR100 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Technology Lever Finishes Hand 28- N2 10 G77 PK L 626 RH Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Technology Lever Finishes Hand SG- N IA L 626 RH Exit Devices Options Series Technology Type Function Rail ET Trim/Lever Hand Finishes Door Width 12- N2 IA F ETL RHR 32D 36" Options 12- UL fire label exit hardware (exits only) 23- Flat Lip ANSI strike 4-7/8" (mortise and mortise exit only) /8" Curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) SG- MicroShield coating Type 10 Cylindrical lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Function Cylindrical G77 Cylinder override Mortise 276 Key override and deadbolt 278 Key override and no deadbolt 277 Deadbolt and no key override 279 No deadbolt and no key override Exit 77 Cylinder override 78 No cylinder override Technology^ PK Prox and keypad PA Prox only IK iclass and keypad IA iclass only ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Rail (exits only) E Rail 24" to 32" doors F Rail 33" to 36" doors J Rail 37" to 42" doors G Rail 43" to 48" doors Trim/Lever ET Escutcheon followed by lever designation (exits) Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Door Width (exits only) If supplied, rails will be cut to size. Levers C M E A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X W X X Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield; add SG- to options. For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C Cylindrical E Exit Device M Mortise 130

131 SECURITRON AS100 Sensor Overview The Securitron AS100 wireless door position sensor is an attractive way to add a DPS monitoring solution to aesthetically demanding entries. The AS100 mounts easily to the frame and monitors the position of the door. The signal is then wirelessly transmitted to an Aperio hub. It integrates securely and easily into existing access control systems. The AS100 can be used on its own, paired with an M100 mortise cylinder or as an elegant complement to an R100 to provide wireless credential and DPS monitoring for glass entryways. Features and Benefits Adheres to glass and other aesthetically demanding door frame surfaces without any connecting wires Quick and easy installation Monitors current door status (open/closed) Can also be used for dry contact sensing using the 3.5 mm jack Form C relay 131

132 APERIO Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Battery life Power supply Certifications n/a n/a n/a Door position status, Form C Relay 40,000 cycles 2 AA alkaline batteries CE / FCC Part 15 & Industry Canada compliant Securitron AS100 Sensor How to Order Product No. AS

133 SECURITRON R100 Reader Overview The R100 surface-mounted wireless reader offers an elegant way to extend access control to glass, stone, granite or marble entryways. Installation is easy, requires no drilling or pulling of wires, and can adhere in minutes. A complement to ASSA ABLOY electrified locking devices, including electromagnetic locks, electrified strikes, electric locks and electrified exit devices, glass entryways can now integrate robust access control while maintaining a clean, wireless appearance. The R100 Wireless Reader is available as either a preconfigured lock and hub kit or as a field configurable component of an integrated access control deployment. Features and Benefits Adheres to glass and other aesthetically demanding surfaces without any connecting wires Online transaction audit trail capability 133

134 APERIO Electronic Specifications Users Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Audit trail Limited by EAC system Visual/Audible communications Green status LED Monitoring Tamper; low battery Power supply 1 x 3V CR2 lithium Battery (included) Battery cycles 40,000 cycles Operating temperature -40 F (-40 C) to 122 F (50 C) Certifications FCC Part 15 compliant; Industry Canada compliant Credentials* Accessories MHz credentials (SE option): HID iclass 125 khz credentials (PA option): HID Prox R100-DCA Dress Cover, Aluminum iclass Seos EM Prox iclass SE ISO 14443B UID MIFARE Classic MIFARE Plus MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE DESFire SE NFC-enabled mobile devices * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Securitron R100 Reader How to Order Product No. Model Credentials^ R100 1 PA Low frequency SE High frequency Credential* PA SE HID Prox, EM Prox HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, ISO 14443B UID, MIFARE Classic, MIFARE Plus, DESFire SE, DESFire EV1, NFC-enabled mobile phones * Append H to model in string to include a paired Wiegand 1:1 Aperio hub. ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 134

135 Aperio Hubs Overview Designed for easy integration into existing access control systems, Aperio-enabled locks communicate wirelessly to an Aperio hub, which connects to the access control system using Ethernet, RS-485 or Wiegand wiring. 135

136 APERIO Electronic Specifications Wireless coverage range Voltage Maximum standby current Monitoring Operating temperature Operating humidity Up to 50 feet (2 interior walls) between the Aperio locking device and communication hub on building environments** 8 to 24VDC 80 ma at 12VDC 250 ma at 24VDC AH20 includes 4 form C relays for door status monitoring (DPS, REX, battery, tamper) 41 F (5 C) to 95 F (35 C) 0% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing) ** An optional external antenna (part no. EXT-10-ANT) with max antenna gain of 3, 9 dbi (SMA connector) is available for use with AH20 & AH30 Aperio hubs. This is a 2.4 GHz dipole, omnidirectional antenna that may be used to obtain a more uniform coverage pattern (in the form of a doughnut) around the hub. Please note that this does not extend the maximum range of the hub and is limited to no more than 25 feet between the locking device and hub (reference Illustrations below). Wireless Coverage With External Antenna Without External Antenna Aperio Hub Accessories EXT-10-ANT Aperio External Antenna Aperio hubs are certified for use with the ASSA ABLOY external (omnidirectional) antenna EXT-10-ANT. The external antenna may be used to obtain more even radio coverage (in the form of a doughnut) around the hub. Please note that the antenna does not extend the maximum range of the Aperio hub. Aperio Hub Antenna Specifications For indoor use only Operating temperature: 32 F (0 C) to 113 F (45 C) Humidity: < 95% maximum (non-condensing) 136

137 APERIO IP Hub The IP Aperio hub uses standard Ethernet cabling to connect to IP-based access control systems and supports up to 16 devices per hub. Electronic Access Control System IP Access Control Panel Aperio Hub 1:8 Hubs Electronic Access Control System Access Control Panel The Mercury-Powered and standard RS-485 versions of the Aperio hub offer the flexibility and scalability to support up to eight locks per hub*. RS-485 Aperio Hub *Must be supported by EAC system. VertX -Powered Hub The VertX-powered Aperio hub connects to the access control system using RS-485 wiring and supports up to two locks per hub. Electronic Access Control System HID VertX Master Controller V1000 EVO V1000 RS-485 VertX Powered Aperio Hub Electronic Access Control System Wiegand Industry standard Wiegand output offers easy integration with many popular access control systems. Access Control Panel Wiegand Aperio Hub 137

138 APERIO Aperio Hubs How to Order Order String Description Max. # Devices Supported by Hub Conductors Required Communication Interface AH-20-W14-NNNN Wiegand Hub 1 12 Wiegand AH-30-R12-NNNN Generic RS-485 Hub 8 5 RS-485 AH-30-RN1-(XXXX)* Mercury Powered RS-485 Hub 8 5 RS-485 AH-30-R25-NNNN VertX Hub 2 5 RS-485 AH-40-IN2-NNNN IP Hub 16 Cat 5 or higher IP EXT-10-ANT Aperio External Antenna * Replace (XXXX) with Mercury Access Control Manufacturer Partner Code. Aperio Configuration Kits Aperio offers the flexibility to make field configurations easily and without any special equipment. Configuration adjustments can be made to the Aperio hub and Aperio locks Requirements for Operation: - Laptop or Netbook with: - Windows 7, 8, 8.1, 10 - USB 2.0 port APA-10-PC Aperio Programming Application Tool Kit - USB Flash Drive - Programming Application Tool Software and License Files - Aperio Instructions (electronic files) - Tritech Tribee USB Radio Dongle (APD-10-USB) - HID iclass /Prox Card using the Aperio Programming tool software and Aperio USB programing dongle from a Windows netbook or laptop with an available USB port. APD-10-USB Aperio Configuration USB Dongle - Tritech Tribee USB Radio Dongle - Included in APA-10-PC Kit USB cable - USB cable is a stand-alone item (sold separately) 138

139 Integrated Wiegand Overview ASSA ABLOY Wiegand-enabled locks, electric strikes and cabinet locks combine all standard access control components into a single device. This integrated approach significantly reduces installation time and creates a streamlined aesthetic that blends flawlessly into any environment. Integrated Wiegand products make it easy to incorporate doors and hardware into existing access control systems because the open architecture platform is compatible with all popular access control systems. ElectroLynx plug-and-go connectors on locking hardware further reduce installation costs and disruptions at the opening. Features and Benefits Open architecture platform offers compatibility with all popular Wiegand-based access control systems Features integrated monitoring options Significantly reduces installation time Streamlined appearance blends beautifully into any environment Requires only one cable run from the lock to the access control panel Industry-standard Wiegand output eliminates need for additional interface panels or controllers Proven ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware offers the highest degree of physical security available in integrated access control locks Supports HID 125 khz prox or MHz iclass (full authentication, all formats) credentials; SE LP10 features multiclass SE technology from HID Global to support multiple credentials and HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Mortise locks feature EcoFlex technology Reduces energy consumption up to 96%, as certified by GreenCircle Operates from 12-24VDC Can easily be field configured to fail safe or fail secure Available with internal end-of-line resistors for high security monitoring 139

140 Products Available Integrated Electric Strikes Access Control Locks 1 Available with any HES electric strike 4 ADAMS RITE eforce 3090P/C Cabinet Locks 5 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 600 RNE1 2 HES K200 6 CORBIN RUSSWIN SE LP10 3 HES KS200 7 SARGENT Harmony Series 8 SARGENT SE LP10 9 YALE Symphony 140

141 HES Integrated Electric Strikes Overview Experience the convenience of an electric strike with your choice of an iclass or Prox integrated card reader. HES Integrated products combine any HES electric strike with a card reader, latchbolt monitor and door position switch for one-box convenience. Engineered to work with any Wiegand-compatible controller, these versatile units easily integrate with most access control systems. All components are concealed in the frame for easier installation, better tamper resistance, higher security and superior aesthetics. The integrated door position switch and strike latchbolt monitor provide extra protection by allowing the access control system to monitor the door state and ensure that the door is closed and secure. The compact reader antenna mounts quickly and easily on the wall or on the frame in applications with difficultto-mount wall surfaces such as brick or granite. Employ an aesthetic card reader consistently throughout a facility, providing cardholders with a familiar format at each opening. 141

142 INTEGRATED WIEGAND 142

143 HES K200 Cabinet Lock Overview The HES K200 Lock makes it easy and cost-effective to bring access control to cabinets and drawers where audit trail and monitoring are becoming increasingly critical. The K200 uses Wiegand communication between the integrated, multi-technology reader and an access control system to deliver full access control to cabinets and drawers. It installs easily, enabling real-time audit capabilities and door monitoring at the drawer or cabinet level. The K200 offers a convenient, single credential solution for compliance and safety throughout your facility. Features and Benefits Multi-technology reader Integrates with existing access control systems Hardwired Wiegand communication Mechanical key override capable (cam lock not included) Static strength 200 lbs Latchbolt status monitoring Dual voltage 12 or 24VDC Non-handed Installs on wood or metal cabinet doors Works with cabinet doors, drawers and lockers up to 1-1/2" thickness Three-year limited warranty 143

144 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Operating temperature Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Latch status 12 or 24 VDC 225 ma at 12VDC 118 ma at 24VDC 32 F (0 C) to 122 F (50 C) FCC Part 15 & Industry Canada compliant; EU/CE Mark (EN 300 & 301); RoHS Compliant Credentials 125 khz Prox or MHz iclass iclass Elite iclass Seos iclass SE (SIO-enabled) ISO iclass ISO 14443A MIFARE Accessories OBS-622, Open Back Strike Plate WT1, Wiegand Test Box with LED Indicators WT2, Wiegand Test Box with LCD Backlit Display and LED Indicators CBL6-QC12, K200/KS200 Lock Side Interface Cable: 6 Foot, 12 Conductor and Molex both ends CBL12-QC12, K200/KS200 System Side Interface Cable: 12 Foot, 12 Conductor and Molex one end, pinned one end MIFARE Plus DESFire SE DESFire EV1 HCE over NFC How to Order Dimensions Product No Model Finish Options K B 2 (51 mm) 2" Options 2 Thumbturn 3 Lever Finishes B Black W White 4-7/16" (112 mm) (24 mm) 15/16" (31 mm) 1-9/32" 1/16" to 1-1/2" (101 mm) 3-31/32" 144

145 HES KS200 Server Cabinet Lock Overview The HES KS200 Server Cabinet Lock extends access control to protect data center assets from intrusion and expensive downtime, by bringing real-time access control in a single-card system to individual server cabinet doors. Designed to install quickly and easily on most swing-handle style server rack doors, the KS200 uses Wiegand wiring to integrate seamlessly with existing access control systems and ID badges. It supports a Small Format Interchangeable Core (SFIC) mechanical key override. With an integrated, multi-technology reader, the KS200 provides robust, cost-effective access control to meet strict regulatory compliance and protect data. Features and Benefits Multi-technology reader Integrates with existing access control systems Hardwired Wiegand communication Mechanical key override capable with SFIC (SFIC not included) Static strength 250 lbs Lock status monitoring and optional extended door status monitoring Dual voltage 12 or 24VDC Non-handed Designed for standard 25 mm x 150 mm server rack lock openings Three-year limited warranty 145

146 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Operating temperature Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Lock status monitoring and optional extended door status monitoring Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC 470 ma at 12VDC 245 ma at 24VDC 32 F (0 C) to 122 F (50 C) FCC Part 15 & Industry Canada compliant; EU/CE Mark (EN 300 & 301); RoHS Compliant Credentials MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones How to Order 125 khz credentials: HID Prox AWID EM4102 * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Accessories SFIC, Medeco X4 (2 Keys 1 Control, 1 User) SFIC-BC, KS SFIC Blank Plastic Core KS-DPS, Surface mount DPS (external) KS-CAM45, CAM: 45mm-5 KS-CAM38, CAM: 38mm-1 WT1, Wiegand Test Box with LED Indicators WT2, Wiegand Test Box with LCD Backlit Display and LED Indicators CBL6-QC12, K200/KS200 Lock Side Interface Cable: 6 Foot, 12 Conductor and Molex both ends CBL12-QC12, K200/KS200 System Side Interface Cable: 12 Foot, 12 Conductor and Molex one end, pinned one end Dimensions Product No Model KS (33.5 mm) 1-5/16" (16.8 mm) 21/32" (41.8 mm) 1-21/32" (222.2 mm) 8-3/4" (152.4 mm) 6" 146 Door Thickness (1-2 mm) 1/32-3/32"

147 ADAMS RITE eforce 3090P/C Keyless Entry Overview The Adams Rite 3090P/C is a unique Keyless Entry Control for Adams Rite deadbolts, deadlatches and exit devices that are compatible with aluminum, hollow metal, and wood door applications. The 3090P/C Keyless Entry Control provides maximum security and audit trail with either HID Prox or iclass contactless card reader. Features and Benefits Sleek, surface mounted unit with concealed fasteners accommodates 1-3/4" to 2-1/4" door thicknesses Interfaces with any Wiegand-compatible access control system Tamper-resistant lever with breakaway (resettable) clutch Key override via mortise cylinder; 1" (25.4 mm) to 1-1/2" (38.1 mm) length with MS cam (available separately) Field selectable handing Compatible with existing Adams Rite MS Deadlocks, 4500, 4900 Series Deadlatches and 8000 Series exit devices in 31/32" backsets and greater; Yale 7200 Series and Corbin Russwin ED4000 Series rim exit devices 147

148 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate locked/unlocked status Request to Exit; Door position; tamper 12VDC 150 ma average, 300 ma peak -31 F (-35 C) to 151 F (66 C) 5% to 95% humidity (non-condensing) FCC Part 15 compliant Credentials* MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESfire EV1 MIFARE Classic DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: HID Prox AWID EM4102 * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Options and Accessories CABLEW ' Cable Extension Kit DPS switch (DPS-C-38G) Request to exit sold separately How to Order Dimensions Model Credential Compatible Products Finish 3090 P /8" 98.4mm 2" 50.8mm Credential* 1-7/16" 36.5mm P C 125 khz HID Prox MHz HID iclass 5" 127mm 15-3/8" 390.5mm * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Compatible Products 1 Adams Rite latches or 8000 Series exit devices, Yale 7200 Series, Corbin Russwin ED4000 Series exit devices only. (select REX enabled version) 2 Adams Rite MS deadlocks 1-3/4" 44.5mm 7-19/32" 192.9mm Finishes 121 To match 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 626 Satin Chrome 148

149 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 600 RNE1 Overview Designed with aesthetics in mind, the Access 600 RNE1 integrates all standard access control components into a small, streamlined lock, offering the perfect balance of style and security. The Access 600 RNE1 features Grade 1 Corbin Russwin hardware in mortise lock, cylindrical lock, multi-point lock and exit device configurations. This wide range of quality hardware, customized monitoring options and easy system expansion define the advantages of the Access 600. Features and Benefits Incorporates card reader and DPS, REX and latchbolt monitoring sensors with ANSI Grade 1 electromechanical lock hardware Requires only one cable run from lock to access control panel or edge controller Maintains architectural integrity around the door 50% faster installation for lower installed cost and reduced disruption Open architecture platform is compatible with all popular access control systems. Elegant design with numerous architectural elements to match or enhance your decor Complete hardware portfolio, including mortise, cylindrical, multi-point and exit device locking hardware Mortise locks feature EcoFlex technology When paired with EcoPower TM power supply, it reduces energy consumption up to 96%, as certified by GreenCircle Field configurable to fail safe or fail secure Operates from 12-24VDC, offering greater flexibility in system design Innovative actuator design provides superior reliability 149

150 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Prox System Cylindrical Locks EcoFlex TM mortise lock Multi-Point Lock Exit device Current draw iclass SE System Cylindrical Locks EcoFlex TM mortise lock Multi-Point Lock Exit device Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; Latchbolt; Door position switch 12VDC or 24VDC Reader draw: A; lock draw: 0.25 A at 12VDC, 0.15 A at 24VDC Reader draw: A; lock draw: A Reader draw: A; lock draw: A at 12VDC Reader draw: A; exit draw: 0.33 A at 24VDC Reader draw: A; lock draw: 0.25 A at 12VDC, 0.15 A at 24VDC Reader draw: A; lock draw: A Reader draw: A; lock draw: A Reader draw: A; exit draw: 0.33 A at 24VDC -40 F (-40 C) to 151 F (66 C) 100% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; A117.1 Accessibility Code; A requirements ; UL294 6th Edition; CAN/ULC S319 Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Multi-Point Exit (rim, SecureBolt or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.37, Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 9/16" throw Stainless steel, 9/16" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* MHz credentials: Standard iclass Access Control Application ISO14443A (MIFARE ) CSN ISO14443B CSN ISO15693 CSN 125 khz credentials: HID Prox AWID EM4102 * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 150

151 INTEGRATED WIEGAND ML20600 Series Electrified Mortise Lock with High Security Monitoring The EcoFlex electrified mortise lock platform, including Access 600 RNE1, is available with internal end-of-line resistors for comprehensive monitoring of the circuit between the access control panel and lock, as well as deadbolt privacy function. Internal End-of-Line Monitoring Integrated directly into the mortise lock, internal endof-line resistors monitor the line from the access control panel to the lock. Typically, resistors are installed at the panel or above the door, creating vulnerability between the resistors and the locks. Incorporating resistors within the lock eliminates any risk of undetected tampering or damage, while also reducing installation costs, simplifying specifications, and offering the assurance of a factory installed and tested product. Select a compatible resistor configuration and add the appropriate quick code to the beginning of your order string: R01: Mercury and Lenel compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R03: Software House compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R04: AMAG compatible 4-state supervision Deadbolt Privacy Function (PHR) Engaging the deadbolt disables remote access control unlocking (keypad or card reader) or scheduled unlock. Ideal for personal privacy areas, such as nursing rooms, on-call doctors rooms, restrooms, and shower areas To order, add the PHR to the options of your order string (available with deadbolt functions only). Reader Selection and Operating Power HID 125 khz Prox: reader 12VDC; cylindrical locks and exit devices available as 12 or 24VDC; mortise and multi-point locks operate from 12-24VDC HID MHz iclass SE : reader available as either 12 or 24VDC; cylindrical locks and exit devices available as 12 or 24VDC; mortise and multi-point locks operate from 12-24VDC Mortise and multi-point locks field selectable to fail safe or fail secure; must specify fail safe or fail secure for cylindrical locks and exit devices 151

152 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Mortise and Multi-Point Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside Shown Outside Shown Inside Shown Outside Shown 2-5/32" (55 mm) 2-5/32" (55 mm) 2-5/32" (55 mm) 2-5/32" (55 mm) Inside and Outside: Highest point of projection 7/8" (22 mm) less lever 7" (178 mm) 7" (178 mm) 6-5/8" (168 mm) 6-1/2" (165 mm) Inside and Outside: Highest point of projection 7/8" (22 mm) less lever Exit Devices Dimensions Inside Shown Outside Shown 2" (51 mm) 2 5/32" (55 mm) 2 5/8" (67 mm) 9-3/4" (248 mm) 10" 11-1/2" (254 mm) (292 mm) 152

153 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Corbin Russwin Access 600 RNE1 Cylindrical & Mortise Locks How to Order Cylindrical Locks Series Function Technology Trim Finish Hand Credential Lock Solenoid Voltage CL TCRNE1 LSA 626 LH M802 12AD Mortise Locks Series Function Technology Trim Finish Hand Credential Fail Safe/ Fail Secure Other Options ML TCRNE1 LWA 626 LH M802 SEC Multi-Point Locks Series Function Technology Trim Finish Hand Credential Fail Safe/ Fail Secure Other Options FE TCRNE1 LSA 626 RH M802 SEC Series ML CL FE Mortise Lock Cylindrical Lock Multi-Point Lock Function Cylindrical Fail safe, with key override Fail secure, with key override Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Multi-Point No key override, with deadbolt Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Credentials M802 Prox (12VDC) M812 iclass SE (12 or 24VDC) Lock Solenoid Voltage (Cylindrical only) 12AD 12 Volts DC 24AD 24 Volts DC Fail Safe/Fail Secure (mortise and multi-point only) SAF Fail safe SEC Fail secure Other Options End-of-Line Resistors and Deadbolt Privacy (mortise only) (blank) No end-of-line resistors R01 Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ RO3 Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ R04 AMAG 4-state supervision PHR Deadbolt privacy PHRR01 Deadbolt privacy and Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR03 Deadbolt privacy and Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR04 Deadbolt privacy and AMAG 4-state Levers C M MP A X X X C X X D X X E X X L X X N X X X P X X X R X X * Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13 mm) of door face. Roses For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise D C M MP SA 2-1/4" X X SB 2-1/4" X X ZD 3-1/2" X SF 2-7/8" X X D - Diameter MP - Multi-Point Finishes 605 Polished Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Polished Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze Equivalent 613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 618 Polished Nickel 619 Satin Nickel 625 Polished Chrome 626* Satin Chrome 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed 629 Polished Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" to finish code Note: Stainless Steel finishes available on mortise only. 153

154 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Corbin Russwin Access 600 RNE1 Exit Devices How to Order Series Lever Function Technology Finish Hand Credential Door Width Lock Solenoid Voltage ED5200N A 9834 TCRNE1 626 LHR M802 W048 24AD Series ED5200N Panic rim exit ED5200SN Panic SecureBolt rim exit ED5200AN 3-hr rim exit ED5200SAN 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit ED5600LN Panic mortise exit ED5600ALN 3-hr mortise exit ED5400N ED5800N Panic SVR Panic CVR Note: Vertical rods are standard for up to 8 doors. Other heights available; consult catalog. Function Rim/SecureBolt 9610 Fail safe, no key override 9603 Fail safe, key override 9630 Fail secure,no key override 9605 Fail secure, key override Mortise 9M610 Fail safe, no key override 9M603 Fail safe, key override 9M630 Fail secure, no key override 9M605 Fail secure, key override SVR 9S610 Fail safe, no key override 9S603 Fail safe, key override 9S630 Fail secure, no key override 9S605 Fail secure, key override CVR 9610 Fail safe, no key override 9603 Fail safe, key override 9630 Fail secure, no key override 9605 Fail secure, key override Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Credentials M802 Prox (12VDC) M812 iclass SE (12 or 24VDC) Door Width W024 24" Standard 36" W048 48" Lock Solenoid Voltage 12AD 12 Volts DC 24AD 24 Volts DC Levers A C D E L N P R * Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13 mm) of door face. For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. Finishes 605 Polished Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Polished Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - Equivalent 613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 618 Polished Nickel 619 Satin Nickel 625 Polished Chrome 626* Satin Chrome 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" to finish code 154

155 CORBIN RUSSWIN SE LP10 Overview The Corbin Russwin SE LP10 combines the ease and convenience of Integrated Wiegand technology with the heightened security and flexibility of multiclass SE technology from HID Global. This integrated lock offers an ideal solution for mixed credential environments and provides an easy transition to different credential technologies. The SE LP10 combines a card reader, Door Position Switch (DPS), and Request-to-Exit (REX) signaling in a sleek, pleasing design backed by Corbin Russwin Grade 1 hardware. SE LP10 is available in Mortise Lock, Cylindrical Lock and a variety of exit device (rim, mortise and vertical rod) configurations. SE LP10 exit devices are available UL Listed for use on fire-rated doors. SE LP10 products are easily integrated into a Wiegandcompatible access control system. All SE LP10 products offer fail safe or fail secure operation. Features and Benefits Open architecture platform provides compatibility with all popular access control systems multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and multiple credential types, and supports HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Lockdown capable from central security system Reduced installation time with fewer components and a single wire harness; and pre-terminated ElectroLynx connectors Mortise locks feature EcoFlex technology When paired with EcoPower power supply, it reduces energy consumption up to 96%, as certified by GreenCircle Field configurable to fail safe or fail secure Operates from 12-24VDC, offering greater flexibility in system design Innovative actuator design provides superior reliability 155

156 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Cylindrical locks & exit devices EcoFlex TM mortise lock Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; Latchbolt; Door position switch 12VDC or 24VDC Reader draw: A continuous (0.2 A peak) at 12VDC 12VDC: Solenoid draw 0.5 A; 24VDC: Solenoid draw 0.25 A 12-24VDC: Actuator draw A 31 F (-35 C) to 150 F (65 C) 100% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; A117.1 Accessibility Code; A requirements; UL294 5th edition Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim, SecureBolt or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 9/16" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* 2.4 GHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE MHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on iclass Seos iclass SE/SR MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic (on by default) Standard iclass Access Control Application ISO14443A (MIFARE) CSN ISO14443B CSN ISO15693 CSN SO14443A/B (PIV-compatible Transparent FASC-N read) available with SE LP10-F NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: HID Prox AWID EM

157 INTEGRATED WIEGAND ML20600 Series Electrified Mortise Lock with High Security Monitoring The EcoFlex electrified mortise lock platform, including SE LP10, is available with internal end-of-line resistors for comprehensive monitoring of the circuit between the access control panel and lock, as well as deadbolt privacy function. Internal End-of-Line Monitoring Integrated directly into the mortise lock, internal endof-line resistors monitor the line from the access control panel to the lock. Typically, resistors are installed at the panel or above the door, creating vulnerability between the resistors and the locks. Incorporating resistors within the lock eliminates any risk of undetected tampering or damage, while also reducing installation costs, simplifying specifications, and offering the assurance of a factory installed and tested product. Select a compatible resistor configuration and add the appropriate quick code to the beginning of your order string: R01: Mercury and Lenel compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R03: Software House compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R04: AMAG compatible 4-state supervision Deadbolt Privacy Function (PHR) Engaging the deadbolt disables remote access control unlocking (keypad or card reader) or scheduled unlock. Ideal for personal privacy areas, such as nursing rooms, on-call doctors rooms, restrooms, and shower areas To order, add the PHR to the options of your order string (available with deadbolt functions only). 157

158 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside Shown Outside Shown Inside Shown Outside Shown 2-5/32" (55 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) 2-5/32" (55 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) Highest point of projection 7/8" (22 mm) less lever Highest point of projection 15/16" (24 mm) less lever 5-3/16" (132 mm) 6-5/8" (168 mm) Highest point of projection 7/8" (22 mm) less lever Highest point of projection 15/16" (24 mm) less lever 7-25/32" (198 mm) 5-3/16" (132 mm) 8-9/16" (218 mm) 9-3/4" (248 mm) Exit Devices Dimensions Inside Shown 2 5/32" (55 mm) Outside Shown 2-3/4" (70 mm) 2 5/8" (67 mm) 5-3/16" (132 mm) 9-3/4" (248 mm) 10" 10-3/4" (254 mm) (274 mm) 158

159 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Corbin Russwin SE LP10 Cylindrical & Mortise Locks How to Order Cylindrical Locks Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Technology Finish Hand Credential Reader Lock Solenoid Voltage CL AZD SELP LH IPS B03 12AD Mortise Locks Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Technology Finish Hand Credential Reader Fail Safe/Fail Secure ML ASA SELP LH IPS B03 SEC Options Options Series ML CL Mortise Lock Cylindrical Lock Function Cylindrical Fail safe, key override Fail secure, key override Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Credentials IPS Standard multiclass SE BIPS HID Mobile Access mobile ready and Bluetooth smart capable FIPS PIV compatible Reader B03 B04 Black reader; IPS/BIPS: standard indicator configuration, FIPS: 200 bit output Black reader; FIPS 75 bit output Lock Solenoid Voltage 12AD 12 Volts DC 24AD 24 Volts DC The SE LP10 reader is always 12VDC. Please select either 12VDC or 24VDC for the lock voltage. Fail Safe/Fail Secure (mortise only) SAF Fail safe SEC Fail secure Options End-of-Line Resistors and Deadbolt Privacy (mortise only) (blank) No end-of-line resistors R01 Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ RO3 Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ R04 AMAG 4-state supervision PHR Deadbolt privacy PHRR01 Deadbolt privacy and Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR03 Deadbolt privacy and Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR04 Deadbolt privacy and AMAG 4-state Levers C M A X X C X D X E X L X N X X P X X R X Roses For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise D C M SA 2-1/4" X SB 2-1/4" X ZD 3-1/2" X SF 2-7/8" X E - Exit D - Diameter Finishes 605 Polished Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Polished Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 618 Polished Nickel 619 Satin Nickel 625 Polished Chrome 626* Satin Chrome 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" to finish code Note: Stainless Steel finishes available on mortise only. 159

160 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Corbin Russwin SE LP10 Exit Devices How to Order Series Lever Function Technology Finish Hand Credential Reader Lock Voltage Door Width ED5200N SELP LHR IPS B03 24AD W048 Series ED5200N Panic rim exit ED5200SN Panic SecureBolt rim exit ED5200AN 3-hr rim exit ED5200SAN 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit ED5600LN Panic mortise exit ED5600ALN 3-hr mortise exit ED5400N ED5800N Panic SVR Panic CVR Note: Vertical rods are standard for up to 8 doors. Other heights available; consult catalog. Function Rim/SecureBolt 9610 Fail safe, no key override 9603 Fail safe, key override 9630 Fail secure, no key override 9605 Fail secure, key override Mortise 9M610 Fail safe, no key override 9M603 Fail safe, key override 9M630 Fail secure, no key override 9M605 Fail secure, key override SVR 9S610 Fail safe, no key Override 9S603 Fail safe, key override 9S630 Fail secure, no key override 9S605 Fail secure, key override CVR 9610 Fail safe, no key override 9603 Fail safe, key override 9630 Fail secure, no key override 9605 Fail secure, key override Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Credentials IPS Standard multiclass SE BIPS HID Mobile Access mobile ready and Bluetooth Smart capable FIPS PIV compatible Reader B03 B04 Door Width W024 24" Standard 36" W048 48" Black reader; IPS/BIPS: standard indicator configuration, FIPS: 200 bit output Lock Voltage 12AD 12 Volts DC 24AD 24 Volts DC Black reader; FIPS 75 bit output Levers A C D E L N P R For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise E - Exit D - Diameter Finish 605 Polished Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Polished Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 618 Polished Nickel 619 Satin Nickel 625 Polished Chrome 626* Satin Chrome 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed *Available with MicroShield ; append "C" to finish code 160

161 SARGENT Harmony Overview Big features in a small, well-styled lock. Card reader, monitoring capabilities and Sargent ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware with direct Wiegand output are beautifully presented in the Harmony Series. Designed to blend into any environment flawlessly, Harmony is in tune with the aesthetic needs of the architect, and provides high security for the facility manager. With all components consolidated into the lock, installation time is reduced significantly compared to traditional access control installations. Features and Benefits Incorporates card reader and DPS, REX and latchbolt monitoring sensors with ANSI Grade 1 electromechanical lock hardware Requires only one cable run from lock to access control panel or edge controller Maintains architectural integrity around the door 50% faster installation for lower installed cost and reduced disruption Open architecture platform is compatible with all popular access control systems. Elegant design with numerous architectural elements to match or enhance your decor Complete hardware portfolio, including mortise, cylindrical and exit device locking hardware Mortise locks feature EcoFlex technology When paired with EcoPower power supply, it reduces energy consumption up to 96%, as certified by GreenCircle Field configurable to fail safe or fail secure Operates from 12-24VDC, offering greater flexibility in system design Innovative actuator design provides superior reliability 161

162 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Prox System Cylindrical Locks EcoFlex TM Mortise Lock Multi-Point Locks Exit Device Current draw iclass SE System Cylindrical Locks EcoFlex TM Mortise Lock Multi-Point Locks Exit Device Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for detail Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to Exit; Latchbolt; Door Position Switch 12VDC or 24VDC, filtered and regulated Reader draw: A; lock draw: 0.5 A at 12VDC, 0.25 A at 24VDC Reader draw: A; lock draw: 0.15 A Reader draw: A; lock draw: A Reader draw: A; exit draw with electric latch retraction: 0.6 A at 24VDC during retraction, 0.25 A maintained Reader draw: A; lock draw: 0.5 A at 12VDC, 0.25 A at 24VDC Reader draw: A; lock draw: A Reader draw: A; lock draw: A Reader draw: A; exit draw with electric latch retraction: 0.6 A at 24VDC during retraction, 0.25 A maintained 40 F ( 40 C) to 151 F (66 C) 100% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3 hour fire doors; A117.1 Accessibility Code; A requirements; UL294 6th edition Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exits (rim, mortise, SVR & CVR) Multi Point Lock (2-point) Multi Point Lock (3-point) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1 3/4" standard 1 3/4" standard 1 3/4" standard 1 3/4" standard 1 3/4" standard Backset 2 3/4" standard 2 3/4" 2 1/4" for metal and wood doors; 7/8" for double aluminum and 1 1/8" single aluminum doors 2-3/4" standard Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 9/16" throw 3/4" throw n/a Stainless steel, 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw n/a Stainless steel, 1" throw Top & bottom bolts n/a n/a n/a Stainless steel, 1" throw 3/4" square bolt with 11/16" engagement Strike 2 3/4" T Strike standard ANSI Straight Lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Standard provided with lock; refer to catalog for info. ANSI Straight Lip standard Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6 pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. 162

163 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Credentials* MHz credentials: Standard iclass Access Control Application ISO14443A (MIFARE ) CSN ISO14443B CSN ISO15693 CSN 125 khz credentials: HID Prox AWID EM4102 * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dualtechnology card support, please contact WIRE. Electrified Mortise Locks with High Security Monitoring The EcoFlex electrified mortise lock platform, including the Harmony Series, is available with internal end-of-line resistors for comprehensive monitoring of the circuit between the access control panel and lock, as well as deadbolt privacy function. Internal End-of-Line Monitoring Integrated directly into the mortise lock, internal endof-line resistors monitor the line from the access control panel to the lock. Typically, resistors are installed at the panel or above the door, creating vulnerability between the resistors and the locks. Incorporating resistors within the lock eliminates any risk of undetected tampering or damage, while also reducing installation costs, simplifying specifications, and offering the assurance of a factory installed and tested product. Select a compatible resistor configuration and add the appropriate quick code to the beginning of your order string: R01: Mercury and Lenel compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R03: Software House compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R04: AMAG compatible 4-state supervision Deadbolt Privacy Function (PHR) Engaging the deadbolt disables remote access control unlocking (keypad or card reader) or scheduled unlock. Ideal for personal privacy areas, such as nursing rooms, on-call doctors rooms, restrooms, and shower areas To order, add the PHR to the options of your order string (available with deadbolt functions only) Integrated Door Position Switch (IDP) The patented IDP option adds a magnetic door position switch in Series with the internal auxiliary latch and latchbolt position switches to provide three factor monitoring. This offers added assurance that the door is secure, reduces the likelihood of attack, and is aesthetically pleasing because it conceals the door position switch behind the front plate and the magnet behind the strike. To order, add the IDP prefix to your order string. Reader Selection and Operating Power HID 125 khz Prox: reader 12VDC; cylindrical locks and exit devices available as 12 or 24VDC; mortise and multi-point locks operate from 12-24VDC HID MHz iclass SE : reader available as either 12 or 24VDC; cylindrical locks and exit devices available as 12 or 24VDC; mortise and multi-point locks operate from 12-24VDC Electric Latch Retraction Option (56) Sargent s Electric Latch Retraction exit device is the perfect choice for high-traffic egress doors that require access control. This non-handed exit device rail is durable and easy to install. It utilizes a latch retraction motor rather than a solenoid, ensuring quiet operation ideal for locations such as conference rooms, theaters and libraries. Once retracted, the door functions in a push/pull manner. 80 Series exit device trim: 24VDC Mortise and multi-point locks field selectable to fail safe or fail secure; must specify fail safe or fail secure for cylindrical locks and exit devices 7000 Series Multi-Point Vertical Rod Devices The 7000 Series Multi-Point Vertical Rod devices are ideal for a wide variety of applications where exit devices are not required, including conference rooms, commercial office buildings, convention centers, upscale condominiums and residential applications, medical and educational institutions Series Vertical Rod locks are available for aluminum, wood and metal doors. Single point top latching can also be specified, eliminating the bottom strike and the additional installation work required with a bottom bolt. 163

164 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Harmony Cylinder Lock Dimensions Harmony Mortise Lock Dimensions 2-1/8" (54 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) 2-1/8" (54 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 9-3/4" (247 mm) 9-3/4" (247 mm) Outside Inside Harmony Exit Device Dimensions Harmony 8800 Outside Shown Harmony 8800 Inside Shown Harmony 8900 Outside Shown Harmony 8900 Inside Shown 2-1/4" (57 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) 13" (330 mm) 1-13/16" (46 mm) 4" (101 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 13-1/4" (336 mm) 13" (330 mm) 1-13/16" (46 mm) 4" (101 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 13-1/4" (336 mm) 8-1/16" (205 mm) 8-1/16" (205 mm) Harmony AD/MD/WD8600 Outside Shown Harmony AD/MD/WD8600 Inside Shown Harmony 8700 Outside Shown Harmony 8700 Inside Shown 2-1/4" (57 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) 15" (381 mm) 4" (101 mm) 8-1/16" (205 mm) 1-13/16" (46 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 13-1/4" (336 mm) 13-3/4" (349 mm) 4" (101 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 13-1/2" (343 mm) 164

165 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Sargent Harmony Series How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Reader/Lock Rose Lever Finish Hand Voltage 28- H1 10G V R L 626 RH Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Reader/Lock Rose Lever Finish Hand Voltage 23- H V R L 626 RH Multi-Point Locks Options Series Type Function Reader/Lock Rose Lever Finish Hand Voltage 28- H1 FM V R L 626 RH Options /8" ANSI flat lip strike (mortise only) /8" curved lip strike (cylindrical only) End-of-Line Resistors and Deadbolt Privacy (mortise only) (blank) No end-of-line resistors R01 Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ RO3 Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ R04 AMAG 4-state supervision PHR Deadbolt privacy PHRR01 Deadbolt privacy and Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR03 Deadbolt privacy and Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR04 Deadbolt privacy and AMAG 4-state IDP Integrated door position switch Series H1 H2 Levers 125 khz Prox MHz iclass SE C M MP A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X W X X Type 10G Cylindrical Lock 82 Mortise Lock FM73 Multi-Point Lock Function Cylindrical 270 Fail safe, key override 271 Fail secure, key override mortise Mortise - Fail Safe 280 Key override and deadbolt 270 Key override and no deadbolt 284 Deadbolt and no key override 274 No deadbolt and no key override Mortise - Fail Secure 281 Key override and deadbolt 271 Key override and no deadbolt 285 Deadbolt and no key override 275 No deadbolt and no key override Multi-Point 284 Deadbolt with no key override, Fail Safe 285 Deadbolt with no key override, Fail Secure Roses D C M MP LN 2" X X CR 2-3/16" X X L 3-1/2" X For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise D - Diameter MP - Multi-Point Reader/Lock Voltage 12V 12 Volts DC 24V 24 Volts DC Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - Equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield ; add SG- to options Note: Stainless steel finishes available only on mortise. 165

166 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Sargent Harmony Series How to Order Exit Devices Options Series Type Function Rail Reader/Lock Voltage Trim/ Lever Hand Finish Door Width Opening Height 12- H F 12V ETL RHR 32D 36" 84" 41" Multi-Point Locks Options Series Type Function Reader/Lock Trim/ Hand Aux Control Finish Opening AFF Voltage Lever (optional) Height 12- H V ETL RHR 32D 84" 41" AFF Options 12- UL Fire label exit hardware 23- Flat lip ANSI strike 4-7/8" (mortise exit only) NB- Less bottom rod (Multi-Point, CVR & SVR) 56- Electric latch retraction ELR- Electric latch retraction (Multi-Point device) Series H1 H2 125 khz prox MHz iclass SE Type MD86 Metal door CVR* WD86 Wood door CVR* AD86 Aluminum door CVR* 87 SVR** 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit 70 Multi-Point for metal doors AD70 Multi-Point for aluminum doors WD70 Multi-Point for wood doors * Not available with key override unless using 106 Series Aux Control. ** Not available with key override unless using 306 Aux Control. ER ES ET For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise D - Diameter Function Exits 73 Fail safe, no key override 74 Fail secure, no key override 75 Fail safe, key override 76 Fail secure, key override Multi-Point 7306 Fail safe, night latch 7313 Fail safe, entrance 7315 Fail safe, passage only 7406 Fail secure, night latch 7413 Fail secure,entrance 7315 Fail secure, passage only Rail Size E Rail F Rail J Rail G Rail Levers 24" to 32" doors 33" to 36" doors 37" to 42" doors 43" to 48" doors M A X X B X X E X X F X X J X X L X X P X X W X X E Reader/Lock Voltage 12V 24V Trim 12 Volts DC 24 Volts DC ET followed by lever designation for exit devices; ER, ES or ET followed by lever designation for Multi-Point device Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Door Width If supplied, rails will be cut to size. Opening Height Required for vertical rod devices AFF Center line of lever/rail Above Finished Floor (AFF) 41" standard for exit devices 35-7/8" standard for Multi-Point device Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - Equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield ; add SG- to options. 166

167 SARGENT SE LP10 Overview The Sargent SE LP10 combines the ease and convenience of Integrated Wiegand technology with the heightened security and flexibility of multiclass SE technology from HID Global. This integrated lock offers an ideal solution for mixed credential environments and provides an easy transition to different credential technologies. The SE LP10 combines a card reader, Door Position Switch (DPS), and Request-to-Exit (REX) signaling in a sleek, pleasing design backed by Sargent Grade 1 hardware. SE LP10 is available in Mortise Lock, Cylindrical Lock and a variety of exit device (rim, mortise and vertical rod) configurations. SE LP10 exit devices are available UL Listed for use on fire-rated doors. SE LP10 products are easily integrated into a Wiegandcompatible access control system. All SE LP10 products offer fail safe or fail secure operation. Features and Benefits Open architecture platform provides compatibility with all popular access control systems multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and multiple credential types, and supports HID Mobile Access powered by Seos. Lockdown capable from central security system Reduced installation time with fewer components and a single wire harness; and pre-terminated ElectroLynx connectors SE LP10-F model complies with Personal Identity Verification (PIV) standards under FIPS 201 Mortise locks feature EcoFlex technology Reduces energy consumption up to 96%, as certified by GreenCircle Field configurable to fail safe or fail secure Operates from 12-24VDC, offering greater flexibility in system design Innovative actuator design provides superior reliability 167

168 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Cylindrical locks & exit devices EcoFlex TM mortise lock Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to Exit; Latchbolt; door position switch 12VDC or 24VDC, filtered and regulated Reader draw: A continuous (0.2 A peak) at 12VDC 12VDC: Solenoid draw 0.5 A; 24VDC: Solenoid draw 0.25 A 12-24VDC: Actuator draw A -31 F (-35 C) to 150 F (65 C) 100% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; A117.1 accessibility code; A requirements; UL294 5th edition Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Strike 2-3/4" T strike standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* 2.4 GHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) MHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on iclass Seos iclass SE/SR MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic (on by default) Standard iclass Access Control Application ISO14443A (MIFARE) CSN ISO14443B CSN ISO15693 CSN SO14443A/B (PIV-compatible Transparent FASC-N read) available with SE LP10-F NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: HID Prox AWID EM4102 * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 168

169 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Electrified Mortise Locks with High Security Monitoring The EcoFlex electrified mortise lock platform, including the SE LP10, is available with internal end-of-line resistors for comprehensive monitoring of the circuit between the access control panel and lock, as well as deadbolt privacy function. Internal End-of-Line Monitoring Integrated directly into the mortise lock, internal endof-line resistors monitor the line from the access control panel to the lock. Typically, resistors are installed at the panel or above the door, creating vulnerability between the resistors and the locks. Incorporating resistors within the lock eliminates any risk of undetected tampering or damage, while also reducing installation costs, simplifying specifications, and offering the assurance of a factory installed and tested product. Select a compatible resistor configuration and add the appropriate quick code to the beginning of your order string: R01: Mercury and Lenel compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R03: Software House compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R04: AMAG compatible 4-state supervision Deadbolt Privacy Function (PHR) Engaging the deadbolt disables remote access control unlocking (keypad or card reader) or scheduled unlock. Ideal for personal privacy areas, such as nursing rooms, on-call doctors rooms, restrooms, and shower areas To order, add the PHR to the options of your order string (available with deadbolt functions only). Integrated Door Position Switch (IDP) The patented IDP option adds a magnetic door position switch in Series with the internal auxiliary latch and latchbolt position switches to provide three factor monitoring. This offers added assurance that the door is secure, reduces the likelihood of attack, and is aesthetically pleasing because it conceals the door position switch behind the front plate and the magnet behind the strike. To order, add the IDP prefix to your order string. Reader Selection and Operating Power The SE LP10 reader is always 12VDC. Please select either 12VDC or 24VDC for the lock voltage. Compatible Access Control Systems Open architecture Wiegand platform is compatible with all popular access control systems. SE LP10-F PIV Compatible Solution Featuring HID multiclass SE technology, the SE LP10-F is designed for secure physical access projects that must comply with Personal Identity Verification (PIV) standards under Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) 201. The SE LP10-F product line supports SP Uncontrolled Security Areas, and offers a simple-to-deploy, cost-effective turnkey solution for any facilities implementing PIV-compatible physical security. 169

170 INTEGRATED WIEGAND SE LP10 Mortise Lock Dimensions SE LP10 Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside Shown Inside Shown Outside Shown Inside Shown 2-3/4" (70 mm) 2-1/8" (54 mm) 2-3/4" (70mm) 2-1/8" (54mm) 11" (279 mm) 9-3/4" (247 mm) 9-1/2" (241mm) 8-3/4" (222mm) SE LP10 Exit Devices Dimensions SE LP Outside Shown SE LP Inside Shown SE LP Outside Shown SE LP Inside Shown 2-3/4" (70 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm) 14-1/2" (368 mm) 1-13/16" (46 mm) 4" (101 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 13-1/4" (336 mm) 14-1/2" (368 mm) 1-13/16" (46 mm) 4" (101 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 13-1/4" (336 mm) 8-1/16" (205 mm) 8-1/16" (205 mm) SE LP10 AD/MD/WD8600 Outside Shown SE LP10 AD/MD/WD8600 Inside Shown SE LP Outside Shown SE LP Inside Shown 2-3/4" (70 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) 4" (101 mm) 15-3/4" (400 mm) 8-1/16" (205 mm) 1-13/16" (46 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 13-1/4" (336 mm) 14-1/2" (368 mm) 4" (101 mm) 5-1/4" (133 mm) 13-1/2" (343 mm) 170

171 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Sargent SE LP10 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Lock Voltage Credential Reader Rose Lever Finish Hand 28- M1 10G V IPS 03 R L 26D RH Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Lock Voltage Credential Reader Rose Lever Finish Hand 23- M V IPS 03 R L 26D RH Options /8" ANSI flat lip strike (mortise only) /8" curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) End-of-Line Resistors and Deadbolt Privacy (mortise only) (blank) No end-of-line resistors R01 Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ RO3 Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ R04 AMAG 4-state supervision PHR Deadbolt privacy PHRR01 Deadbolt privacy and Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR03 Deadbolt privacy and Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR04 Deadbolt privacy and AMAG 4-state IDP Integrated door position switch Type 10G Cylindrical Lock 82 Mortise Lock Function Cylindrical 270 Fail safe, key override 271 Fail secure, key override Mortise-Fail Safe 280 Key override and deadbolt 270 Key override and no deadbolt 284 Deadbolt and no key override 274 No deadbolt and no key override Mortise-Fail Secure 281 Key override and deadbolt 271 Key override and no deadbolt 285 Deadbolt and no key override 275 No deadbolt and no key override Lock Voltage 12V 12 Volts DC 24V 24 Volts DC Reader is always 12VDC. Select voltage for lock. Credentials IPS Standard multiclass SE BIPS HID Mobile Access mobile ready and Bluetooth Smart capable FIPS PIV compatible Reader B03 Black reader; IPS/BIPS: standard indicator configuration, FIPS: 200 bit output B04 Black reader; FIPS 75 bit output Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Levers C M A X B X X E X F X J X X L X X P X X W X Roses For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise D C M LN 2" X CR 2-3/16" X L 3-1/2" X Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - Equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield ; add SG- to options Note: Stainless steel finishes for mortise only. 171

172 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Sargent SE LP10 How to Order Exit Devices Options Series Type Function Rail Lock Voltage Credential Reader ET Trim/ Lever Hand Finish Door Width Opening Height 12- M F 12V IPS 03 ETL RHR 32D 36" 84" 41" AFF Options 12- UL fire label exit hardware 23- Flat Lip ANSI Strike 4-7/8" (mortise exit only) NB- Less bottom rod (CVR & SVR) 56- Electric latch retraction Type MD86 Metal door CVR* WD86 Wood door CVR* AD86 Aluminum door CVR* 87 SVR** 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit * Not available with key override unless using 106 Series Aux Control. ** Not available with key override unless using 306 Aux Control. Function Exits 73 Fail safe, no key override 74 Fail secure, no key override 75 Fail safe, key override 76 Fail secure, key override Rail E Rail F Rail J Rail G Rail Lock Voltage 12V 24V 24" to 32" doors 33" to 36" doors 37" to 42" doors 43" to 48" doors 12 Volts DC 24 Volts DC *Reader is always 12VDC. Select voltage for lock. Credentials IPS BIPS FIPS Reader B03 Standard multiclass SE HID Mobile Access mobile ready and Bluetooth Smart capable PIV compatible Black reader; IPS/BIPS: standard indicator configuration, FIPS: 200 bit output Trim ET followed by lever designation for exit devices Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Door Width If supplied, rails will be cut to size. Opening Height Required for vertical rod devices AFF Center line of lever/rail Above Finished Floor (AFF) 41" Standard for exit devices B04 Black reader; FIPS 75 bit output Levers A B E F J L P W E X X X X X X X X Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - Equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield ; add SG- to options 172

173 YALE Symphony Overview Card reader, monitoring capabilities and Yale ANSI/ BHMA Grade 1 hardware with direct Wiegand output are beautifully presented in the Symphony Series. Designed to blend into any environment flawlessly, Symphony is in tune with the aesthetic needs of the architect, and provides high security for the facility manager. With all components consolidated into the lock, installation time is reduced significantly compared to traditional access control installations. Features and Benefits Incorporates card reader and DPS, REX and latchbolt monitoring sensors with ANSI Grade 1 electromechanical lock hardware Requires only one cable run from lock to access control panel Maintains architectural integrity around the door 50% faster installation for lower installed cost and reduced disruption Open architecture platform is compatible with all popular access control systems. Elegant design with numerous architectural elements to match or enhance your decor Complete hardware portfolio, including mortise, cylindrical and exit device locking hardware 173

174 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Electronic Specifications Users Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Cylindrical locks Mortise locks Exit devices Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for details Limited by EAC system LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to Exit; Latchbolt; Door position switch 12VDC or 24VDC Reader draw: A 12VDC: Solenoid draw 0.3 A; 24VDC: Solenoid draw 0.15 A 12VDC: Solenoid draw A; 24VDC: Solenoid draw 0.33 A 12VDC: Solenoid draw 0.33 A; 24VDC: Solenoid draw 0.33 A -40 F (-40 C) to 135 F (57 C) 100% humidity (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; A117.1 accessibility code; A requirements Refer to specific EAC manufacturer for supported number of users Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI curved lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include protected, and security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Yale LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* MHz credentials: Standard iclass Access Control Application ISO14443A (MIFARE ) CSN ISO14443B CSN ISO15693 CSN 125 khz credentials: HID Prox AWID EM4102 * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. 174

175 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Reader Selection and Operating Power HID 125 khz Prox: reader 12VDC; locks and exit devices available as 12 or 24VDC HID MHz iclass : reader available as either 12 or 24VDC; locks and exit devices available as 12 or 24VDC Exit devices: 24VDC solenoid operated, available as fail safe or fail secure Must specify fail safe or fail secure when placing order Symphony Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Symphony Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside Shown Inside Shown Outside Shown Inside Shown 2-5/32" (55 mm) 2-5/32" (55 mm) 2" (51 mm) 2-5/32" (55 mm) Highest point of projection 7/8" (22 mm) less lever 7" (178 mm) Highest point of projection 7/8" (22 mm) less lever 7" (178 mm) Highest point of projection 7/8" (22 mm) less lever 8-11/32" (212 mm) Highest point of projection 7/8" (22 mm) less lever 8-11/32" (212 mm) Symphony Exit Device Dimensions Outside Shown Inside Shown Inside Shown 2" (51 mm) 2-5/32" (55 mm) For all exit device functions 14-1/2" (368 mm) 9-3/4" (248 mm) Rim/SquareBolt, Concealed Vertical Rod and Mortise 10" (254 mm) 2-5/8" (67 mm) Surface Vertical Rod 175

176 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Yale Symphony How to Order Cylindrical Locks Lever Function Series Credential Hand Door Thickness Finish Lock Options Voltage AUR S5490LN SYM T003 RH 1-3/4" VDC YMS Mortise Locks Lever Function Series Credential Hand Door Thickness Finish Lock Options Voltage PB S8891FL SYM T003 LH 1-3/4" VDC YMS Function Cylindrical S5490LN Fail safe, key override S5491LN Fail secure, key override Mortise-Fail Safe S8896FL Key override and deadbolt S8890FL Key override and no deadbolt S8886FL Deadbolt and no key override S8880FL No deadbolt and no key override Mortise-Fail Secure S8897FL Key override and deadbolt S8891FL Key override and no deadbolt S8887FL Deadbolt and no key override S8881FL No deadbolt and no key override Credentials T khz Prox T MHz iclass Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Door Thickness 1-3/4" Standard Lock Voltage 12V 12 Volts DC 24V 24 Volts DC Reader is always 12VDC. Select voltage for lock. Options YMS Microshield coating Levers C M AR X AU X X CR X JN X MO X X PB X X PN X Roses D R 2-9/16 Note: Cylindrical lock only has one rose option as standard that is 3-1/2" diameter For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chrome Plated 626* Satin Chrome Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield. Specify YMS in options. VI HA X X 176

177 INTEGRATED WIEGAND Yale Symphony How to Order Yale exit devices and trims are processed separately. To aid in order processing, the device, trim and cylinder should be detailed as separate line items. Exit Devices Trim Function Series Size Hand Door Finish Lever Function Series Reader Door Finish Thickness Design Technology Thickness 7100F SYM -24 LH 1-3/4" 626 TA 692F SYM T /4" 626 Cylinder Model Finish Number Function * Rim & SquareBolt 7100(F) x 692F Fail safe, Rim, key override 7100(F) x 693F Fail secure, Rim, key override 7150(F) x 692F Fail safe, SquareBolt, key override 7150(F) x 693F Fail secure, SquareBolt, key override Surface Vertical Rod (SVR) 7110(F) x 694F Fail safe, key override 7110(F) x 695F Fail secure, key override Concealed Vertical Rod (CVR) 7120(F) x 692F Fail safe, key override 7120(F) x 693F Fail secure, key override Mortise 7130(F) x SAFE x 696F Fail safe, key override 7130(F) x SECURE x 696F Fail secure, key override *Append "F" to order fire-rated device Size " (60cm) doors " - 36" (76cm - 91cm) doors " - 48" (91cm - 122cm) doors Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Door Thickness 1-3/4" Standard Trim Function See exit device function. Reader Technology T khz Prox T MHz iclass Levers AR AU CR JN MO PB PN VI Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chrome Plated 626* Satin Chrome Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield. Specify YMS in options. HA 177

178 INTEGRATED WIEGAND 178

179 Power over Ethernet Solutions Overview ASSA ABLOY Power over Ethernet (PoE) Access Control Solutions take advantage of the existing Local Area Network (LAN) for both power and data, eliminating the need for any additional power supply or electrical wiring. Utilizing existing IEEE 802.3af (PoE) infrastructure streamlines the installation process, reduces costs, and enables real-time communication. ASSA ABLOY Group companies offer multiple IEEE 802.3af (PoE) compliant solutions designed to meet your needs whether you are securing a single building or an entire campus. * Reference the Electromechanical Section of this catalog to complete your system with PoE hinges and transfer cables. Features and Benefits Streamlines installation, reduces costs and enables real-time communication by utilizing IEEE 802.3af PoE-enabled network infrastructure for both power and data Provides same real-time communication as traditional access control Contributes to sustainability goals, significantly reducing standby power consumption Real-time door status monitoring Integrates easily with existing credential systems Real-time, configurable alarm notification Local decision making: 2,400/10,000* users supported; 10,000 event transaction history Proven ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, offering the highest degree of physical security available in access control locks * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information. 179

180 Products Available 1 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 700 PIP1 2 CORBIN RUSSWIN IN220 3 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 800 IP1 4 SARGENT IN220 5 SARGENT Profile Series v.s1 PoE-enabled access control allows facilities to leverage existing network infrastructure for enhanced security and easier, more cost-effective installations. Bringing the power of the network to access control delivers 6 SARGENT Passport 1000 P1 7 SECURITRON AQE Single Port Injector 8 SECURITRON AQE Single Port Extractor 9 SECURITRON AQE Rack Mount Multi-Port Midspan Injector sustainable access control by improving energy efficiency, reducing infrastructure, and simplifying installations. PoE-based systems can reduce power requirements from 20W to as little as 3W. Native PoE Products Native PoE devices have a direct connection to the server via Ethernet cabling. This solution offers the greatest level of efficiency. Maximizes energy efficiency Reduces the need for panels and traditional power supplies Provides the greatest reduction in components and materials PoE-Friendly Products ASSA ABLOY also offers a wide range of low current PoE-friendly locking devices that can be utilized in conjunction with most PoE-enabled door controllers in the industry. For a complete list of PoE-Friendly products, see Appendix B. 180

181 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 800 IP1 Overview The Corbin Russwin Access 800 IP1 is an intelligent Power over Ethernet (PoE) solution that integrates all standard access control components including ANSI/ BHMA Grade 1 Corbin Russwin hardware, contactless reader, door status monitoring, and controller into a single device. The Access 800 IP1 PoE lock uses a single Ethernet cable for both power and data, eliminating the need for any additional power supply or electrical wiring. It uses existing IEEE 802.3af PoE infrastructure to streamline the installation process, reduce costs, enable real-time communication, and minimize power consumption. Using the Local Area Network and HID 125 khz proximity or MHz iclass credentials, the Access 800 IP1 offers complete access control features such as built-in door status monitoring and real-time configurable alarm notifications. Local decision making ensures operation regardless of network status. Features and Benefits Uses IEEE 802.3af PoE-enabled network infrastructure for both power and data to streamline installation, reduce costs and enable real-time communication Local decision making ensures operation regardless of network status Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock and exit device configurations Supports HID 125 khz Prox or MHz iclass credentials (26-39 bit); supports CSN reads for other common MHz cards, including MIFARE, DESFire, and FeliCa Built-in door status monitoring and real-time, configurable alarm notifications Integrates with many popular third party access control systems Available with keypad for dual factor authentication 181

182 POWER OVER ETHERNET Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Device type Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Last 10,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to Exit; Latchbolt; Deadbolt; Aux Latchbolt Power over Ethernet switch (120VAC) Class 2 Device defined by IEEE 802.3AF requiring less than 7 watts -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) 85% (non-condensing) relative humidity at 30 C (86 F) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors; A117.1 Accessibility Code; FCC Part 15 compliant; UL1034 Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim, SecureBolt or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible.* ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 9/16" throw 3/4" throw (rim); full 3/4" projection (SecureBolt ) Deadbolt n/a Hardened steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI Curved Lip standard ANSI Straight Lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. *Easily field-reversible depending on lever design Credentials* HID 125 khz Prox or HID MHz iclass credentials (26-39 bit); supports CSN reads for other common MHz cards, including MIFARE, DESFire, and FeliCa * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. System Requirements Network Drop Cable (by others) Specifications: Cat5e or higher Belden 1533P D15A1000 or equivalent TIA/EIA-568-B 24AWG Network Surface Mount Box (by others): Cat5e or higher TIA/EIA-568-B 182

183 POWER OVER ETHERNET Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside Shown Inside Shown Outside Shown Inside Shown 4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm) 4" (102 mm) 13-1/8" (333 mm) 13-1/8" (333 mm) 13-5/8" (346 mm) 13-5/8" (346 mm) 2" (51 mm) 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) Exit Device Dimensions Outside Shown 3-7/8" (98 mm) Inside Shown 3-7/8" (98 mm) Outside Lever Control 3-3/8" (96 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 10-1/4" (260 mm) 183

184 POWER OVER ETHERNET Corbin Russwin Access 800 IP1 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Series Function Technology Trim Finish Hand Credential (Lever/Rose) CL TCIP1 AZZ 626 LH M802 Mortise Locks Series Function Technology Trim Finish Hand Credential (Lever/Rose) ML TCIP1 CSZ 626 LH M802 Exit Devices Series Lever Function Technology Finish Hand Door Misc Credential Width Options ED5200 L ED5200S TCIP1 626 LHR W048 M802 Series ML CL ED5200 ED5200S ED5200A ED5200SA ED5633AL ED5634AL Mortise lock Cylindrical lock Panic rim exit Panic SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr rim exit 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr mortise exit, no key override 3-hr mortise exit, key override Function Cylindrical Key override Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Exit 9833 No key override (rim/securebolt ) 9834 Key override (rim/securebolt ) 9M833 No key override (mortise) 9M834 Key override (mortise) Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Door Width (exits) W024 24" 36" Standard W048 48" Credentials^ M802 Prox only M803 Keypad & prox M812 iclass only M813 Keypad & iclass ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Levers C M E± Armstrong AZZ ASZ A Citation CSZ C Dirke DSZ D Essex* ESZ E Levers C M E± Lustra* LSZ L Newport* NZZ NSZ N Princeton* PZZ PSZ P Regis RSZ R *Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13 mm) of door face For complete listing of available levers and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise E - Exit Finishes 605 Polished Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Polished Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - Equivalent 613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 618 Polished Nickel 619 Satin Nickel 625 Polished Chrome 626* Satin Chrome 629 Polished Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed *Add C to finish code for MicroShield coating Note: Stainless steel finishes available on mortise and exits only. 184

185 CORBIN RUSSWIN Access 700 PIP1 Overview The Corbin Russwin Access 700 PIP1 intelligent Power over Ethernet (PoE) lockset offers online access control, using magstripe, PIN code, and HID multiclass SE technologies for customized access to campus facilities. This offers an ideal solution for forward-thinking campuses looking for a migration path to higher security credentials and mobile access. Using the facility s Ethernet network, the Access 700 PIP1 provides full online access control with standard network cabling. Recognized for its contribution to sustainable buildings, the PIP1 reuses existing IEEE 802.3af PoE infrastructure, streamlines the installation process, reduces costs and components, and minimizes power consumption. Combined with approved third party software or the ASSA ABLOY PERSONA Campus software, the Access 700 PIP1 locks integrate seamlessly into transactional and housing systems, providing comprehensive, reliable access control for the campus environment. The Access 700 PIP1 also integrates all standard access control components into one device ANSI /BHMA Grade 1 quality lock or exit device, card reader, door position switch and Request-to- Exit sensor and is available in mortise lock, cylindrical lock and exit device configurations. Features and Benefits Streamlines installation, reduces costs and enables real-time communication by utilizing IEEE 802.3af PoE-enabled network infrastructure for both power and data Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock and exit device configurations multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and support for multiple credential types, including HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Intelligence built into lock for local decision making, allowing operation regardless of network status Privacy button allows shelter in place/local lockdown and enables privacy capabilities for applications such as residence halls Uses significantly less power in standby mode than traditional access control installations Available with keypad for dual factor authentication 185

186 POWER OVER ETHERNET Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400/10,000* Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Device type Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Last 10,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to Exit; Latchbolt; Deadbolt; Aux Latchbolt; Door Position Power over Ethernet switch (120VAC) Class 1 Device defined by IEEE 802.3af requiring max 3.84 watts -31 F (-35 C) to 150 F (65 C) 5% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3 hour fire doors; ADA compliant; FCC Part 15-compliant * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information. Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim, SecureBolt, or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" 2-3/4" standard Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 3/4" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw Deadbolt Hardened steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* Mag Stripe Read speed: 4 to 40 in/s Card track: Track 2 Card coercivity: HiCo (4000 Oersted) or LoCo (300 Oersted) Time resolution on card: 1 minute Magnetic head lifetime: 300,000 operations 2.4 GHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) khz credentials: HID Prox MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones System Requirements Network Drop Cable (by others) Specifications: Cat5e or higher Belden 1533P D15A1000 or equivalent TIA/EIA-568-B 24AWG Network Surface Mount Box (by others): Cat5e or higher TIA/EIA-568-B * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE.

187 POWER OVER ETHERNET Mortise Lock Dimensions Exit Device Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside shown 3-1/16" (78 mm) 3-1/16" (78 mm) Inside shown Secure Side of Door Rim/SecureBolt, Mortise 3-1/16" (78 mm) 11-5/8" (295 mm) 11-3/16" (284 mm) 15-5/16" (389 mm) Reader Escutcheon 3-1/16" (78 mm) Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside shown 3-1/16" (78 mm) 3-1/16" (78 mm) Outside shown 17-11/16" (449 mm) 11-3/4" (299 mm) 12-1/4" (311 mm) 187

188 POWER OVER ETHERNET Corbin Russwin Access 700 PIP1 How to Order Cylindrical Lock Series Function Technology Trim (Lever/Rose) Finish Hand Credential CL TCPIP1 AZD 626 LH MA Mortise Lock Series Function Technology Trim (Lever/ Rose) Finish Hand Credential ML TCPIP1 LSA 626 LHR IMPS Exit Device Series Lever Function Technology Finish Hand Door Width Misc Options Credential ED5200 C 9734 TCPIP1 626 LHR W048 MA Series ML CL ED5200 ED5200S ED5200A ED5200SA ED5633AL ED5634AL Function 188 Mortise lock Cylindrical lock Panic rim exit Panic SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr Rim Exit 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit 3-hr mortise exit, no key override 3-hr mortise exit, key override Cylindrical With cylinder Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Exit 9733 No key override (rim/securebolt ) 9734 Key override (rim/securebolt ) 9M733 No key override (mortise) 9M734 Key override (mortise) Levers C M E A X X X C X X D X X E* X X L* X X N* X X X P* X X X R X X * Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13 mm) of door face. Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Door Width (exits only) W024 24" 36" standard W048 48" Roses D C M SA 2-1/4" X SB 2-1/4" X ZD 3-1/2" X SF 2-7/8" X For complete listing of available levers, roses, escutcheon and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise E - Exit D - Diameter Credential^ MA Magstripe only KM Magstripe and keypad IKMPS* HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, MIFARE SE, DESFire EV1 SE, MIFARE Classic, DESFire EV1, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones, keypad, mag stripe IMPS* HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, MIFARE SE, DESFire EV1 SE, MIFARE Classic, DESfire EV1, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones, mag stripe CKMP* FeliCa, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones, keypad, mag stripe CMP* FeliCa, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones, mag stripe * For Bluetooth Smart support, add B to the beginning of the credential code. ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" Note: Stainless steel finishes available on mortise and exits only.

189 CORBIN RUSSWIN IN220 Overview The IN220 combines superior aesthetics with the energy efficiency and streamlined architecture of Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) access control. PoE-enabled access control allows facilities to leverage existing network infrastructure for enhanced security and easier, more cost-effective installations. Featuring multiclass SE technology, it supports multiple credential types, including mobile devices, for a future-proof solution that is convenient and secure. Features and Benefits Streamlines installation, reduces costs and enables real-time communication by utilizing IEEE 802.3af PoE-enabled network infrastructure for both power and data Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock and exit device configurations multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and support for multiple credential types, including HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Intelligence built into lock for local decision making, allowing operation regardless of network status Privacy button allows shelter in place/local lockdown and enables privacy capabilities for applications such as restrooms Uses significantly less power in standby mode than traditional access control installations Superior aesthetics blend into any environment seamlessly 189

190 POWER OVER ETHERNET Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400/10,000* Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Device type Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Last 10,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to Exit; Latchbolt; Deadbolt; Aux Latchbolt; Door Position Power over Ethernet switch (120VAC) Class 1 Device defined by IEEE 802.3af requiring max 3.84 watts -31 F (-35 C) to 151 F (66 C) 5% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3 hour fire doors; ADA compliant, UL294 6th Edition; CAN/ULC S319; BHMA A * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information. Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (rim, SecureBolt, or mortise) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard Stainless steel, 3/4" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw Deadbolt Hardened steel, 1" throw Stainless steel, 1" throw (mortise) Strike ANSI curved lip standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* 2.4 GHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: HID Prox 190

191 POWER OVER ETHERNET Mortise Lock Dimensions Exit Device Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Rim/SecureBolt, Mortise Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 10" (254 mm) 11-7/16" (290 mm) 15-9/16" (395 mm) Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside shown 2-5/16" (59 mm) Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown 14-13/16" (376 mm) 9-11/16" (246 mm) 8-9/32" (210 mm) 191

192 POWER OVER ETHERNET Corbin Russwin IN220 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Finish Hand Technology Code Credential Reader Finish CL AZD 626 LH IN220 IP B Mortise Locks Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Finish Hand Technology Code Credential Reader Finish ML ASA 626 LH IN220 IP B Exit Devices Series Lever Function Finish Hand Technology Code Credential Reader Finish ED5200N A LHR IN220 IPS W Series ML CL ED5200N Mortise lock Cylindrical lock Panic rim exit ED5200SN Panic SecureBolt rim exit ED5200AN 3-hr Rim Exit ED5200SAN 3-hr SecureBolt rim exit ED5633ALN 3-hr mortise exit, no key override ED5634ALN 3-hr mortise exit, key override Credentials^ IP* HID iclass, HID iclass SE (SIO-enabled), HID iclass Seos, HID MIFARE SE, HID DESFire EV1 SE, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones IPS* CP* All credentials supported by the IP option plus MIFARE Classic and DESfire EV1* FeliCa, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. * To add support to the above for Bluetooth Smart-enabled mobile phones, add "B" before the Reader Code. Function Cylindrical With cylinder Mortise No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Exits 9133 No key override (rim/securebolt ) 9134 Key override (rim/securebolt ) 9M133 No key override (mortise) 9M134 Key override (mortise) Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Reader Finish B Black reader, black trim W White reader, white trim MB Black reader, metal trim MW White reader, metal trim Note: Metal trim is supplied in the finish specified in the order string. Levers 192 C M E A X X X C X X D X X E X X L X X N X X X P X X X R X X Roses For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M - Mortise D C M SA 2-1/4" X SB 2-1/4" X ZD 3-1/2" X SF 2-7/8" X E - Exit D - Diameter Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C" Note: Stainless steel finishes available on mortise and exits only.

193 SARGENT IN220 Overview The IN220 combines superior aesthetics with the energy efficiency and streamlined architecture of Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) access control. PoE-enabled access control allows facilities to leverage existing network infrastructure for enhanced security and easier, more cost-effective installations. Featuring multiclass SE technology, it supports multiple credential types, including mobile devices, for a future-proof solution that is convenient and secure. Features and Benefits Streamlines installation, reduces costs and enables real-time communication by utilizing IEEE 802.3af PoE-enabled network infrastructure for both power and data Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock and exit device configurations multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and support for multiple credential types, including HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Intelligence built into lock for local decision making, allowing operation regardless of network status Privacy button allows shelter in place/local lockdown Uses significantly less power in standby mode than traditional access control installations Superior aesthetics blend into any environment seamlessly 193

194 POWER OVER ETHERNET Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400/10,000* Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Device type Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Last 10,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to exit; door position, latchbolt*, guardbolt*, tamper signaling 6 AA alkaline batteries with low battery indication; can be powered with 12-24VDC filtered and regulated hardwired power supply Class 1 Device defined by IEEE 802.3af requiring max 3.84 watts -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) < 85% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3 hour fire doors; ADA compliant, UL294 6 th Edition; CAN/ULC S319; BHMA A * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information. Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit (mortise or rim) Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt 7900: Hardened steel, 1" throw 8200: Stainless steel, 1" throw Strike 2-3/4" T strike standard ANSI straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* 2.4 GHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones 125 khz credentials: HID Prox 194

195 POWER OVER ETHERNET Mortise Lock Dimensions Exit Device Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown Rim/SecureBolt, Mortise Inside shown Cylinder Cylinder 3-1/8" (79 mm) 3-1/8" (79 mm) 10" (254 mm) 11-7/16" (290 mm) 16" (406 mm) 16" (406 mm) Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Inside shown 3-1/8" (79 mm) 2-5/16" (59 mm) Outside shown Outside shown Cylinder 2-5/16" (59 mm) Without Cylinder 2-5/16" (59 mm) 9-11/16" (246 mm) 8-9/32" (210 mm) 14-11/16" (373 mm) 14-7/16" (367 mm) 195

196 POWER OVER ETHERNET Sargent IN220 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Credentials Reader Rose Lever Finish Hand 28- IN220 10G 77 IP B O L 626 RH Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Credentials Reader Rose Lever Finish Hand IN IPS W O L 626 LH Exit Devices Options Series Type Function Credentials Reader Rail ET Trim/Lever Finish Hand Door Width 12- IN BIPS B F ETL 626 RHR 36" Options 12- Fire rated /8" curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) SG- MicroShield coating Type 10G Cylindrical lock 79 Mortise lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Levers 196 C M8 M7 E A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X W X X BB BJ BL BP X X X X Function Cylindrical 77 Key override 79 Mortise 76 Key override and deadbolt 78 Key override and no deadbolt 77 Deadbolt and no key override 79 No deadbolt and no key override 82 Mortise 276 Key override and deadbolt** 278 Key override and no deadbolt 277 Deadbolt and no key override** 279 No deadbolt and no key override Exits 76 Key override 78 No key override Roses For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical M8-82 Mortise M7-79 Mortise D C M8 M7 LN 2" X O 2-3/4" X X L 3-1/2" X E - Exit D - Diameter Credentials^ IP* HID iclass, iclass SE (SIO-enabled), iclass Seos, MIFARE SE, DESFire EV1 SE, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones IPS* All credentials supported by the IP option plus MIFARE Classic and DESFire EV1 CP* FeliCa, HID Prox, NFC-enabled mobile phones ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. * To add support to the above for Bluetooth Smart-enabled mobile phones, add "B" before the credential code. Reader B Black reader, black trim W White reader, white trim MB Black reader, metal trim MW White reader, metal trim Note: Metal trim is supplied in the finish specified in the order string. Rail E 24" to 32" doors F 33" to 36" doors J 37" to 42" doors G 43" to 48" doors Door Width If supplied, rails will be cut to size Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield ; add SG- to options ** Deadbolt required for escape return functionality (a residential requirement in Canada)

197 SARGENT Profile Series v.s1 Overview The Profile Series v.s1 brings the power of your network to your door hardware. An ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 lock utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) technology, the v.s1 connects to the building s Ethernet network, and can make decisions locally. Non-proprietary cable, PoE switches and midspans allow easy and cost-effective installations. With real-time door status monitoring and alarm notification, the v.s1 is available in exit device, mortise and cylindrical lock configurations. Features and Benefits Uses IEEE 802.3af PoE-enabled network infrastructure for both power and data to streamline installation, reduce costs and enable real-time communication Local decision making ensures operation regardless of network status Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock and exit device configurations Supports HID 125 khz Prox or MHz iclass credentials (26-39 bit); supports CSN reads for other common MHz cards, including MIFARE, DESFire, and FeliCa Built-in door status monitoring and real-time, configurable alarm notifications Integrates with many popular third party access control systems Available with keypad for dual factor authentication 197

198 POWER OVER ETHERNET Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2400 Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Last 10,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to Exit; Door Position; Deadbolt Power over Ethernet switch (120VAC) Device type Class 2 Device defined by IEEE 802.3AF requiring max 7 Watts Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) 85% (non-condensing) relative humidity at 30 C (86 F) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3 hour fire doors; FCC Part 15 compliant; UL1034 Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible.* ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw (mortise) Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Strike 2-3/4" T strike standard ANSI Straight lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. *Easily field-reversible depending on lever design Credentials* HID 125 khz Prox HID MHz iclass credentials (26-39 bit); supports CSN reads for other common MHz cards, including MIFARE, DESFire, and FeliCa * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. System Requirements Network Drop Cable (by others): Cat5e or higher Belden 1533P D15A1000 or equivalent TIA/EIA-568-B 24AWG Network Surface Mount Box (by others): Cat5e or higher TIA/EIA-568-B 198

199 POWER OVER ETHERNET Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside Shown Inside Shown Outside Shown 3-3/4" (95 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) 13-1/2" (343 mm) 14-1/4" (362 mm) 14-1/4" (362 mm) Exit Device Dimensions 8900 Mortise Exit Devices 8800 Rim Exit Devices 17-3/8" (441 mm) 17" (431 mm) 17-3/8" (441 mm) 17" (431 mm) Outside ET Lever Control ETL Shown 8-1/16" (205 mm) " (46 mm) 199

200 POWER OVER ETHERNET Sargent Profile Series v.s1 How to Order Cylindrical Locks Options Series Type Function Technology Lever Finish Hand 28- S1 10 G77 PK L 626 RH Mortise Locks Options Series Type Function Technology Lever Finish Hand SG- S PK L 626 RH Exit Devices Options Series Technology Type Function Rail ET Trim/Lever Hand Finish Door Width 12- S1 PK F ETL RHR 32D 36" Options 12- UL fire label exit hardware (exits only) 23- Flat Lip ANSI Strike 4-7/8" (mortise & mortise exit only) /8" curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) SG- MicroShield coating Type 10 Cylindrical lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Levers C M E A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X W X X Function Cylindrical G77 Key override Mortise 276 Key override and deadbolt 278 Key override and no deadbolt 277 Deadbolt and no key override 279 No deadbolt and no key override Exit 77 Key override 78 No key override Technology^ PK Prox and keypad PA Prox only IK iclass and keypad IA iclass only ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. Rail (exits only) E 24" to 32" doors F 33" to 36" doors J 37" to 42" doors G 43" to 48" doors ET Trim/Lever ET Escutcheon followed by lever designation (exits) Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Door Width (exits only) If supplied rails will be cut to size Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel * Available with MicroShield ; add SG- to options For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical E - Exit M - Mortise 200

201 SARGENT Passport 1000 P1 Overview The Sargent Passport 1000 P1 intelligent Power over Ethernet (PoE) lockset offers online access control,using magstripe, PIN code, and HIDR multiclass SE technologies for customized access to campus facilities. This offers an ideal solution for forward-thinking campuses looking for a migration path to higher security credentials and mobile access. Using the facility s Ethernet network, the Passport 1000 P1 provides full online access control with standard network cabling. Recognized for its contribution to sustainable buildings, the P1 reuses existing IEEE 802.3af PoE infrastructure, streamlines the installation process, reduces costs and components,and minimizes power consumption. Combined with approved third party software or the ASSA ABLOY PERSONA Campus software, the Passport 1000 P2 Series of locks integrate seamlessly into transactional and housing systems, providing comprehensive, reliable access control for the campus environment. Features and Benefits Streamlines installation, reduces costs and enables real-time communication by utilizing IEEE 802.3af PoE-enabled network infrastructure for both power and data Supports a variety of openings with industry-leading integrated ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 hardware, available in cylindrical lock, mortise lock and exit device configurations multiclass SE technology from HID Global offers heightened security and support for multiple credential types, including HID Mobile Access powered by Seos Intelligence built into lock for local decision making, allowing operation regardless of network status Privacy button allows shelter in place/local lockdown and enables privacy capabilities for applications such as residence halls Uses significantly less power in standby mode than traditional access control installations Available with keypad for dual factor authentication 201

202 POWER OVER ETHERNET Electronic Specifications Users Up to 2,400/10,000* Audit trail Visual/Audible communications Monitoring Power supply Device type Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Last 10,000 events LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries Request to Exit; Door Position; Latchbolt; Deadbolt Power over Ethernet Class 1 Device defined by IEEE 802.3AF requiring up to 3.84 Watts -13 F (-25 C) to 151 F (66 C) < 85% (non-condensing) ANSI/BHMA Grade 1; UL Listed for 3 hour fire doors; FCC Part 15 compliant * Contact your access control system manufacturer for more information Mechanical Specifications Cylindrical Mortise Exit Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series Grade 1 A Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard 1-3/4" standard Backset 2-3/4" standard 2-3/4" Latchbolt Stainless steel, 1/2" throw Stainless steel, 3/4" throw 3/4" throw Deadbolt Stainless steel, 1" throw Strike 2-3/4" T strike standard ANSI Straight Lip standard Standard provided with exit device model; refer to catalog for info. Key system Cylinder types Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Credentials* Mag Stripe 2.4 GHz credentials: Secure Identity Object (SIO) on Mobile IDs (Bluetooth Smart) 125 khz credentials: HID Prox * For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE MHz credentials: iclass iclass SE (SIO-enabled) iclass Seos SIO on MIFARE Classic SIO on MIFARE DESFire EV1 MIFARE Classic DESFire EV1 NFC-enabled mobile phones System Requirements Network Drop Cable (by others) Specifications: Cat5e or higher Belden 1533P D15A1000 or equivalent TIA/EIA-568-B 24AWG Network Surface Mount Box (by others): Cat5e or higher TIA/EIA-568-B 202

203 POWER OVER ETHERNET Mortise Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Cylindrical Lock Dimensions Inside/Outside Escutcheons Outside Shown Inside Shown Inside Shown Outside Shown 3-9/16" (91 mm) 3-9/16" (91 mm) 3-9/16" (91 mm) 3-3/4" (95 mm) 12-5/8" (321 mm) 12-13/16" (310 mm) 13-5/16" (338 mm) 13-3/4" (349 mm) Exit Devices Dimensions 18-7/16" (468 mm) 18-1/8" (460 mm) 18-3/4" (476 mm) 18-1/8" (460 mm) 203

204 POWER OVER ETHERNET Sargent Passport 1000 P1 How to Order Cylindrical Locks with Magstripe or Magstripe & Keypad Options Technology Series Type Function Rose Lever Finish Hand 28- KP P2 10 G77 LN L 626 RHR Cylindrical Locks with multiclass SE Reader Options Series Type Function Technology Rose Lever Finish Hand 12- P2 10 G77 IKMPS LN L 626 RHR Mortise Locks with Magstripe or Magstripe & Keypad Options Technology Series Type Function Rose Lever Finish Hand 28- KP P LN L 626 RHR Mortise Locks with multiclass SE Reader Options Series Type Function Technology Rose Lever Finish Hand 12- P IKMPS LN L 626 RHR Exit Devices with MagStripe or MagStripe & Keypad Options Technology Series Type Function Rail ET Trim/Lever Hand Finish Door Width 12- KP P F ETL RHR " Exit Devices with multiclass SE Reader Options Series Type Function Technology Rail ET Trim/Lever Hand Finish Door Width 12- KP BIKMPS F ETL 626 RHR 36" Options* 12- UL fire label exit hardware (exits) 23- Flat lip ANSI Strike 4-7/8" (mortise only) /8" curved lip strike #808 (cylindrical only) SG- MicroShield coating Type 10 Cylindrical lock 82 Mortise lock 88 Rim exit 89 Mortise exit Function Cylindrical G77 Key override Mortise 276 Key override and deadbolt 278 Key override and no deadbolt 277 Deadbolt and no key override 279 No deadbolt and no key override Exit 77 Key override 78 No key override Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Technology^ (blank) Magstripe only KP- Magstripe and keypad IKMPS*- iclass, keypad, mag stripe, Prox, smart card (MIFARE, DESFire) IMPS*- iclass, mag stripe, Prox, smart card (MIFARE, DESFire) CKMP*- FeliCa, keypad, mag stripe, Prox CMP*- FeliCa, mag stripe, Prox ^ For information on migrating from one card technology to another or dual-technology card support, please contact WIRE. * For Bluetooth Smart support, add "B" to the beginning of the technology code. Rail E 24" to 32" doors F 33" to 36" doors J 37" to 42" doors G 43" to 48" doors Trim/Lever ET ET escutcheon followed by lever designation Door Width If supplied rails will be cut to size For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. C - Cylindrical E - Exit M - Mortise D - Diameter Levers C M E A X X B X X X E X X F X X J X X X L X X X P X X X W X X Roses D C M LN 2" X O 2-3/4" X L 3-1/2" X G 3-1/2" X 204

205 SECURITRON AQE Single Port Injector Overview Securitron brings power and data together with our latest innovation. The AQE15 and AQE30 are single port Power over Ethernet (PoE) MidSpan Injectors designed for access control and security applications. These modules enable the powering of PoE devices from a non-poe source. AQE Series Injectors power PoE cameras, access control door controllers and other PoE equipment. Features and Benefits Allows powering of IEEE 802.3af and 802.3at PoE-enabled devices from a non-poe source Operates from low voltage 24VAC or 24VDC input Reset feature allows PoE shutdown Visual diagnostics via on-board LED MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no fault warranty 205

206 POWER OVER ETHERNET Electronic Specifications Visual/Audible communications Power supply Visual diagnostics 24VAC or 24VDC ± 15% input Input current 1.4 or 2.6A Output Output current Max data cable length Operating temperature Certifications Shutdown terminals 50 VDC 300 or 600 ma 100m (328.1 ft) -32 to +120F (0 to +49C) CSA-C22.2 No. 205 listed; UL/cUL ; UL 294B Listed; 15W IEEE 802.3af; 30W IEEE 802.3at; RoHS compliant 5 to 24 VDC, 10 ma max Product Number Input Amps Input Voltage Output Current Data Rate - BASE T Compliant UL2948 UL/CUL IEEE 802.3at AQE VAC or VDC 300mA 10/100 Yes Yes Yes AQE VAC or VDC 600mA 10/100/1000 Yes Yes Yes 206

207 SECURITRON AQE Single Port Extractor Overview The Securitron AQE30E is a single port Power over Ethernet (PoE) MidSpan Extractor designed for access control and security applications. This module provides 12VDC up to a maximum of 25W output power to a non-poe device from a PoE source. The AQE30E Extractor is used to power DC IP and PTZ cameras, access control, door controllers and other similar equipment. The AQE Series Extractor provides RJ45 connectors for data input and output and two terminal strips for the DC output and power level selection. Features and Benefits Allows powering of non-poe devices from an IEEE 802.3at PoE source 12VDC output power derived from PoE source Selectable for 13W or 25W output Visual diagnostics by on-board LED MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no fault warranty 207

208 POWER OVER ETHERNET Electronic Specifications Visual/Audible communications Power supply Input current Output Operating temperature Certifications Visual diagnostics 42.5 to 57VDC PoE Input 0.6 A 12VDC output, 13 or 25W -32 to +120F (0 to +49C) CSA-C22.2 No. 205 listed; UL/cUL ; UL 294B Listed; 30W IEEE 802.3at; RoHS compliant Product Number Input Amps Input Voltage Output Power Data Rate - BASE T Compliant UL2948 UL/CUL IEEE 802.3at AQE30E VDC 1A/2A (13/25W) 10/100/1000 Yes Yes Yes 208

209 SECURITRON AQE Rack Mount Multi-Port Midspan Injector Overview The Securitron AQE250R and AQE500R are rack mounted 16 port IEEE 802.3at Power over Ethernet (PoE) midspan injectors that can be monitored and managed online. This series provides power and data to PoE devices such as PTZ cameras, video, access control, door locks and other PoE devices. These rack mounted power supplies feature (16) ports at up to 32W per port with 10/100/1000 Base-T Gigabit support. They offer remote power monitoring and the ability to remotely shut down individual ports or all ports simultaneously. They also include a 48V battery charger for cost-effective back-up power. Features and Benefits Remote managed system with browser interface Remote PoE shutdown per port or all ports simultaneously Identifies and protects non-poe equipment Port status LED for easy diagnostics Over-temperature, over-voltage, over-current and short circuit protection Illuminated master power switch with circuit breaker 1U 19" (482.6 mm) rack mount or wall mount (with bracket included) Accepts AC or DC input power MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no fault warranty 209

210 POWER OVER ETHERNET Electronic Specifications Operating temperature Certifications BTU rating Battery Back-up Specification Shipping Weight -4 to +122F [-20 to +50C] CSA C22.2 No ; FCC part 15, Class A; IEEE.802.at; RoHS compliant; EN Class A (Emissions) ; EN (Immunity); UL/CUL AQE Series AQE250R BTU/Hr AQE Series AQE500R BTU/Hr Input voltage: 48VDC nominal AQE250R: 12 lbs (5.44kg) AQE500R: 14 lbs (6.35kg) Product Number # of Ports Output Power Input AC/DC Data Rate - BASE T Compliant FCC Part 15, Class A UL/CUL AQE250R 16 32W/port up to 256W AQE500R 16 32W/port up to 540W VAC at 4.5A 50VDC+ 10% at7a VAC at 9A 50VDC+ 10% at14a 10/100/1000 Yes Yes 10/100/1000 Yes Yes 210

211 PERSONA Campus Online Software Overview PERSONA Campus Online access control software enables customized access by user, facility, or individual lock, and works with a variety of offline, Power over Ethernet (PoE) and WiFi locks available from ASSA ABLOY Group brands Corbin Russwin and Sargent. It provides seamless database integration and software interface with popular enterprise, transactional and housing systems. Campus software supports both mag stripe and contactless technology, allowing easy migration to higher security credentials and HID Mobile Access. Features and Benefits Intuitive browser-based application Scalable from a single PC to a global network Auto-discovery simplifies configuration of new devices Open architecture ensures easy integration with other systems and allows code modification Threat level management allows staff to secure the campus in the event of a threat or incident Advanced reporting tool provides complete system visibility and flexible reporting options 211

212 POWER OVER ETHERNET 212

213 Lock Management Tool Overview Lock Management Tool (LMT) allows programming, interrogation and overall management of ASSA ABLOY PoE locks from a centralized location for up to 50 doors. The application facilitates communication from a computer to the locks via IEEE b/g/n WiFi infrastructure. The LMT program allows an administrator to establish multiple user types, time zones, holidays, user groups, auto-unlock periods and to obtain transaction history from all locks connected to the system. LMT consists of a server based installation (a small workstation will be sufficient) with most of the daily administration and configuration being done through a web browser. A local client on the server can be used for more complex configuration tasks. Features and Benefits Password protected database User database size based on local hardware configuration Easy-to-follow data entry Auto-unlock schedule with or without first in unlock Allows viewing of system wide events and history (total number of events based on local hardware configuration) includes event type, date, time, user ID and name Configurable for all major HID Prox 125 khz or iclass MHz card formats Scheduler utility to establish local communication at predefined intervals 213

214 POWER OVER ETHERNET Requirements Hardware: Memory: 2 GB minimum, 4 GB+ recommended Storage: 20 GB free hard disk space Processor: Dual Core/(min Pentium IV w/ht) at 2GHz (or equivalent) or faster Screen: 800 x 600 required; 1024 x 768 Recommended Network Card required CD-ROM required RS232 Serial Port (DB9) Operating System: Windows XP 32bit, Server bit, Vista 32/64bit, Win7 32/64bit, or Server 2008/2008R2 Note: IP address must be assigned by authorized network administrator and PC must utilize a static IP address. How to Order WFCD2 Lock Management Tool (LMT) 25 Door License Lock Management Tool allows programming, interrogation and overall management from a centralized location of up to 25 doors License is included and is obtained at time of installation Download from IntelligentOpenings.com WFCD3 Lock Management Tool (LMT) 50 Door License Lock Management Tool allows programming, interrogation and overall management from a centralized location of up to 50 doors License is included and is obtained at time of installation Download from IntelligentOpenings.com 214

215 Power Supplies Overview Access control provides enhanced security, audit trails, and custom credentials. The power supply is necessary to make the entire system operational. Power supplies offer accurate and reliable power for all types of access control. In selecting a power supply, you must assess the application. Linear power supplies offer low noise across frequencies, making them ideal for sensitive electronics. However, they tend to be physically heavier and less efficient. Switching power supplies are physically lighter, and are more energy-efficient and cost effective. Unless the application specifically necessitates a linear power supply, a switching power supply is an excellent option. A variety of power transfers and electrified hinges are available to assist in the secure transfer of power and data from the frame to electrified hardware on the door. 215

216 Products Available 1 SECURITRON BPS 12/24-1 Dual-Voltage Linear 2 SECURITRON BPS Linear 3 SECURITRON AQD3 Dual-Voltage Switching 4 SECURITRON AQD5 Dual-Voltage Switching 5 SECURITRON AQD6 Dual-Voltage Switching 6 SECURITRON EcoPower 7 SECURITRON AQM20 Multi-Voltage Switching Note: For selection of PoE power supplies, please see the Power over Ethernet section beginning on page

217 SECURITRON BPS 12/24-1 Dual-Voltage Linear Power Supply Overview The BPS Series of power supplies delivers linear technology recommended by most manufacturers of sensitive electronic access control and security components. Safe for use with readers, electric strikes, and maglocks, these units interface to fire alarm systems and provide battery backup. Features and Benefits Dual output, field-selectable 12 or 24VDC via clearly marked toggle switch Supplies 1 full amp continuous current output, even while charging backup batteries Linear regulated power supply provides the cleanest power available UL Class 2 power-limited output SPDT AC monitoring output allows for remote monitoring of the power supply s 110VAC input External LED indicator (AC and DC) easily determines power status UL listed, low-current fire alarm disconnect requires only a minimum size fire alarm relay and wire gauge Poly switch 2A breaker allows for large, short duration inrush current if batteries are installed (approx. 20A for 1 second) Line voltage and DC fuses Sealed lead acid or gel battery charging capability (battery sold separately) MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 217

218 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Indicators Operating Temperature 120VAC 1A at 12 or 24VDC, field-selectable with toggle switch External LED indicators for AC and DC 32 to 105 F (0 to 40 C) Certifications UL Class 2; UL 294; ULC Securitron BPS 12/24-1 Dual-Voltage Linear Power Supply How to Order Model BPS-12/24-1 Description Dual Voltage Power Supply 12/24VDC, 1A Dimensions 12" (305 mm) 4" (102 mm) 9" (229 mm) 218

219 SECURITRON BPS Linear Power Supply Overview The BPS Series single-voltage power supplies deliver linear technology recommended by most manufacturers of sensitive electronic access control and security components. Safe for use with readers, electric strikes, and maglocks, these units interface to fire alarm systems and provide battery backup. The BPS power supplies provide 12VDC or 24VDC output with a variety of amp sizes that support small or large power needs. Features and Benefits 1, 4 or 8 outputs protected with poly switch (PTC) 2A circuit breakers LEDs provide an easy-to-read voltage indicator for output zone status (voltage, no voltage) Slide switches connect or disconnect load from power (excludes 1A) Battery charging and backup capability (battery sold separately) Rugged steel enclosure Fire alarm relay connection for release of all devices upon fire alarm activation Clean linear power for flawless operation with all sensitive active electronic components MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 219

220 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Indicators Operating Temperature Certifications 120VAC Various depending on model LED voltage indicators 32 to 105 F (0 to 40 C) ANSI/UL 294 listed; MEA City of New York; CSA-C22.2 No. 205 listed Securitron BPS Linear Power Supply How to Order Model Description Capacity Cabinet Size Outputs BPS-12-1 BPS-12-3 BPS BPS-12-6 BPS-12-9 BPS BPS-24-1 BPS-24-2 BPS-24-3 BPS-24-4 BPS-24-6 BPS Power Supply 12VDC, 1A Power Supply 12VDC, 3A Power Supply 12VDC, 4.5A Power Supply 12VDC, 6A Power Supply 12VDC, 9A Power Supply 12VDC, 15A Power Supply 24VDC, 1A Power Supply 24VDC, 2A Power Supply 24VDC, 3A Power Supply 24VDC, 4A Power Supply 24VDC, 6A Power Supply 24VDC, 10A 1A 3A 4.5A 6A 9A 15A 1A 2A 3A 4A 6A 10A 12" x 9" x 4" 14" x 14" x 4" 14" x 14" x 4" 15" x 18" x 6" 15" x 18" x 6" 15" x 18" x 6" 12" x 9" x 4" 14" x 14" x 4" 14" x 14" x 4" 15" x 18" x 6" 15" x 18" x 6" 15" x 18" x 6"

221 BPS Linear Power Supply Selection Guide Overview Please use the chart on the next page to assist you in selecting the proper BPS Linear Power Supply. 221

222 ELECTROMECHANICAL BPS Linear Power Supply Selection Guide Product Number Input Voltage Connection to AC power is hard wired. Output Voltage Output Current Battery Charger UL Lister # of Outputs AC Loss and Low Battery Status BPS-12/ VAC 12/24 VDC 1A Y Y 1 AC LOSS ONLY W/FAR Manual Reset Option BPS VAC 12 VDC 1A Y Y 1 _ W/FAR-12 BPS VAC 12 VDC 3A Y Y 4 W/PSM-12 W/FAR-12 BPS VAC 12 VDC 4.5A Y Y 4 W/PSM-12 W/FAR-12 BPS VAC 12 VDC 6A Y Y 8 W/PSM-12 W/FAR-12 BPS VAC 12 VDC 9A Y Y 8 W/PSM-12 W/FAR-12 BPS VAC 12 VDC 15A Y Y 8 W/PSM-12 W/FAR-12 BPS VAC 24 VDC 1A Y Y 1 _ W/FAR-24 BPS VAC 24 VDC 2A Y Y 4 W/PSM-24 W/FAR-24 BPS VAC 24 VDC 3A Y Y 4 W/PSM-24 W/FAR-24 BPS VAC 24 VDC 4A Y Y 8 W/PSM-24 W/FAR-24 BPS VAC 24 VDC 6A Y Y 8 W/PSM-24 W/FAR-24 BPS VAC 24 VDC 10A Y Y 8 W/PSM-24 W/FAR-24 BPSM VAC 12 VDC 6A Y Y 8 Y W/FAR-12 BPSM VAC 12 VDC 9A Y Y 8 Y W/FAR-12 BPSM VAC 12 VDC 15A Y Y 8 Y W/FAR-12 BPSM VAC 24 VDC 4A Y Y 8 Y W/FAR-24 BPSM VAC 24 VDC 6A Y Y 8 Y W/FAR-24 BPSM VAC 24 VDC 10A Y Y 8 Y W/FAR

223 SECURITRON AQD3 Dual-Voltage Switching Power Supply Overview The Securitron AccuPower AQD3 Series of switching power supplies are dual-voltage, supervised units with a battery charger. These field-selectable units have a fast battery charge reserve. They provide a maximum 3A at 12VDC or 1.5A at 24VDC, with up to eight (8) independently controlled, power limited outputs. Features and Benefits Rated up to 2.8A/1.4A continuous output Dual-voltage 12VDC/24VDC field-selectable Internal transformer Tolerates brownout or over-voltage input from VAC Thermal shutdown protection comes with auto restart Circuit breaker protects against over-current and reverse-battery faults Includes battery charger and power supervision Low-battery disconnect prevents deep discharge Dedicated voltage enables faster battery charging even under full load MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 223

224 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Indicators Operating Temperature Operating Humidity Certifications 120VAC 3A at 12VDC or 1.5A at 24VDC LED voltage indicators -4 to 104 F (-20 to 40 C) 95% RH (non-condensing) ANSI/UL 294 listed; UL603 listed; ULC-S318 listed Securitron AQD3 Dual-Voltage Switching Power Supply How to Order Product Number Output Amps # of Outputs Class 2 Power- Limited Fuse Rating Fuse Type # of Relays Relay Type UL 294 UL 603 ULC S AQD3 3/1.5 1 Y L L L AQD3-1R 3/1.5 1 Y 1 Fire L L L AQD3-4F 3/1.5 4 Y 1A Fuse L L L AQD3-4C 3/1.5 4 Y 0.35A PTC L L L AQD3-8F 3/1.5 8 Y 0.5A Fuse L L L AQD3-8C 3/1.5 8 Y 0.35A PTC L L L AQD3-8C1R 3/1.5 8 Y 1.23A PTC 1 Fire L L L AQD3-8F8R 3/1.5 8 Y 0.5A Fuse 8 Access Control with Fire L L: Listed R: Recognized Dimensions Enclosure: 14" x 9" x 3.5" 224

225 SECURITRON AQD5 Dual-Voltage Switching Power Supply Overview The Securitron AccuPower AQD5 Series of switching power supplies are dual-voltage supervised units with a battery charger. These units are field-selectable for 5A at 12VDC or 3A at 24VDC, with up to eight (8) independently controlled, power-limited outputs. Features and Benefits Dual-voltage 5A/12VDC or 3A/24VDC field-selectable continuous output Internal transformer included Tolerates brownout or over-voltage input from VAC Thermal shutdown protection with auto restart provided Circuit breaker protects against over-current and reverse-battery faults Battery charger and power supervision Low-battery disconnect prevents deep discharge Dedicated voltage enables faster battery charging even under full load MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 225

226 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Indicators Operating Temperature 120VAC 3A at 12VDC or 1.5A at 24VDC LED voltage indicators -4 to 104 F (-20 to 40 C) Operating Humidity 95% RH (non-condensing) Certifications Class 2; ANSI/UL 294 listed; UL603 listed; ULC-S318 listed Securitron AQD5 Dual-Voltage Switching Power Supply How to Order Product Number Output Amps # of Outputs Class 2 Power- Limited Fuse Rating Fuse Type # of Relays Relay Type UL 294 UL 603 ULC S CAN/ULC S533-M87 AQD5 5/3 1 Y L L L L AQD5-1R 5/3 1 Y 1 _ AQD5-4F 5/3 4 Y 2A Fuse L L L L AQD5-4C 5/3 4 Y 1.4A PTC L L L L AQD5-8F 5/3 8 Y 2A Fuse L L L L AQD5-8C 5/3 8 Y 0.72A PTC L L L L AQD5-8C1R 5/3 8 Y 1.23A PTC 1 Fire R _ AQD5-8F8R 5/3 8 Y 0.5A Fuse 8 Access Control with Fire R R R _ L: Listed R: Recognized Dimensions Enclosure: 14" x 9" x 3.5" 226

227 SECURITRON AQD6 Dual-Voltage Switching Power Supply Overview The Securitron AQD6 Series of switching power supplies are dual-voltage supervised units with a battery charger designed to power magnetic locks, electric strikes, card readers, sensors, access control boards and other devices in access control systems. The AQD6 Series can also be used to power DC cameras and other DC locking equipment. These units provide field-selectable 6A at 12 or 24VDC with up to 16 independently controlled powerlimited outputs. The AQD6 is Securitron s first power supply series that meets UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed. Features and Benefits Dual-voltage 6A at 12 or 24VDC field-selectable continuous output Tolerates brownout or over-voltage input ± 15% of nominal voltage Thermal shutdown protection with auto restart Circuit breaker protects against over-current and reverse-battery faults Dedicated battery charging circuit prevents overvoltage on locking devices Expandable up to 16 outputs; Class 2 power-limited outputs available Available with a single relay fire trigger or individually MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 227

228 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Indicators Operating Temperature Certifications 115 or 230VAC/50 or 60Hz input 6A at 12 or 24VDC LED voltage indicators -4 to 122 F (-20 to 50 C) UL 294 (6 th Edition) Listed; UL 603 Listed; ULC S318 Listed; UL 1481 Listed; RoHS compliant; ULC 5533 Securitron AQD6 Dual-Voltage Switching Power Supply How to Order Product Number Output Amps # of Outputs Class 2 Power- Limited Fuse Rating Fuse Type # of Relays Relay Type UL 294 UL 603 ULC S CAN/ULC S533-M87 AQD6 6 1 N L L L L AQD6-8F 6 8 Y 2A Fuse L L L L AQD6-8C 6 8 Y 1.4A PTC L L L L AQD6-8F8R 6 8 Y 2A Fuse 8 Access Control with Fire AQD6-8C1R 6 8 Y 1.04A PTC 1 Access Control with Fire L L L L L L L L AQD6-16F 6 16 Y 2A Fuse L L L L AQD6-16C 6 16 Y 1.4A PTC 0 _ L L L L L: Listed R: Recognized Dimensions Enclosure: 14" x 14" x 4-3/4" 228

229 SECURITRON EcoPower Power Supply EFFICIENT FLEXIBLE DEPENDABLE EcoFlex inside CERTIFIED ENERGY SAVINGS A SUSTAINABLE SOLUTION Overview Securitron EcoPower is a highly efficient power supply designed to work with a low-power electrified lock, like EcoFlex from Corbin Russwin and Sargent. Using a patented method, this full-featured access control power supply draws on the battery to power the lock, essentially putting the power supply to sleep and reducing standby power consumption to only 8.5mW (0.0085W). This creates a 99% energy savings compared to current linear and switching power supplies. Features and Benefits Extremely low power consumption, only 8.5mW standby power consumption with a 115V input Included battery provides up to 26 hours of backup Universal voltage input capabilities ( VAC) Aesthetic design allows for convenient installation near the lock Multiple mounting options: - Surface mounted - Recessed into drywall Use either the factory box or an existing UL Listed double-gang junction box Reduced low-current wire runs and wire run length provides additional cost savings Fire alarm input dry contact (NO or NC) One (1) 12V 800 mah battery included* Supports fail safe and fail secure lock configurations LED troubleshooting Built-in battery end-of-life notification system MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty *Battery not covered under MagnaCare warranty 229

230 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Indicators Operating Temperature VAC 12V LED troubleshooting -4 to 122 F (-20 to 50 C) Operating Humidity 5% to 90%, (non-condensing) Certifications UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; UL603 listed; ULC-S533 listed; RoHS compliant; GreenCircle certified; EN Class A; EN Securitron EcoPower Power Supply How to Order EPS-05 EPS-05B EcoPower 0.5A Power Supply for Low-Power Locks EcoPower Replacement Circuit Board Dimensions 4" (101.6 mm) 3-3/4" (95.25 mm) 4" (101.6 mm) 230

231 SECURITRON AQM20 Multi-Voltage Switching Power Supply Overview The Securitron AccuPower AQM20 Series of multivoltage, supervised switching power supplies come with a battery charger, and provide up to 20 total amps of low-voltage DC output. These field-selectable units contain two (2) power modules with the flexibility for delivering 12VDC, 24VDC or 12 and 24VDC at the same time, with up to 16 independently controlled, powerlimited outputs. Features and Benefits Offers output in either 12VDC or 24VDC, or both 12VDC and 24VDC, field-selectable Rated up to 16A continuous output 12VDC, 8A continuous output at 24VDC Two internal transformers included Tolerates brownout and over-voltage input at +30% to -30% of selected line voltage, either 120VAC or 240VAC Includes thermal shutdown protection with auto restart Circuit breaker protects against over-current and reverse-battery faults Battery charger and power supervision included Dedicated voltage enables faster battery charging even under full load MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 231

232 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Indicators Operating Temperature Certifications 120/240VAC field-selectable Up to 16A continuous output at 12VDC, 8A continuous output at 24VDC LED indicators and form "C" contacts for supervision -4 to 104 F (-20 to 40 C) UL 294 recognized component Securitron AQM20 Multi-Voltage Switching Power Supply How to Order Product Number Output Amps # of Outputs Class 2 Power- Limited Fuse Rating Fuse Type # of Relays Relay Type UL 294 AQM20 20/10 2 N R AQM20-8F 20/10 8 N 4A Fuse R AQM20-8C 20/10 8 N 3.08A PTC R AQM20-8F8R 20/10 8 N 2A Fuse 8 Access Control with Fire R AQM20-8C8R 20/10 8 Y 1.04A PTC 8 Access Control with Fire R AQM20-16F 20/10 16 N 3A Fuse R AQM20-16C 20/10 16 Y 1.5A PTC R L: Listed R: Recognized Dimensions Enclosure: 14" x 14" x 4-3/4" 232

233 Power Transfers & Electrified Hinges Overview To meet the demand for electronic access control and locking solutions that require fast, easy, and costeffective installation, ASSA ABLOY developed a variety of power transfer methods used to run power and data from the source to electrified door hardware or access control systems. Available with either ElectroLynx connectors or standard wire leads, ASSA ABLOY power transfers and electrified hinges offer a secure, aesthetic way to power hardware in an easy, cost-effective manner. Features and Benefits Makes it easy to bring power to the locking hardware Wires have connectors that snap together or leads Resists tampering no external wires Improves the aesthetics of the opening ASSA ABLOY ElectroLynx ASSA ABLOY Group brands use the ElectroLynx standardized plug-in connectors and color-coded wiring system. With ElectroLynx, doorway components come prewired for easy hookup to the power source. Key to any access control system are ASSA ABLOY power transfers that carry power and data, as necessary, from the frame to the locking hardware. 233

234 Products Available 1 McKinney ElectroLynx Quick Connect Hinge 2 McKinney ElectroLynx Power over Ethernet (PoE) Hinge 3 McKinney Concealed Circuit Electric Hinges 4 McKinney ElectroLynx Concealed Power Transfer Aluminum Geared Hinge 5 Pemko ElectroLynx Concealed Power Transfer Aluminum Geared Hinge 6 McKinney ElectroLynx Concealed Power Transfer Pin and Barrel Hinge 7 Markar ElectroLynx Concealed Power Transfer Pin and Barrel Hinge 8 McKinney ElectroLynx PoE Pin and Barrel Hinge 9 Markar ElectroLynx PoE Pin and Barrel Hinge 10 SECURITRON TSB C Door Cord 11 SECURITRON Electrical Power Transfer 12 SECURITRON Square-Cut Electrical Power Transfer 13 SECURITRON Concealed Electrical Power Transfer 14 SECURITRON PowerJump ICPT Inductive Coupling Power Transfer 234

235 McKinney Quick Connect Electric Hinges Overview The McKinney ElectroLynx hinge is an intermediate connector that passes a constant flow of current between the source of power and electrified devices in the door, regardless of door position. Each hinge features concealed plug connectors that eliminate the need for separate or exposed wiring. Brass eyelets add protection and durability to the ElectroLynx hinge, and common wire colors and standard connectors make installation quick and simple. Once installed, it will give no outward indication of its function and will transmit power efficiently and reliably, as long as the wire capacity is not exceeded. Features and Benefits Available on standard and heavy weight full mortise bearing, swing-clear and wide throw hinges No external wires reduces tampering Available up to 12 wires Wires coordinate with other ASSA ABLOY Group brands' ElectroLynx products Optional MG-16 mortar guard available (mortar guard required on steel frames) Steel and Stainless Steel QC hinges are UL listed for use up to and including 3-hour rated openings 235

236 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Electrical Rating 4A at 24VAC or VDC continous 16A pulse for 300ms 10A pulse for 250ms Pigtail assembly Molex Connectors 8 position: QC2, QC4, QC6, QC8 8 position & 4 position: QC12 Wire Gauge Certifications 28 gauge UL 3-hour listed Male connector Female connector Product Options Back of 12 wire hinge shown 3-Knuckle TA314 Standard Weight TA714 Standard Weight TA386 Heavy Weight TA786 Heavy Weight 5-Knuckle TA2314 Standard Weight TA2714 Standard Weight T4A3386 Heavy Weight T4A3786 Heavy Weight TA2895 T4A3395 Heavy Weight Swing-Clear T4A3795 Heavy Weight Swing-Clear Full Mortise QC hinges are available in most BHMA and McKinney powder coat finishes. McKinney Quick Connect Electric Hinges How to Order Size Model Connector Finishes 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" TA314 QC4 626 Standard ElectroLynx Retrofit Cable Sizes Actual Cable Length 12 Conductor and Molex both ends 12 Conductor and Molex one end, pinned one end Typical Application 3" QC-C003 QC-C003P Between hinge and the end of an exit device. 6" QC-C006 QC-C006P 12" QC-C012 QC-C012P 26" QC-C200 QC-C200P Between hinge and through the door to the 32" QC-C206 QC-C206P lockset or exit device trim. 38" QC-C300 QC-C300P 44" QC-C306 QC-C306P 50" QC-C400 QC-C400P 15' 2" QC-C1500 QC-C1500P From the hinge location, up the jamb to 25' QC-C2500P above the ceiling, or up and around full lite or half lite metal door. 30' QC-C3000P Custom lengths available. 236

237 McKinney Power over Ethernet (PoE) Hinges Overview The McKinney ElectroLynx PoE hinge enables Ethernet data to be passed from jamb to PoE-enabled products on the door. Installation is a snap with the friendly plug and play connectors, which allow power to be linked from the incoming source through the door to the electrified hardware. Brass eyelets add protection and durability to the PoE hinge, which features common wire colors coordinated to work with intelligent PoE electromechanical hardware from Corbin Russwin and Sargent. Features and Benefits Available on 4-1/2" and 5" standard weight and heavy weight 5-knuckle hinges Coordinates with intelligent PoE hardware from ASSA ABLOY Group brands Corbin Russwin and Sargent No external wires minimize tampering PoE harnesses must be ordered separately to complete the opening Each hinge features two 6 position and two 4-position Molex connectors 237

238 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Electrical Rating Molex Connectors Wire Gauges Wiring Configurations Certifications 361 ma continuous at 57 volts DC (2) 6-position and (2) 4-position per hinge (2) Twisted pairs: 26AWG (4) Straight conductors: 28AWG (1) Straight conductor: 24AWG Power over Data (5 wire): Power and data supplied together over the 2 twisted pairs and the 24AWG conductor for the earth ground connection Data with Power over spares (9 wire): Data over 2 twisted pairs with power over 4 straight conductors and the 24AWG conductor for the earth ground connection cul Listed McKinney Power over Ethernet (PoE) Hinges How to Order Size Model Options Finishes 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" z TA2314 PoE 626 ElectroLynx Power over Ethernet Harnesses 5-Knuckle TA2314 Standard Weight (stainless steel) TA2714 Standard Weight (steel) T4A3386 Heavy Weight (stainless steel) T4A3786 Heavy Weight (steel) Full Mortise PoE hinges are available in most BHMA and McKinney powder coat finishes. Molex with JST Connector Molex Molex with one one RJ-45 end, Loose Molex With one one RJ-45 end, Attached RJ-45 RJ-45 Loose attached one one end end McKinney Catalog # Harness Length Molex with JST Connector Molex with RJ-45 Loose Molex with RJ-45 Attached Door Side Application 30" PoE-C206P PoE-C206RJ PoE-C206PRJ 20" to 25" door width (doors with 3 butt hinges with PoE hinge in center to stile to stile raceway to lock prep). 36" PoE-C300P PoE-C300RJ PoE-C300PRJ 26" to 31" door width (doors with 3 butt hinges with PoE hinge in center to stile to stile raceway to lock prep). 42" PoE-C306P PoE-C306RJ PoE-C306PRJ 32" to 36" door width (doors with 3 butt hinges with PoE hinge in center to stile to stile raceway to lock prep). 48" PoE-C400P PoE-C400RJ PoE-C400PRJ 37" to 42" door width (doors with 3 butt hinges with PoE hinge in center to stile to stile raceway to lock prep). 48" PoE-C406P PoE-C406RJ PoE-C406PRJ 43" to 48" door width (doors with 3 butt hinges with PoE hinge in center to stile to stile raceway to lock prep). 60" PoE-C500P PoE-C500RJ PoE-C500PRJ Door Harness Assembly 84" PoE-C700P PoE-C700RJ PoE-C700PRJ Door Harness Assembly 156" PoE-C1300P PoE-C1300RJ PoE-C1300PRJ Door Harness Assembly EPT Harness 360" PoE-CEPT30 PoE-CEPT30RJ EPT Harness Assembly Frame Side Application 180" PoE-C1500P From the hinge location, up the jamb to wall/ceiling Custom Lengths Available 238

239 McKinney Concealed Circuit Electric Hinges Overview McKinney Concealed Circuit (CC) electric hinges allow a constant flow of current from the power source through the hinge to electrified door hardware. No external wires can be seen, eliminating disruption of power due to tampering or disconnection, and improving the aesthetics of the opening. This allows operation of devices requiring power such as electric locks, electric strikes, and electric latch retraction exit devices. Features and Benefits Available with most 2-, 3-, and 5-knuckle bearing hinges Available with 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 or 12 wires Wires are contained within the hinge- invisible and tamperproof 239

240 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Wire Gauges Certifications 4 amp continuous at 24 volts AC or DC 16 amp pulse for 300 msec. (cycle time not less than 5 sec.) 10 amp pulse for 250 msec. (cycle time not less that 2 sec.) 4 amp continuous at 24 volts AC or DC 16 amp pulse for 300 msec. (cycle time not less than 5 sec.) 10 amp pulse for 250 msec. (cycle time not less that 2 sec.) CC option has 28 gauge wire CC-18 option has 2 18 gauge wires and the remainder 28 gauge wire cul Listed McKinney Concealed Circuit Electric Hinges How to Order Model Size Hinge Option TA /2" x 4-1/2" QC12 Models Available on most 2-, 3-, and 5-knuckle hinges 28-Gauge Wire Options Suffix Wires Capacity CC2 2 1 circuit CC4 4 2 circuits CC6 6 3 circuits CC8 8 4 circuits CC circuits CC circuits Heavy Duty Wire Options Suffix Wires Capacity CC circuit CC circuits CC circuits CC circuits CC circuits 240

241 McKinney Electrified Continuous Geared Hinge Overview McKinney full mortise continuous hinges bond the door and frame into an integrated unit and present a streamlined, no-gap surface, affording privacy, safety and outstanding performance. The high load capacity of these hinges makes them ideal for use on high-frequency openings and where hinges are subject to abuse. Electrified continuous hinges are available in two options, depending on level of service desired at the opening. Both of these options are available as 4, 8 or 12 wire configurations. Serviceable/Removable (SER) Option The hinge comes in three sections, allowing the section with the wires to be serviced or replaced without removing the door from the frame. Additionally the SER option allows the wires to be safely stored or delivered to the electrician or security contractor prior to the installation of the electrified hardware. Accessible (ACC) Option The hinge comes as a single section with each leaf able to pivot at the location of the wires to allow access. Electrical modification is in the center of the hinge. Features and Benefits Performance tested 3,000,000 cycles with TRI-FLEX titanium copper alloy cables TRI-FLEX cable conductor is warrantied for 5 years Handed Extruded 6063-T6 aluminum alloy/temper Available on edge hung aluminum continuous hinges Standardized prep locations on 83", 85", 95" and 120" hinges (SER option) 241

242 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Molex Connectors Wire Gauges Certifications 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 4, 8 or 12 pin 22 gauge cul Listed McKinney Electrified Continuous Geared Hinge How to Order Model Hinge Length Finishes Electrical Option MCK25HD 83 C SER8 Models Lengths Finishes MCK12HD Full Mortise Short Leaf Flush K-MCK12HD Full Mortise Kawneer Tuffline MCK14HD Full Mortise Short Leaf Inset MCK25HD Full Mortise Door Size Hinge Length 6' 8" 79" 7' 0" 83" 7' 2" 85" C B BL Clear Anodized Aluminum Dark Anodized Aluminum Black Anodized 8' 0" 95" 10' 0" 120" Electrical Options ACC4 Accessible 4 wire ACC8 Accessible 8 wire ACC12 Accessible 12 wire SER4 Serviceable 4 wire SER8 Serviceable 8 wire SER12 Serviceable 12 wire 242

243 Pemko Electrified Continuous Geared Hinge Overview Pemko continuous hinges bond the door and frame into an integrated unit and present a streamlined, nogap surface, affording privacy, safety and outstanding performance. The high load capacity of these hinges makes them ideal for use on high-frequency openings and where hinges are subject to abuse. Electrified continuous hinges are available in three options, depending on level of service desired at the opening. Any of these options are available as 4, 8 or 12 wire configurations. Quick Connect (QC) Option The hinge comes as a single section. Electrical modification is in the center of the hinge (except 83" hinge). Serviceable/Removable (SER) Option The hinge comes in three sections, allowing the section with the wires to be serviced or replaced without removing the door from the frame. Additionally the SER option allows the wires to be safely stored or delivered to the electrician or security contractor prior to the installation of the electrified hardware. Standard electrical modification is in the center of the hinge. Custom locations are available. Accessible (ACC) Option The hinge comes as a single section with each leaf able to pivot at the location of the wires to allow access. Standard electrical modification is in the center of the hinge. Custom locations are available. Features and Benefits Performance tested 3,000,000 cycles with TRI-FLEX titanium copper alloy cables TRI-FLEX cable conductor is warrantied for 5 years Handed Extruded 6063-T6 aluminum alloy/temper Available on edge hung aluminum continuous hinges 243

244 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Molex Connectors Wire Gauges Certifications 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 4, 8 or 12 pin 22 gauge cul Listed Pemko Electrified Continuous Geared Hinge How to Order Finishes Model Hinge Length Duty Electrical Option C FM 83 HD1 SER12 Models FM Full Mortise FMSLF Full Mortise Short Leaf Inset KFM Kawneer Full Mortise FS Full Surface FSBP Full Surface Balanced Pivot FSCP Full Surface Center Pivot Other models available Electrical Option QC4 Quick Connect 4 wires QC8 Quick Connect 8 wires QC12 Quick Connect 12 wires ACC4 Accessible 4 wires ACC8 Accessible 8 wires ACC12 Accessible 12 wires SER4 Serviceable 4 wires SER8 Serviceable 8 wires SER12 Serviceable 12 wires CM Concealed Monitor Lengths Door Size Hinge Length 6' 8" 79" 7' 0" 83" 7' 2" 85" 8' 0" 95" 10' 0" 120" Finishes C Clear Anodized Aluminum B Dark Anodized Aluminum BL Black Anodized Duty Blank Standard Duty HD1 Heavy Duty 1 HD3 Heavy Duty Extreme Duty 244

245 McKinney Electrified Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges Overview McKinney stainless steel pin and barrel hinge is used on many of today s high-traffic, high-abuse doors. The hinge works well in locations that would normally call out for anchor hinges, pivot reinforcement hinges or thrust pivot unit and hinge sets. Because the full height of the door is supported, it stays perfectly aligned, reducing stress on installed hardware. This hinge saves on special door and frame preparation charges and makes the installer s job easier. It can be used on both fire labeled and non-labeled openings. Features and Benefits 3/16" diameter barrel type, stainless steel pin Heavy-duty 304 stainless steel and zinc plated steel Symmetrically templated hole pattern Standard with ElectroLynx connectors Supports up to 600 lbs. (FM300 & FM3700) or 900 lbs. (FM3500) cul and UL 10C rated 245

246 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Molex Connectors Wire Gauges Certifications 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 4, 8 or 12 pin 22 & 26 gauge cul Listed McKinney Electrified Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges How to Order Model Length Hinge Option MCKFM TAP12 Models MCKFM3500 MCKFM300 MCKFM200 MCKFM100 MCKHG3505 MCKHG305 MCKHG315 MCKFM300WT Edge Mount Edge Mount Edge Mount Edge Mount Hinge Guard Hinge Guard Hinge Guard Wide Throw Edge Mount Lengths Door Size Hinge Length 6' 8" 79-3/16" 7' 0" 83-1/8" 7' 2" 85-1/8" 8' 0" 95" 10' 0" 118-3/4" Finishes 630/US32D Brushed Stainless Steel Zinc Plated Carbon Steel Material ga. Zinc Plated Steel ga. 304 Stainless Steel ga. 304 Stainless Steel Electrical Option EL4 EL8 EL12 TAP4 TAP8 TAP12 ElectroLynx Connector 4 wire ElectroLynx Connector 8 wire ElectroLynx Connector 12 wire Electrical Transfer Access Prep 4 wire Electrical Transfer Access Prep 8 wire Electrical Transfer Access Prep 12 wire 246

247 Markar Electrified Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges Overview Markar stainless steel pin and barrel hinge is used on many of today s high-traffic, high-abuse doors. The hinge works well in locations that would normally call out for anchor hinges, pivot reinforcement hinges or thrust pivot unit and hinge sets. Because the full height of the door is supported, it stays perfectly aligned, reducing stress on installed hardware. This hinge saves on special door and frame preparation charges and makes the installer s job easier. It can be used on both fire labeled and non-labeled openings. Features and Benefits 3/16" diameter barrel type, stainless steel pin Heavy-duty 304 stainless steel, zinc plated steel and 6063-T6 aluminum Symmetrically templated hole pattern Standard with ElectroLynx connectors Supports up to 600 lbs. (300, 200 and 100 Series) or 900 lbs. (3500 Series) cul and UL 10C rated 247

248 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Molex Connectors Wire Gauges Certifications 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 4, 8 or 12 pin 22 & 26 gauge cul Listed Markar Electrified Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges How to Order Model Length Hinge Option FM TAP12 Models FM3500 Edge Mount FM300 Edge Mount FM200 Edge Mount FM100 Edge Mount HG3505 Hinge Guard HG305 Hinge Guard HG315 Hinge Guard FM300WT Wide Throw Edge Mount Electrical Option EL4 ElectroLynx Connector 4 wire EL8 ElectroLynx Connector 8 wire EL12 ElectroLynx Connector 12 wire TAP4 Electrical Transfer Access Prep 4 wire TAP8 Electrical Transfer Access Prep 8 wire TAP12 Electrical Transfer Access Prep 12 wire AMS Adjustable Monitoring Switch Lengths Door Size Hinge Length 6' 8" 79-3/16" 7' 0" 83-1/8" 7' 2" 85-1/8" 8' 0" 95" 10' 0" 118-3/4" Finishes 630/US32D Brushed Stainless Steel C 628 Clear Anodized D 313 Dark Bronze Anodized Zinc Plated Carbon Steel Material 3500 Series 12 ga. 304 Stainless Steel 600 Series 14 ga. 316 Stainless Steel 300 Series 14 ga. 304 Stainless Steel 200 Series 14 ga. Zinc Plated Steel 100 Series 6063-T6 Aluminum 248

249 McKinney Power over Ethernet (PoE) Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinge Overview McKinney ElectroLynx PoE hinge enables transfer of Ethernet data and power through the hinge and door to the electrified PoE hardware. Installation is a snap with the friendly plug and play connectors, which allow power to be linked from the incoming source through the door to the electrified hardware. The PoE hinge features common wire colors coordinated to work with intelligent PoE electromechanical hardware from Corbin Russwin and Sargent. Features and Benefits Coordinates with intelligent PoE hardware from ASSA ABLOY Group brands Corbin Russwin and Sargent Each hinge features two 6-position and two 4-position Molex connectors The Electrical Transfer Access Prep (ETAP) is included, allowing easier access to wiring and making installation even faster No external wires minimize tampering PoE interface cable must be ordered separately to complete the opening 249

250 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Molex Connectors Wire Gauges Certifications Configuration 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 9 pin (2) Twisted pairs: 26AWG (2) Twisted pairs: 28AWG (1) Straight conductor: 24AWG cul Listed Power over Data (5 wire): Power and data supplied together over the 2 twisted pairs and the 24AWG conductor for the earth ground connection. Data with Power over spares (9 wire): Data over 2 twisted pairs with power over 2 twisted pairs and the 24AWG conductor for the earth ground connection. McKinney Power over Ethernet (PoE) Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinge How to Order Model Length Hinge Option MCKFM PoE Models MCKFM3500 Edge Mount MCKFM3700 Edge Mount MCKFM300 Edge Mount MCKHG3505 Hinge Guard MCKHG305 Hinge Guard MCKHG315 Hinge Guard Electrical Option Power over Ethernet (PoE) Lengths Door Size Hinge Length 6' 8" 79-3/16" 7' 0" 83-1/8" 7' 2" 85-1/8" 8' 0" 95" 10' 0" 118-3/4" Finishes 630/US32D Brushed Stainless Steel Zinc Plated Carbon Steel Material 3500 Series 12 ga. 304 Stainless Steel 600 Series 14 ga. 316 Stainless Steel 300 Series 14 ga. 304 Stainless Steel 3700 Series 14 ga. Zinc Plated Steel 250

251 Markar Power over Ethernet (PoE) Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinge Overview Markar ElectroLynx PoE hinge enables transfer of Ethernet data and power through the hinge and door to the electrified PoE hardware. Installation is a snap with the friendly plug and play connectors, which allow power to be linked from the incoming source through the door to the electrified hardware. The PoE hinge features common wire colors coordinated to work with intelligent PoE electromechanical hardware from Corbin Russwin and Sargent. Features and Benefits Coordinates with intelligent PoE hardware from ASSA ABLOY Group brands Corbin Russwin and Sargent Each hinge features two 6-position and two 4-position Molex connectors The Electrical Transfer Access Prep (ETAP) is included, allowing easier access to wiring and making installation even faster No external wires minimize tampering PoE interface cable must be ordered separately to complete the opening 251

252 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Input Voltage Output Voltage Molex Connectors Wire Gauges Certifications Configuration 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 6A continuous at 24VDC 16A inrush for 820ms 9 pin (2) Twisted pairs: 26AWG (2) Twisted pairs: 28AWG (1) Straight conductor: 24AWG cul Listed Power over Data (5 wire): Power and data supplied together over the 2 twisted pairs and the 24AWG conductor for the earth ground connection. Data with Power over spares (9 wire): Data over 2 twisted pairs with power over 2 twisted pairs and the 24AWG conductor for the earth ground connection. Markar Power over Ethernet (PoE) Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinge How to Order Model Length Hinge Option FM PoE Models FM3500 Edge Mount FM300 Edge Mount FM200 Edge Mount FM100 Edge Mount HG3505 Hinge Guard HG305 Hinge Guard HG315 Hinge Guard FM300WT Wide Throw Edge Mount Electrical Option PoE Power over Ethernet Lengths Door Size Hinge Length 6' 8" 79-3/16" 7' 0" 83-1/8" 7' 2" 85-1/8" 8' 0" 95" 10' 0" 118-3/4" Finishes 630/US32D Brushed Stainless Steel C 628 Clear Anodized D 313 Dark Bronze Anodized Material 3500 Series 12 ga. 304 Stainless Steel 600 Series 14 ga. 316 Stainless Steel 300 Series 14 ga. 304 Stainless Steel 200 Series 14 ga. Zinc Plated Steel 100 Series Aluminum 252

253 SECURITRON TSB-C Door Cord Overview The TSB Door Cord is the simplest and most economical solution for power transfer between a door frame and the door. It is designed with an armored stainless steel cable and mounting caps for ease of installation. Features and Benefits Flexible armored stainless steel cable conduit with plastic end caps Maximum flexibility for installation site on door/frame Includes both gray and black end caps Interior diameter: 1/4" (6 mm) MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 253

254 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Compatibility Certifications Flexible armored stainless steel cable conduit with plastic end caps has an interior diameter of 1/4" (6 mm) UL 10C fire-rated; ANSI A (+/- 150 psf) windstorm listed; Florida Building Code approved; ULC-S318 listed Product Options 18" (460 mm) length 36" (920 mm) length Securitron TSB-C Door Cord How to Order Part# Description TSB-C TSB 18" Door Cord with Caps, Gray/Black TSB-CXL TSB 36" Door Cord with Caps, Gray/Black Finishes 630 Satin Stainless Steel, with plastic end caps Dimensions 1.2" (30 mm) 18", 36" (460 mm, 920 mm) 1.2" (30 mm) 254

255 SECURITRON Electrical Power Transfer Overview The EPT Electric Power Transfer provides concealed, secure power and data conduit between a frame and door, transmitting power to electrified locks, exit bars and more. Its durable stamped steel housing and flexible spring steel conduit make the EPT suitable for most types of swinging doors with butt or continuous hinges or pivot hinges up to 3/4" (19.1 mm) offset. The EPT-SC accommodates swing-clear hinges and most pivot hinges. Features and Benefits Installs in the door and frame edges Flexible steel shield protects wire bundles up to 5/16" (7.9 mm) thick Works with almost any type butt hinge, continuous hinges and some pivot hinges Rounded mounting tabs MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 255

256 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Current Limit Compatibility Certifications 1A at 12V or 24V - AC or DC Flexible steel shield protects wire bundles up to 5/16" thick; Interior flex shield 3/8" (9.5 mm) UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; ANSI A (+/- 60 psf) windstorm listed; UL 634 listed (EL-EPT/EL-EPTL); ULC/ORD-C634 (EL-EPT/EL-EPTL) Product Options EPT EPTL EPT-SC Standard hinges and pivot hinges less than 3/4" (19.1 mm) offset Extended length Swing-clear hinges or pivot hinges with larger offset; not for use with center pivot doors EL ElectroLynx compatible including 12-22AWG wires, ElectroLynx connectors Securitron Electrical Power Transfer How to Order Part # Description EPT EPT Standard Version EPTL EPT Long Version EPT-SC EPT Swing-Clear, Standard Version EL-EPT EPT Standard Version, ElectroLynx EL-EPTL EPT Long Version, ElectroLynx EL-EPT-SC EPT Swing-Clear, Standard Version, ElectroLynx Finishes 625 Bright Chromium Plated Dimensions 9.8" (249 mm).88" (22 mm) 12.72" (323 mm) 18.07" (459 mm).88" (22 mm).67" (17 mm) 21.38" (543 mm) 256

257 SECURITRON Square-Cut Electrical Power Transfer Overview The SEPT offers concealed, secure conduit for power and data transfer between a frame and door. This unit is designed with a stamped steel housing and spring steel conduit to protect power and data wires. The square mounting tabs provide easier installation for recessed installation. The SEPT can be used on swing doors with butt hinges, continuous hinges or pivots with less than 3/4" (19.1 mm) offset. Features and Benefits Heavy-duty design Installs in the door and frame edges Flexible steel shield protects wires 1/4" (6.4 mm) inside diameter Works with almost any type of butt hinge or continuous hinge MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 257

258 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Current Limit Certifications SEPT: no wires furnished SEPT-10: (2) 18AWG max 5A; (8) 22AWG max 1A EL-SEPT: (12) 22AWG max 1A SEPT-C5e: (8) 24AWG max 1A; (1) 22AWG max 1A (ground) UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; ANSI A (+/- 150 psf) windstorm listed Product Options SEPT-10Includes 8-22AWG wires plus 2-18AWG wires for higher-current devices SEPT-C5E CAT5E EL-SEPT Compatible with 9-22AWG wire stranded conductor, Molex connectors ElectroLynx compatible with 12-22AWG Wires, ElectroLynx connectors Securitron Square-Cut Electrical Power Transfer How to Order Part# Description SEPT Electrical Power Transfer Square Cut Standard Version SEPT-10 Electrical Power Transfer Square 10 Wire SEPT-C5E Electrical Power Transfer Square CAT5E Compatible EL-SEPT Electrical Power Transfer Square ElectroLynx Finishes 625 Bright Chromium Plated Dimensions 13" (330 mm) 1" (25.4 mm) 258

259 SECURITRON Concealed Electrical Power Transfer Overview The heavy-duty, tamper-resistant Concealed Electrical Power Transfer (CEPT) securely transfers power and data from the hinge side of the frame to electrified hardware on the door. The unit is discreetly concealed between the frame and door when the door is closed. Available in three multi-wire configurations and four finishes, the CEPT complements any architectural setting. Features and Benefits Mortises into the edges of the door and frame Direct retrofit for competitor products Tamper-resistant All metal construction including backboxes 7/8" (22.2 mm) knockouts on backboxes accommodate EMF-type fittings Tested to 1,000,000 cycles Compatible with butt hinges up to 6" (152.4 mm) and continuous hinges with cutout MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 259

260 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Current Limit Certifications CEPT-10: (2) 18AWG max 5A; (8) 22AWG max 1A CEPT-C5e: (8) 24AWG max 1A; (1) 22AWG max 1A EL-CEPT: (12) 22AWG max 1A UL 10C fire-rated; ANSI A (+/- 150 psf) windstorm listed; Florida Building Code approved; ULC-S318 listed Product Options CEPT-10Includes 8-22AWG wires plus 2-18AWG wires for higher current devices CEPT-C5E EL-CEPT Includes CAT5E compatible with 9 22AWG wire stranded conductor, Molex connectors ElectroLynx compatible with 12-22AWG wires, ElectroLynx connectors Hinge Compatibility Hinge Door Angle Range 5" Butt Hinge degrees 5-1/2" Butt Hinge degrees 6" Butt Hinge degrees Not for use with center hung or balanced doors, pocket or offset pivots or swing-clear hinges Securitron Concealed Electrical Power Transfer How to Order Part# CEPT-10 CEPT CEPT CEPT-10-10B CEPT-C5E CEPT-C5E-04 CEPT-C5E-10 CEPT-C5E-10B CEPT-NW EL-CEPT EL-CEPT-04 EL-CEPT-10 EL-CEPT-10B Description CEPT US32D, Concealed, 10 Wire CEPT US04/606, Concealed, 10 Wire CEPT US10/612, Concealed, 10 Wire CEPT US10B/613, Concealed, 10 Wire CEPT US32D, Concealed, CAT-5E CEPT US04/606, Concealed, CAT-5E CEPT US10/612, Concealed, CAT-5E CEPT US10B/613, Concealed, CAT-5E CEPT Without Wires CEPT Concealed, US32D, ElectroLynx CEPT Concealed, US04/606, ElectroLynx CEPT Concealed, US10/612, ElectroLynx CEPT Concealed, US10B/613, ElectroLynx Dimensions 9" (229 mm) 1.2" (30.5 mm) 1.03" (26 mm) Finishes 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 630 Satin Stainless Steel 260

261 SECURITRON PowerJump ICPT Inductive Coupling Power Transfer Overview The Securitron PowerJump ICPT ports power contactlessly and invisibly across the door gap to run electrified hardware on the door. With flexible installation placement on the latch side, hinge side or top of the door, it transfers power without pins or wires, eliminating points of vulnerability and wear and no need to core-drill the door! Features and Benefits Transfers power wirelessly across door gaps of up to 3/16" (4.8 mm) Flexible mounting: can be installed on hinge side, latch side or top of frame Dual-voltage output 12VDC or 24VDC field-selectable Intermittent duty only (not intended for continuous duty applications) Recommended for fail secure devices Use with electrified locks, latches or other door hardware requiring up to 6W (0.5A at 12VDC) of power Adhesive backed templates for accurate installation MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 261

262 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Current Limit Input Operating Temperature Certifications 500mA at 12VDC 250mA at 24VDC 24VDC only 500mA max -40 to 120 F (-40 to 49 C) UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; ANSI A (+/- 150 psf) windstorm listed; FCC Part 15 compliant Securitron PowerJump ICPT Inductive Coupling Power Transfer How to Order Part# ICPT Description PowerJump Inductive Coupling Power Transfer Dimensions 2-3/4" (70 mm) 1-5/8" (40 mm) 1-1/4" (32 mm) Door Side Frame Side 262

263 Electric Strikes Overview Electric strikes are electromechanical door locking devices that are installed in place of the conventional lock strike plate. They are used in conjunction with mechanical locksets and a card reader, keypad or button to provide additional security, traffic control and convenience of remote operation. Electric strikes are available in a variety of designs to accommodate different lock types and door and frame styles. The ASSA ABLOY Group brands Adams Rite and HES offer electric strikes for every application. Products are available as strike bodies only, kits that include faceplates or as integrated products that include HID 125 khz Prox or iclass reader. 263

264 Products Available 1 ADAMS RITE 7100 Series Electric Strikes 2 ADAMS RITE 7200 Series Fire-Rated Electric Strikes 3 ADAMS RITE 7400 Series UltraLine Electric Strikes 4 HES 1006 Series Electric Strikes 5 HES 4500C Series Electric Strikes 6 HES 5000 Series Electric Strikes 7 HES 5200 Series Electric Strikes 8 HES 7501 Series Electric Strikes 9 HES 8000 and 8300 Series Electric Strikes 10 HES 8500 Series Electric Strikes 11 HES 9000 Family Surface Mounted Electric Strikes 12 HES Folger Adam 310 Series Electric Strike 13 HES Folger Adam Series Electric Strike 14 HES Folger Adam X Series Electric Strike 15 HES Folger Adam Series Electric Strike 16 HES Folger Adam 700 Series Electric Strike 17 HES Folger Adam 742 Series Electric Strike 264

265 ADAMS RITE 7100 Series Electric Strikes Overview Adams Rite 7100 Series Electric Strikes are basic Grade 1 electric strikes, with multiple models providing a variety of flexible solutions. These electric strikes are designed for Adams Rite deadlatches, cylindrical and mortise locksets. Models are available for use with aluminum, hollow metal or wood doors and jambs. The 7100 Series Electric Strikes are available with two optional monitoring signal switches (Form "C") to indicate when the latchbolt is engaged in the strike and whether the strike jaw is blocked. The 7100 Series are field convertible from fail safe to fail secure. Features and Benefits ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 standards Compact size Available in 12, 16, or 24VAC/VDC Field-selectable fail secure or fail safe Compatible with Adams Rite deadlatches, cylindrical locks, or mortise locks Retrofits with previous Adams Rite electric strikes Low current draw 265

266 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Voltage Current Draw Certifications Available in 12, 16, or 24VAC and VDC 0.33A at 12VDC 0.22A at 16VDC 0.17A at 24VDC 1.42A at 12VAC 0.63A at 16VAC 0.74A at 24VAC UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1 Options & Accessories Variety of faceplates and finishes Monitoring signal switches Lip extension kits Modular kits Quick and easy ElectroLynx connector Power supply Transformers Piezo horn for audible indication Finishes See How to Order for complete offerings For Adams Rite Deadlatches and Cylindrical Locks Latchbolt Projection: 1/2" to 5/8" Product # Application Aluminum X X X X X X Hollow metal X X X Wood X X X Faceplate Shape Flat Radius Flat Radius Flat Dimensions 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" 1-7/16" x 7-15/16" 1-7/16" x 10-1/4" 1-1/4" x 6-7/8" 1-1/4" x 6-7/8" 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" Case Dimensions Strike Opening 5/8" x 1-7/16 x 1/2" deep For Mortise Locks or Cylindrical Locks Latchbolt Projection: 3/4" Product # Application Aluminum X Hollow metal X Wood X Faceplate Shape Flat Flat Dimensions 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" Case Dimensions Strike Opening 3/4" x 1-7/16" x 5/8" deep 5/8" x 1-7/16" x 5/8" deep 266

267 ELECTROMECHANICAL Adams Rite 7100 Series Electric Strikes How to Order Product # Faceplate Shape Voltage Current And Duty Features* Finishes * 628** Flat 3 12 Volt 1DC Continuous or Intermittent 0 Standard/Fail Secure 313 Dark Bronze Anodized** Lip Extensions (Dim. A) (Door Centerline To Jamb Edge) /16" or less 1 Radius 4 16 Volt 4AC Intermittent 5 Fail Safe 335 Black Anodized** /2" /4" 5 24 Volt 7 Monitored/ Fail Safe 626 Satin Chrome** /8" /2" 9 Monitored/ Fail Secure 628 Clear Anodized** /4" /8" /16" 3 12 Volt /4" 4 16 Volt 4AC Intermittent 5 Fail Safe /2" /4" 5 24 Volt 7 Monitored/ Fail Safe /8" /2" 9 Monitored/ Fail Secure /4" /8" Flat 3 12 Volt 1DC Continuous or Intermittent 1DC Continuous or Intermittent 0 Standard/Fail Secure 652 Satin Chrome 0 Standard/Fail Secure 313 Dark Bronze Anodized /16" or less /16" or less 1 Radius 4 16 Volt 4AC Intermittent 5 Fail Safe 335 Black Anodized /2" /4" 5 24 Volt 628 Clear Anodized /8" /2" /4" /8" 05 2" 05 2" 05 2" Product# Voltage Current And Duty Features* Finishes Lip Extensions (Dim. A) (Door Centerline To Jamb Edge) * Volt 1DC Continuous or Intermittent 0 Standard/Fail Secure 313 Dark Bronze Anodized /16" or less 4 16 Volt 4AC Intermittent 5 Fail Safe 335 Black Anodized /8" /4" 5 24 Volt 626 Satin Chrome /2" /2" 628 Clear Anodized /8" /8" /4" * Volt 1DC Continuous or Intermittent 0 Standard/Fail Secure 313 Dark Bronze Anodized /16" or less 4 16 Volt 4AC Intermittent 5 Fail Safe 335 Black Anodized /2" /4" 5 24 Volt 7 Monitor/Fail Safe 626 Satin Chrome /8" /2" 9 Monitor/Fail Secure 628 Clear Anodized /4" /8" * Volt 1DC Continuous or Intermittent 0 Standard/Fail Secure 313 Dark Bronze Anodized /16" or less 4 16 Volt 4AC Intermittent 5 Fail Safe 335 Black Anodized /8" /4" 5 24 Volt 7 Monitor/Fail Safe 626 Satin Chrome /2" /2" 9 Monitor/Fail Secure 628 Clear Anodized /8" /8" /4" 05 2" 05 2" 05 2" *Fail secure can be field converted to fail safe or vice versa. **7101 available in 628, 313, 335 only. 267

268 How to Order 1-1/4" ELECTROMECHANICAL (37.3 mm) (31.8 mm) CYLINDER OF ADAMS RITE LATCH 1/4" 1-15/32" (6.4 mm) 1-7/16" 1" (66.7 mm) RADIUS FACE OF 7101 (41.3 mm) 1-1/16" (27 mm) 3/32" 1-1/4" (2.4 mm) (31.8 mm) (155.8 mm) 4-1/8" (66.7 mm) (104.8 mm) RADIUS FACE OF /16" (27 mm) HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE AND LATCHBOLT 3-3/8" 21/32" 1-1/4" 3/32" JAMB EDGE (2.4 mm) (31.8 mm) (85.7 mm) 21/32" MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED 4-1/8" JAMB PRESSED 1" METAL NUT 7130, /32" (37.3 mm) HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE (36.5 mm) 2-9/16" RADIUS FACE OF /16" (16.7 mm) PRESSED METAL NUT (174.6 mm) (16.7 mm) 1/4" 1-1/4" 21/32" (16.7 mm) 4-7/8" 21/32" JAMB EDGE 3-3/8" PRESSURE SENSITIVE SPACER 21/32" (16.7 mm) 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) A PRESSED METAL NUT 3-3/8" (39.7 mm) (41.7 mm) JAMB EDGE VERTICAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE FACE PLATE DIRECTLY OPPOSITE OF 4-1/8" DEADLATCH (104.8 mm) 3-3/8"MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED STRIKE AND LATCHBOLT (NOT PER STANDARD ANSI PREP LOCATION) TURN STRIKE UPSIDE DOWN FOR OPPOSITE HAND. (28.6 mm) 1" JAMB EDGE 7160 (46 mm) A JAMB EDGE HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE 1-1/2" STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" (SEE HOW TO ORDER) (25.4 mm) (21.4 mm) /4" MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED 1-9/16" (31.8 mm) 1/4" 1-1/8" (6.4 mm) 3/32" HORIZONTAL (2.4 mm) OF ELECTRIC STRIKE AND LATCHBOLT (NOT PER STANDARD ANSI PREP LOCATION) TURN STRIKE UPSIDE DOWN FOR OPPOSITE HAND. 1" (85.7 mm) (104.8 mm) 1" 27/32" PRESSED METAL NUT 3-3/8" (25.4 mm) (21.4 mm) 4-7/8" 1-1/4" 4-1/8" /8" 4-7/8" (123.8 mm) (85.7 mm) 1" JAMB 3/32" 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) PRESSED METAL NUT MOUNTING CLIP OF FACEPLATE DIRECTLY OPPOSITE OF DEADLATCH 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) 1-1/4" 3/32" VERTICAL(31.8OF DEADLATCH MOUNTING mm) (2.4 mm) SCREWS IN (2 SAME PLCS)PLANE AS ELECTRIC "A" STRIKE MOUNTING SCREWS VERTICAL CENTERLINE OF ELEC STRIKE FACEPLATE DIRECTLY OPP 1-3/8" CENTERLINE OF DEADLATCH (34.9 mm) 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) 27/32" (21.4 mm) PRESSURE SENSITIVE SPACER JAMB 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) VERTICAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE FACEPLATE DIRECTLY OPPOSITE OF DEADLATCH 4-1/8" HORIZONTAL OF STRIKE SAME AS HORIZONTAL OF LATCHBOLT 27 (21. (85.7 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 27/32" (123.8 mm) 1-1/4" (21.4 mm) 1-1/2" 3/32" 1-53/64" (2.4 mm) JAMB EDGE (38.1 mm) HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE 1-1/4" 3/32" (2.4 mm) (46.4 mm) A (31.8 mm)3 A STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" MOUNTING BRACKET (MOUNTING (SEE HOW TO ORDER) CLIP) WELDED TO JAMB MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED (OR PROVIDED) TURN STRIKE 3-3/8" UPSIDE DOWN mm) FOR OPPOSITE(85.7 HAND. (8 5/8" (15.9 mm) 27/32" 4-7/8" (21.4 mm) (123.8 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) (104.8 mm) 3-3/8" 4-7/8" 1/8 (3.2 m 3-3/8" (104.8 mm) 4-7/8" (31.8 mm) A DRILL & CSK FOR 8-32 FLAT HEAD SCREW (2 PLACES) 27/32" (4 PLACES) (2.4 mm) P S 20 (85.7 mm) 4-1/8" (38.1 mm) 5/32"1" 1-13/16" R 3-5/8" (92.1 mm) (4 PLACES) VERTICAL (25.4 mm) (2 PLC (104.8 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm) 3-3/8" 27/32" (4 mm) (46 mm) (25.4 mm) (21.4 mm) 1/4"1-1/4" ELECTRIC STRIKE (31.8 mm) (6.4 mm) (28.6 mm) 1-1/2" DRILL & CSK FOR 8-32 FLAT HEAD SCREW (2 PLACES) JAMB EDGE (104.8 mm) 1-1/8" mm) (46 mm)(4 (25.4 mm) (21.4 mm) (85.7 mm) (123.8 mm) (31.8 mm) (21.4 mm) (39.7 mm) 5/32" 1" 1-13/16" R /8" 4-1/8" 1-1/2" (46 mm) 1-9/16" 27/32" PRESSURE SENSITIVE SPACER (85.7 mm) /16" 4-7/8" (123.8 mm) 3-3/8" (25.4 mm) MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED 6-1/8" MOUNTING (155.6 mm) CLIP (28.6 mm) (38.1 mm) 4-7/8" A 4-7/8" VERTICA (23.8 mm SCREW 4-1/8"12-24 ST (28.6 mm) 1-7/16" 1" (36.5 mm) (25.4 mm) (38.1 mm) 27/32" STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" (SEE HOW TO ORDER) (39.7 mm) 1-1/8" (85.7 mm) (38.1 mm) 1" HORIZONTAL OF CYLINDER 1-9/16" 21/32" 6-1/8" (A-R 4500/4900 (155.6 mm) (39.7 mm)(16.7 mm) SERIES DEADLATCH) (123.8 mm) 3-3/8" (25.4 mm) /16" 5/8 (15.9 m 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) (85.7 mm) 4-7/8" HORIZONTAL 1-1/2" A (2.4 mm) HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE A MOUNTING BRACKET (MOUNTING CLIP) STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A WELDED UP TO 1-1/16" TO JAMB (SEE HOW TO ORDER) (OR PROVIDED) OF ELECTRIC (123.8 mm) (6.4 mm) 1-1/8" (27.4 mm) 1-41/64" 1-7/16" (36.5 mm) 3/32" 1-5/64" (2.4 mm) (85.7 mm) MOUNTING1-9/16" BRACKETS FURNISHED 1/4" (85.7mm) HORIZONTAL OF CYLINDER (A-R 4500/4900 SERIES DEADLATCH) HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE 3/32" 3-3/8" STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" (SEE HOW TO ORDER) (85.7 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) (16.7 mm) 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) MO ( W (36.5 mm)(85.7 mm) 5/32" DRILL & CSK FOR 8-32 SCREW (2 PLACES) JAMB 1-3/64" (85.7 mm) (4 mm) R MOUNTING CLIP 6-7/8" (29.8 mm) (26.6 mm) HORIZONTAL 17/64" OF (6.7 mm) CYLINDER 23/32" (A-R 4500/4900 (18.3 mm) 1-7/16" SERIES (36.5 mm) DEADLATCH) 1-7/16" 3-3/8" 21/32" (4 PLACES) (2.4 mm) (174.6 mm) 1-11/64" (2.4 mm) (27.4 mm) (41.7 mm) (123.8 mm) (16.7 mm) 3-3/8" 3/32" 1-5/64" 1-41/64" 3-3/8" (27 mm) (85.7 mm) 3/32" OF DEADLATCH MOUNTING (2.4 mm) SCREWS IN SAME PLANE AS ELECTRIC STRIKE MOUNTING SCREWS (16.7 mm) VERTICAL OF 1-1/4" ELECTRIC STRIKE (31.8 mm) FACE PLATE DIRECTLY 4-1/8" (104.8 mm)opposite OF DEADLATCH 1-1/16" (85.7mm) 3/32" (31.8 mm) 1-1/4" VERTICAL (31.8 mm) 21/32" DRILL & CSK FOR 8-32 SCREW (2 PLACES) (6.4 mm) 1-5/8" (85.7 mm) 3-3/8" 3-3/8" 5/32" (41.3 mm) 3-3/8" (260.4 mm) (85.7 mm) (174.6 mm) 6-7/8" (27 mm) 21/32" 21/32" 3-3/8" 1-15/32" MOUNTING (37.3 mm) CLIP 8-1/4" PRESSURE 1-1/8" SENSITIVE (209.6 mm) (28.6 mm) TURN STRIKE SPACER UPSIDE DOWN JAMB 1" FOR OPPOSITE HAND 6-7/8" (25.4 mm) 1-7/16" 7111: 10-1/4" 1-7/16" (85.7 mm) (65.1 mm) (41.3 mm) 7111: 7110: 9-29/64" 7-15/16" (36.5 mm) (4 PLACES) 1-1/8" 1-5/8" 7110: 7-7/16" (188.9 mm) 1-3/64" (26.6 mm) (4 mm) R 3/32" HORIZONTAL OF CYLINDER (A-R 4500/4900 SERIES DEADLATCH) (25.4 mm) (30.23 mm) (240.1 mm) (201.6 mm) (27 mm) (2.4 mm) 1" 1" (25.4 mm)1-3/16" 6-7/8" (174.6 mm) 1-1/16" (240.2 mm) (6.4 mm) (6.4 mm) 1-1/8" 1-5/8" 7111: 9-29/64" (28.6 mm) VERTICAL 1-5/64 (27.4 mm SCREWS STRI (41.7 mm) 8-1/4"(28.6 mm) (209.6 mm) (85.7 mm) 1-7/16" 7140 (16.7 mm) 1/4" 21/32" 1-41/64" (41.3 mm) STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" (SEE HOW TO ORDER) 1-1/4" TURN STRIKE UPSIDE DOWN FOR OPPOSITE HAND (36.5 mm) (85.7 mm) (27 mm) 21/32" (31.8 mm) 1-7/16" (36.5 mm) 1/4" (37.3 mm) 3-3/8" OF ELECTRIC STRIKE 3-3/8" RADIUS FACE OF 7131 MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED 1-15/32" 6-7/8"HORIZONTAL (65.1 mm) 1-1/16" A HORIZONTAL OF CYLINDER (A-R 4500/4900 SERIES DEADLATCH) (174.6 mm) 2-9/16" 1-5/8" JAMB EDGE 21/32" (260.4 mm) (25.4 mm) (41.3 mm) (8 7111: 9-29/64" (16.7 mm) 7111: 10-1/4" (6.4 mm) (28.6 mm) (123.8 mm) 3 3/32" (2.4 mm) (240.2 mm) 7110: 7-15/16" 1-1/8" (85.7 mm) 1-7/16" (36.5 mm) (16.7 mm) 1/4" (37.3 mm) (85.7 mm) 3-3/8" MOUNTING CLIP PRESSURE SENSITIVE SPACER 5/32 (4 mm (201.6 mm) 1-15/32" 3-3/8" (104.8 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) A VERTICAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE FACEPLATE DIRECTLY OPPOSITE OF DEADLATCH 21/32" (16.7 mm) STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" (SEE HOW TO ORDER) 4-7/8" (257.2 mm 3-3/8" DRILL & CSK FOR 8-32 SCREW (2 PLACES) A (201.6 mm 7111: 1-3/16" (30.23 mm) 10-1/8" (85.7 mm) (16.7 mm) (4 PLACES) (16.7 mm) 7110: 7-15/16 (36.5 mm) 3-3/8" 6-7/8" (174.6 mm) (41.3 mm) PRESSED 5/32" 1-1/16" METAL NUT (4 mm) R (27 mm) 1-7/16" (260.4 mm) JAMB 1-5/8" (85.7 mm) ( : 10-1/4" (25.4 mm) (123.8 mm) 7 9- (23 (201.6 mm) 1" 3-3/8" 3/32" (2.4 mm) 7110: 7-15/16" (85.7 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 4-7/8" (123.8 mm) 1-7/16" (36.5 mm) A VERTICAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE FACEPLATE DIRECTLY OPPOSITE OF DEADLATCH MOUNTING 1-15/32" 1/4" CLIP (37.3 mm) PRESSURE(6.4 mm) SENSITIVE 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) SPACER 4-7/8" (36.5 mm) (25.4 mm) (4 PLACES) DRILL & CSK FOR 8-32 SCREW (2 PLACES) (16.7 mm) 1-7/16" 1" 1-5/8" (16.7 mm) (4 mm) R 6-1/8" 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) (41.3 mm) 21/32" (27 mm) 21/32" (31.8 mm) CYLINDER OF ADAMS RITE LATCH 1/4" (6.4 mm) 2-5/8" 1-1/16" 7110, /4" (37.3 mm) 1-5/8" 5/32" (16.7 mm) 1-15/32" (25.4 mm) (41.3 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 21/32" 7100, " (123.8 mm) HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE AND LATCHBOLT (6.4 mm) 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) 4-7/8" (36.5 mm) 2-5/8" 1-5/8" Dimensions (37.3 mm) (155.8 mm) (25.4 mm) 1/4" 1-15/32" 6-1/8" 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) 3-5/8" (85.7 mm) (92.1 mm) (123.8 mm) HORIZONTAL PRESS SENSI

269 ADAMS RITE 7200 Series Fire-Rated Electric Strikes Overview Adams Rite 7200 Series fire-rated electric strikes are for use in hollow metal doors, in applications requiring a 3-hour fire rating. The 7240 is for cylindrical locksets with up to 5/8" latchbolt projection. The 7270 is for mortise or cylindrical locksets with up to 3/4" latchbolt projection without a deadbolt Series fire-rated electric strikes are available with two monitoring signal switches (Form "C") to indicate when the latchbolt is engaged in the strike and whether the strike jaw is blocked. The 7200 Series are assembled for fail secure (locked when unpowered) operation. Features and Benefits ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 standards Compact size Available in 12 or 24VAC/VDC Fire-rated in fail secure mode Low current draw 269

270 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Hollow metal 7240: cylindrical 7270: mortise or cylindrical Faceplate 7240, 7270: 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" Voltage Current Draw Available in 12, 16, or 24VAC and VDC 0.33A at 12VDC 0.22A at 16VDC 0.17A at 24VDC 1.42A at 12VAC 0.63A at 16VAC 0.74A at 24VAC Options & Accessories Monitoring signal switches Lip extension kits Quick and easy ElectroLynx connector Power supply Transformers Piezo horn for audible indication Finishes 630 Satin Stainless Steel Certifications UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1 For Adams Rite Deadlatches and Cylindrical Locks Latchbolt Projection: 7240: 5/8" 7270: 3/4" Product # Application Aluminum Hollow metal X X Wood Faceplate Shape Flat Flat Dimensions 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" Case Dimensions 1" x 3-3/8" x 1-5/8" deep 1" x 3-3/8" x 1-7/8" deep Strike Opening 5/8" x 1-7/16" x 9/16" deep 3/4" x 1-7/16" x 5/8" deep 270

271 ELECTROMECHANICAL Adams Rite 7200 Series Fire-Rated Electric Strikes How to Order Product # Voltage Current And Duty Features* Finishes Lip Extensions (Dim. A) (Door Centerline To Jamb Edge) Volt 1DC Continuous or Intermittent 0 Fail Secure* 630 Satin Stainless /16" or less 5 24 Volt 4AC Intermittent 9 Monitor/Fail Secure /8" Volt 1DC Continuous or Intermittent 0 Fail Secure* 630 Satin Stainless /16" or less 5 24 Volt 4AC Intermittent 9 Monitor/Fail Secure /8" *Not available Fail Safe 271

272 ELECTROMECHANICAL Dimensions /4" (31.8 mm) 3/32" (2.4 mm) 1-5/8" (41.3 mm) 1-1/16" (27mm) 21/32" (16.7mm) 1-15/32" (37.3 mm) 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) 1" (25.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm) 4-7/8" (123.8 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7mm) 3-3/8" (85.7mm) JAMB EDGE A STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" (SEE HOW TO ORDER) MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED /16" (39.7 mm) 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) 1" (25.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm) 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) 3/32" (2.4 mm) /2" (38.1 mm) 1-13/16" 1" 27/32" (46 mm) (25.4 mm) (21.4 mm) 4-7/8" (123.8 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) JAMB EDGE A STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" (SEE HOW TO ORDER) MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED 272

273 ADAMS RITE 7400 Series UltraLine Electric Strikes Overview Adams Rite 7400 Series electric strike is designed for Adams Rite deadlatches or cylindrical locksets. 74R1 and 74R2 are for rim exit devices. An array of models are available for use with aluminum, hollow metal or wood doors and jambs. With a robust and compact design featuring adjustable stainless steel split-jaws, and over 1,500 lbs. of holding force, these non-handed UltraLine electric strikes can release electrically with up to 25 lbs. of door preload. The 7400 Series operate at 12, 16, and 24VDC with one solenoid. Using jaw inserts of various sizes, the UltraLine 7400 Series electric strike is adjustable to compensate for door and frame related preload and security problems. Features and Benefits Exceeds ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 standards Over 1,500 lbs. of holding force Opens electrically with up to 25 lbs. of preload Compact size Single solenoid operates at 12, 16, and 24VDC Field-selectable fail secure or fail safe Compatible with Adams Rite deadlatches, cylindrical locks, and rim exit devices Retrofits previous Adams Rite electric strikes Low current draw 273

274 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Voltage Current Draw Certifications Field-selectable to match power source of 12, 16, or 24VDC. 16DC requires adapter. Adams Rite 4603 Rectifier required to convert low voltage AC current to DC current of same voltage. Please contact factory when using in AC mode. No UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1 Options & Accessories Variety of faceplates and finishes Monitoring signal switches Lip extension kits Modular kits Quick and easy ElectroLynx connector Power supply Transformers Piezo horn for audible indication Finishes See How to Order for complete offerings For Adams Rite Deadlatches, Cylindrical Locks Latchbolt Projection: 1/2" to 5/8" Product # Application Aluminum X X X X X X Hollow metal X X X X X Wood X X X Faceplate Shape Flat Radius Flat Radius Flat Dimensions 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" 1-7/16" x 7-15/16" 1-7/16" x 10-1/4" 1-1/4" x 6-7/8" 1-1/4" x 6-7/8" 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" Strike Opening 5/8" adjustable x 1-7/16 x 1/2" deep For Rim Exit Devices with Pullman type latchbolts Product # 74R1 74R2 Application Aluminum X X Hollow metal X Wood X Faceplate Shape Flat Flat Dimensions 1-3/4" x 9" x 11/16" 1-5/8" x 9" x 1/2" Strike Opening 5/8" x 1-7/16" x 9/16" deep 5/8" x 1-7/16" x 1/2" deep Latchbolt Projection 3/4" 1/2" 274

275 ELECTROMECHANICAL Adams Rite 7400 Series UltraLine Electric Strikes How to Order Product # Faceshape Plate Features Finishes M Flat - None Standard Finishes 629 Bright Stainless 1 Radius M Monitored 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 630 Satin Stainless A Modular Pack Body Kit* 335 Black Anodized Ritecoat Finish (7401 only) 605 Bright Brass 119 To match 335 Black Anodized 606 Satin Brass 121 To match 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 612 Satin Bronze 130 To match 628 Clear Anodized 628 Clear Anodized /16" - None Standard Finishes /4" M Monitored 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 628 Clear Anodized M Black Anodized 630 Satin Stainless 0 Flat - None Standard Finishes Ritecoat Finish (7431 only) 1 Radius M Monitored 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 119 To match 335 Black Anodized 7440 M None Standard Finishes 74R1 M Black Anodized 121 To match 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 628 Clear Anodized 130 To match 628 Clear Anodized M Monitored 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 612 Satin Bronze 335 Black Anodized 628 Clear Anodized 605 Bright Brass 629 Bright Stainless 606 Satin Brass 630 Satin Stainless - None 119 To match 335 Black Anodized M Monitored Fail secure can be field converted to fail safe or vice versa * Modular Packing Program match body kit with faceplate kit to complete. Use 7400A for standard jambs and 7401A for radius stile mounting. 121 To match 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 130 To match 628 Clear Anodized Product# Finishes 74R To match 335 Black Anodized 121 To match 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 130 To match 628 Clear Anodized 275

276 ELECTROMECHANICAL Dimensions 1-7/16" (36.5 mm) /4" (31.8 mm) 3/32" (2.4 mm) 1-7/16" (36.5 mm) 3/32" (2.4 mm) 21/ ( /8" (34.9 mm 1-13/32" (35.7 mm) 1-13/32" (35.7 mm) 7410: 7-7/16" (188.9 mm) 7410: 7-15/16" (201.6 mm) 1-21/32" (42.1 mm) 1-11/16" (42.9 mm) 1-1/16" (27 mm) RADIUS FACE OF /8" (85.7 mm) 3-3/8" 4-7/8" (85.7 mm) 4-1/8" (123.8 mm) (104.8 mm) 21/32" (16.7 mm) 1-25/32" (45.2 mm) 1-1/16" (27 mm) 7411: 9-29/64" (240.1 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 7411: 10-1/4" (260.4 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) JAMB A 6-1/8" (155.6 mm) JAMB /8" (85.7 mm) 21/32" (16.7 mm) 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) 74R1 A 1-13/32" (35.7 mm) 1-11/16" (42.9 mm) 1-1/16" (27 mm) RADIUS FACE OF /8" (174.6 mm) STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A 1-1/16" MOUNTING BACKSETS FURNISHED 1/8" (3.2 mm) 1-17/32" (38.9 mm) 1-27/64" (36.1 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm) 7/32" (5.6 mm) 1-41/64" (41.7 mm) 6-1/8" (155.6 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm) 11/16" (17.5 mm) STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 3/32" (2.4 mm) JAMB MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED 21/32" (16.7 mm) 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) 1-13/32" (35.7 mm) 1-11/16" (42.9 mm) A 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 1-17/32" STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A 1-1/16" (38.9 MOUNTING mm) BACKSETS FURNISHED 1-27/64" (36.1 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm) 7/32" (5.6 mm) MOUNTING 1-41/64" CLIP (41.7 mm) 8-1/4" (209.6 mm) PRESSED METAL NUT (2 REQD.) 9" (228.6 mm) 1-1/16" (27 mm) RADIUS FACE OF 7431 HORIZONTAL OF CYLINDER (A-R 4500) SERIES DEADLATCH 6-7/8" (174.6 mm) HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE VERTICAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE FACEPLATE DIRECTLY OPPOSITE OF DEADLATCH PRESSURE SENSITIVE SPACER 11/16" (17.5 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 21/32" (16.7 mm) 3/32" (2.4 mm) 1-7/16" (36.5 mm) SEE DETAIL A JAMB 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) A COMBINATION SCREW (2 REQD.) Ø 3/16 DRILL 8-32 X 3/8 FLAT HEAD SCREW (2 REQD.) 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) /8" (174.6 mm) 21/32" 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 8-1/8" (16.7 mm) (206.4 mm) PRESSURE SENSITIVE SPACER MOUNTING CLIP HORIZONTAL OF CYLINDER (A-R 4500) SERIES DEADLATCH VERTICAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE FACEPLATE DIRECTLY OPPOSITE OF DEADLATCH 5/32" (4 mm) R (4 PLACES) DRILL & CSK FOR 8-32 FLAT HEAD SCREWS (2 PLACES) PRESSED METAL NUT (2 REQD.) 3-3/8" 2-1/4" (57.2 mm) HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE 74R2 21/32" (16.7 mm) 1-7/16" (36.5 mm) 1-13/32" (35.7 mm) 1-11/16" (42.9 mm) SEE DETAIL A JAMB 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) DRILL & CSK A FOR 8-32 FLAT 3-3/8" 1-1/16" HEAD SCREWS (85.7 mm) 4-7/8" (27 mm) (2 PLACES) 4-1/8" (123.8 mm) (104.8 mm) COMBINATION SCREW (2 REQD.) 8-32 X 3/8 FLAT HEAD SCREW (2 REQD.) 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) 6-7/8" (174.6 mm) 3-3/8" ( /8" mm) (206.4 mm) 5/32" (4 mm) R (4 PLACES) JAMB 3/32" (2.4 mm) Ø 3/16 DRILL (85.7 mm) 4-7/8" TURN STRIKE UPSIDE DOWN 4-1/8" (123.8 mm) FOR OPPOSITE HAND (104.8 mm) JAMB 2-1/4" (57.2 mm) TURN STRIKE STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" UPSIDE DOWN MOUNTING BRACKETS 4-1/2" FURNISHED FOR OPPOSITE HAND (114.3 mm) 8-1/4" (209.6 mm) 1-5/8" (41.3 mm) 4-1/2" (114.3 mm) 8-1/4" (209.6 mm) 1-5/8" (41.3 mm) 15/16" (23.8 mm) 1-5/8" (41.3 mm) A 5/32" (4 mm) 1-19/32" (40.5 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) 21/32" (16.7 mm) 1-13/32" (35.7 mm) 1-11/16" (42.9 mm) A 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) 1-1/16" (27 mm) STANDARD UNIT FITS DIM. A UP TO 1-1/16" 1-5/8" (41.3 MOUNTING mm) BRACKETS FURNISHED 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 1-5/8" (41.3 mm) 5/32" (4 mm) 1-19/32" (40.5 mm) 8-1/4" (209.6 mm) 9" (228.6 mm) 3/32" (2.4 mm) HORIZONTAL OF CYLINDER (A-R 4500 & 4700 SERIES DEADLATCHES) 1-7/16" 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 3-3/8" (36.5 mm) (85.7 mm) HORIZONTAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE MOUNTING BRACKET WELDED TO JAMB 1/2" (12.7 mm) 21/32" (16.7 mm) MOUNTING BRACKETINSIDE FACE PRESSURE OF (MOUNTING CLIP) CLOSED DOOR SENSITIVE WELDED TO JAMB SPACER OR PROVIDED 8-1/4" (209.6 mm) 4-1/2" (114.3 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) JAMB 1-1/4" (31.8 mm) A 3-5/8" (92.1 mm) S 4-1/8 (104.8 m 12 (2 PL VERTICAL OF ELECTRIC STRIKE FACEPLA DIRECTLY OPPO OF DEADLATC MOU BR (MOUN WELDE OR PR COMBINATIO (20 SCREW (2 REQD. TURN STRIK UPSIDE DOW FOR OPPOSITE H 7/8" (22.2 mm) 1-5/8" (41.3 mm) 7/8" (22.2 mm) 8-1/4" (209.6 mm) 9" (228.6 mm) 7/8" (22.2 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 15/16" (23.8 mm) 1-5/8" (41.3 mm) #12 X 5/8 PHIL PAN HD SELF TAP SCREW 9" (228.6 mm) 9-1/16 REMOVE STOP MATERIAL TO CLEAR FACEPLATE TURN STRIKE UPSIDE DOWN FOR OPPOSITE HAND 8-1/4" (209.6 mm) 3-3/8" (85.7 mm) 276 PRESSURE SENSITIVE SPACER FO

277 HES 1006 Series Electric Strikes Overview The 1006 Series is the strongest and most versatile electric strike available. The dual interlocking plunger design and heavy-duty stainless steel construction enables it to exceed every standard developed for electric strikes. With multiple faceplate options, the 1006 will fully accommodate every lock designed to work within an ANSI 4-7/8" strike plate. Tested to exceed 3,000 lbs. of static strength, 350 ft.-lbs. of dynamic strength and factory tested to exceed 1,000,000 cycles of operation, the 1006 is in a class of its own. The 1006 Series is available as a Complete Pac with faceplates included in the box or as an Integrated Product with either an iclass or Prox card reader. 1006CS works with all cylindrical and mortise locksets, with or without a 1 deadbolt and includes a 1006 electric strike body, SMART Pac III and the extra faceplates. 1006CLB works with all cylindrical and mortise locksets and includes a 1006 electric strike body plus the faceplates. 1006CDB works with all locksets with a 1 deadbolt and includes a 1006 electric strike body plus the faceplates. 1006CAS is the complete electric strike used for continuous recapture of a 1" deadbolt for ANSI 4-7/8" strike plates. Features and Benefits Stainless steel construction Tamper-resistant Dual-voltage 12VDC or 24VDC continuous duty Static strength 3,070 lbs. (fail secure) Dynamic strength 350 ft.-lbs. (fail secure) Endurance 1,000,000 cycles Fail secure Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Accommodates up to 1" deadbolt Plug-in connector Full keeper shims for horizontal adjustment Trim enhancer 277

278 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Metal or Wood 1006: cylindrical, mortise, rim exit 1006CAS: mortise, 1006CLB, 1006CDB: cylindrical and mortise Latchbolt Projection Up to 1" Strike Opening Voltage Current Draw Certification Faceplates See faceplate chart Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC.45A at 12VDC.25A at 24VDC Continuous duty UL 10C fire-rated, 3 hour single door (fail secure only); UL 10C fire-rated, 1-1/2 hour double door (fail secure only); CAN4-S104(ULC-S104) fire door conformant; ANSI A windstorm listed; UL 1034, burglary resistant listed and suitable for outdoor use; UL 294 (6th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; NFPA-252 fire door conformant; ASTM-E152 fire door conformant; MEA New York City accepted; Florida Building Code approved FL#4776; RoHS compliant; Environmental Product Declaration; Patents: 6,021,038 & 6,595,564 See faceplate chart Dimensions 1-11/16" (42.7 mm) 3-3/8" (85 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 4-7/8" (123.4 mm) 3-3/8" (85 mm) 2-1/16" (52.4 mm) 1-3/4" (44.5 mm) Diagram shown with N Option 278

279 ELECTROMECHANICAL HES 1006 Electric Strikes How to Order Strike Series Voltage Finishes Optional Features D 630 LBM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 7000 or 7500 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number. Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as latchbolt monitor or latchbolt strike monitor. Options & Accessories LBM Latchbolt monitor LBSM Latchbolt strike monitor F Fail safe Rain guard Full keeper shims Lip extension trim adapter Trim enhancer BLK (goof plate) Trim adapter Replacement strike plate KD filler plate 150 Strike latch guard HESCUT-MTK Metal template kit 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel BLK Black 279

280 ELECTROMECHANICAL Faceplate Faceplate Option Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening LB Cylindrical and mortise Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" DB Mortise and tubular deadbolts without recapture Up to 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" E Corbin Russwin Security Bolt, Weiser bolt & normally extended 1 tubular deadbolts 1" 4-7/8 x 1-1/4 R Adams Rite style hookbolt Up to 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" Z Unit and Mono locks 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" J-2 Cylindrical Up to 3/4" 9" x 1-3/8" KM-2 Mortise Up to 3/4" 9" x 1-3/8" DB-2 Mortise and tubular deadbolts without recapture Up to 1" 9" x 1-3/8" J Cylindrical with up to up 3/4" throw and all locksets with centerlined bolts Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" KD Mortise Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" KM Mortise Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x1-1/4" HM Mortise with a 1" deadbolt 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" HTD Mortise with a 1" deadbolt and no deadlatch or a center-positioned deadlatch 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" ND Mortise with a deadbolt 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" NM Mortise with a deadbolt 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 280

281 HES 1500 & 1600 Series Electric Strikes Overview The HES 1500 and 1600 Series electric strikes set a new standard in the industry by offering dynamic integrated adjustability and field configurable options compatible with any cylindrical or mortise lock. The modular design of the platform makes stocking and installing easier with interchangeable faceplates and accessories. For the first time, the aesthetics of an electric strike are complimentary to other surrounding door hardware and blend in with the opening due to the fully finished design available in seven finishes. The HES 1500 Series electric strike is more than a new heavy duty, low profile solution for latchbolt locks. It accommodates every brand of cylindrical or mortise lock designed to work with a 4-7/8" strike plate. 1500C includes an electric strike body and faceplates for latchbolt applications. The HES 1600 Series heavy duty electric strike is the most advanced electric strike available on the market for cylindrical latchbolt and deadbolt locks. It accommodates up to a 1" deadbolt with enhanced vertical cavity spacing and will accommodate every brand of cylindrical or mortise lock designed to work with a 4-7/8" strike plate. 1600CS works with all cylindrical and mortise locksets, with or without a 1" deadbolt and includes an electric strike body and multiple faceplates. 1600CLB includes an electric strike body and faceplates for latchbolt applications. 1600CDB includes an electric strike body and faceplates for deadboth applications. Features and Benefits Stainless steel construction Tamper-resistant Dual-voltage 12/24VDC continuous duty Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance 1,000,000 cycles Field-selectable fail safe/fail secure Non-handed Interchangeable faceplates and accessories Field-replaceable springs and actuator Fully finished faceplate, keeper, case and trim Field-adjustable integrated shim ElectroLynx 281

282 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening Voltage Current Draw Certification Faceplates Metal or Wood Cylindrical and mortise 1500 Up to 3/4" latchbolt 1600 Up to 1" deadbolt See faceplate chart Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC.24A at 12VDC.12A at 24VDC Continuous duty UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour single door (fail secure only); UL 10C fire-rated, 1-1/2 hour double door; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; Windstorm resistant ANSI-ASTM E330 Florida Building Code approved TAS 201, 202, 203; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed and suitable for outdoor use; UL 294 (6th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; NFPA-252 fire door compliant; ASTM-E152 fire door compliant; RoHS compliant See faceplate chart Dimensions /8" (105 mm) 3-1/4" (82 mm) 4-7/8" (124 mm) 3-3/8" (95 mm) 1-3/4" (44 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 1-1/2" (38 mm) 1-1/4" (32 mm) 1-1/8" (29 mm) 1-3/8" (35 mm) 4-7/8" (124 mm) /8" (105 mm) 3-1/4" (82 mm) 3-3/8" (95 mm) 1-3/4" (44 mm) 1-1/2" (38 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 1-1/4" (32 mm) 1-3/8" (35 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 282

283 ELECTROMECHANICAL HES 1500 & 1600 Series Electric Strikes How to Order Strike Series Voltage Finishes Optional Features 1500/ D 630 DLM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 7000 or 7500 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number. Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as lock monitor or dual lock monitors. Options & Accessories LM Lock monitor DLM Dual lock monitor LMS Lock monitor and strike monitor DLMS Dual lock monitor and strike monitor 157 Torx screws xxx Lip extension trim adapter (xxx-finish to match) xxx Lip extension trim adapter (xxx-finish to match) xxx Trim enhancer kit (xxx-finish to match) xxx 1006 adapter and trim enhancer kit (xxx-finish to match) OPT-1SRK Spring replacement kit OPT-1LM Single lock monitor OPT-1DLM Dual lock monitors MOD-1SOL Solenoid replacement module Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel BSP Black Suede 283

284 ELECTROMECHANICAL Faceplate Faceplate Option Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening 1LB Includes: 1J Cylindrical Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 1K Mortise Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 1KD Mortise Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 1KM Mortise Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 1LB-2 Includes: 1J-2 Cylindrical Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 1KM-2 Mortise Up to 3/4" 9" x 1-3/8" 1DB (1600 Only) Includes: 1N Mortise Up to 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 1ND Mortise Up to 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 1NM Mortise Up to 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 1NTD Mortise Up to 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 1DB-2 (1600 Only) Includes: 1N-2 Mortise Up to 1" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 284

285 HES 4500 Series Electric Strike Overview The 4500C Series electric strike is a complete one-box solution designed to maintain 1/2" drywall penetration, even in a 2" UL 10C fire-rated frame. The 4500C features a low profile, 1-3/8" depth, heavy-duty stainless steel construction. Its strength is derived from a unique keeper pin locking design, enabling the 4500C to exceed the ratings of the frame, door and locking hardware. The 4500C includes two faceplates designed to accommodate either cylindrical or mortise locksets up to a 3/4" throw latchbolt. The 4500C Series is available as an Integrated Product with either an iclass or Prox card reader. Features and Benefits Stainless steel construction Tamper-resistant Static strength 3,000 lbs. Dynamic strength 100 ft.-lbs. Endurance rating 1,000,000 cycles Field-selectable fail secure/fail safe Dual-voltage 12 or 24VDC/VAC Two faceplates provided to accommodate a variety of locksets Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Accommodates up to a 3/4" latchbolt Strike body depth 1-3/8" Plug-in connector Trim enhancer Full keeper shims for horizontal adjustment 285

286 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Metal or Wood Cylindrical and mortise Latchbolt Projection Up to 3/4" Strike Opening Voltage Current Draw Certification Faceplates See faceplate chart Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC.24A at 12VDC/VAC.12 at 24VDC/VAC Continuous duty Power over Ethernet (PoE) friendly UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour single door (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; California State Fire Marshal listed; NFPA-252 fire door compliant; ASTM-E152 fire door compliant; RoHS compliant See faceplate chart Dimensions 1-11/16" (42.7 mm) 3-3/8" (85 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 4-7/8" (123.4 mm) 3-3/8" (85 mm) 2-1/16" (52.4 mm) 1-3/4" (44.5 mm) Diagram shown with N Option 286

287 ELECTROMECHANICAL HES 4500C Complete Electric Strike Solution How to Order Strike Series Complete Voltage Finishes Optional Features 4500 Complete 630 LBM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify "C" to include select faceplates and hardware in the box. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 7000 or 7500 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number. Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as latchbolt monitor or latchbolt strike monitor. Options & Accessories LBM Latchbolt monitor LBSM Latchbolt strike monitor Trim enhancer BLK Replacement strike plate 150 Strike latch guard 154-MTK Metal template kit 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer /2 1/2" stackable lip extension stackable lip extension Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel 287

288 ELECTROMECHANICAL Faceplate Faceplate Option Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening J Cylindrical Up to 3/4" throw 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" KM Mortise Up to 3/4" throw 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 288

289 HES 5000 Series Electric Strike Overview The 5000 Series is a compact, high-performance electric strike designed for low profile openings where there is limited space behind the jamb. Its strength is derived from a unique keeper pin locking design, enabling the 5000 to exceed the ratings of the frame, door and locking hardware. This field-selectable fail secure/fail safe unit is easy to install and accommodates latchbolts up to 5/8" throw. The 5000 Series is available as a Complete Pac with the 501 and 501A faceplates included in the box or as an Integrated Product with either an iclass or Prox card reader. Features and Benefits Tamper-resistant Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance 500,000 cycles Field-selectable fail secure/fail safe Dual-voltage 12 or 24VDC/VAC Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Accommodates 1/2" 5/8" latchbolt (5/8" with 1/8" door gap) Strike body depth 1-1/16" Plug-in connector Trim enhancer included 289

290 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Metal or Wood Cylindrical Latchbolt Projection Up to 5/8" Strike Opening Voltage Current Draw Certification Faceplates See faceplate chart Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC/VAC.24A at 12VDC/VAC.12 at 24VDC/VAC Continuous duty Power over Ethernet (PoE) friendly UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed and suitable for outdoor use; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; MEA City of New York approved; RoHS compliant See faceplate chart Dimensions 1-1/32" (26 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 3-3/8" (85.5 mm) 4-7/8" (123.4 mm) 3-3/8" (85.5 mm) 1-3/4" (44.5 mm) 1-3/8" (34.9 mm) 11/16" (17.1 mm) 1-1/16" (27.3 mm) Diagram shown with 501 Option 290

291 ELECTROMECHANICAL HES 5000 Series Electric Strike How to Order 5000 Complete 630 Optional Features Strike Series Complete Voltage Finishes LBM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify "C" to include select faceplates and hardware in the box. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 7000 or 7500 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number. Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as latchbolt monitor or latchbolt strike monitor. Options & Accessories LBM Latchbolt monitor 150 Strike latch guard HESCUT-MTK Metal template kit 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer /2 1/2" stackable lip extension " stackable lip extension /4 1-1/4" stackable lip extension Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel BLK Black 291

292 ELECTROMECHANICAL Faceplate Faceplate Option Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening 501 Cylindrical Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" Square corners and flat 501A Cylindrical or spring latches in aluminum frames Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" Radius corners and flat 502 Cylindrical or spring latches in aluminum frames Up to 3/4" 7-15/16" x 1-7/16" Radius corners and flat 503 Cylindrical or spring latches in aluminum frames Up to 3/4" 6-7/8" x 1-1/4" Radius corners and flat 504 Cylindrical Up to 3/4" 10" x 1-3/8" Radius corners and flat 292

293 HES 5200 Series Electric Strike Overview The 5200 Series electric strike features an in-frame horizontal adjustable design to simplify the installation process. This feature allows the installer to easily adjust the electric strike opening to accommodate the horizontal position of the latchbolt after the strike has been installed. This field-selectable fail secure/fail safe unit is easy to install and accommodates latchbolts up to 3/4" throw. The 5200 Series is available as a Complete Pac with the 501 and 501A faceplates included in the box or as an Integrated Product with either an iclass or Prox card reader. Features and Benefits Tamper-resistant Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strenth 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance 500,000 cycles Field-selectable fail secure/fail safe Dual-voltage 12 or 24VDC/VAC In-frame horizontal adjustment Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Accommodates 5/8" 3/4" latchbolt (3/4" with 1/8" door gap) Strike body depth 1-3/16" Plug-in connector Trim enhancer included 293

294 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Metal or Wood Cylindrical Latchbolt Projection Up to 3/4" Strike Opening Voltage Current Draw See faceplate chart Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC/VAC.24A at 12VDC/VAC.12 at 24VDC/VAC Continuous duty Power over Ethernet (PoE) friendly Certification UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; RoHS compliant Faceplates See faceplate chart Dimensions 1-1/16" (26.98 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 3-3/8" (85.5 mm) 4-7/8" ( mm) 3-3/8" (85.5 mm) 1-21/32" (41.9 mm) 1-5/16" (33.5 mm) Diagram shown with 501 Option 1-1/4" (31.75 mm) 27/32" (21.3 mm) 1-3/16" (30.16 mm) 294

295 ELECTROMECHANICAL HES 5200 Series Electric Strike How to Order Strike Series Complete Voltage Finishes Optional Features 5200 C 630 LBM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify "C" to include select faceplates and hardware in the box. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 7000 or 7500 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number. Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as latchbolt monitor or latchbolt strike monitor. Options & Accessories LBM Latchbolt monitor LBSM Latchbolt strike monitor Filler block for retro-fit applications 150 Strike latch guard HESCUT-MTK Metal template kit 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer /2 1/2" stackable lip extension " stackable lip extension /4 1-1/4" stackable lip extension Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel BLK Black 295

296 ELECTROMECHANICAL Faceplate Faceplate Option Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening 501 Cylindrical Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" Square corners and flat 501A Cylindrical or spring latches in aluminum frames Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" Radius corners and flat 502 Cylindrical or spring latches in aluminum frames Up to 3/4" 7-15/16" x 1-7/16" Radius corners and flat 503 Cylindrical or spring latches in aluminum frames Up to 3/4" 6-7/8" x 1-1/4" Radius corners and flat 504 Cylindrical Up to 3/4" 10" x 1-3/8" Radius corners and flat 296

297 HES 7000 Series Electric Strike Overview The 7000 Series offers two solutions to address preloaded doors. The in-frame adjustable feature allows the installer to easily adjust the electric strike opening to accommodate the horizontal position of the latchbolt after installation. The preload release function allows the electric strike to operate smoothly throughout the year under varying loads of the door caused by air conditioning pressure, changes in the weather, warped doors or doors with weather stripping that often bind standard electric strikes. This unit accommodates cylindrical latchbolts up to 5/8 throw and rim exit latchbolts up to 3/4 throw. Features and Benefits Stainless steel construction Tamper-resistant Static strength 1,500 lbs. (791 and 792 options) Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. (791 and 792 options) Static strength 1,000 lbs. (783S, 786S and 789S options) Dynamic strength 50 ft.-lbs. (783S, 786S and 789S options) Endurance 500,000 cycles Field selectable fail secure/fail safe Accommodate preload (up to 15 lbs., fail secure only) Horizontal adjustment Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Strike body depth 1-11/16" Plug-in connector Trim enhancer (791 and 792 options) Pocket adapter (786S and 789S options) 297

298 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Metal or Wood Cylindrical and mortise Latchbolt Projection Cylindrical up to 5/8" Rim exit up to 3/4" Strike Opening Voltage Current Draw Certification Faceplates See faceplate chart Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC/VAC.45A at 12VDC.25A at 24VDC Continuous duty UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; UL 294 (6th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1 (791 and 792 options); ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 2 (783S, 786S and 789S options); MEA City of New York approved; RoHS compliant See faceplate chart Dimensions 4-7/8" (123.6 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 3-3/8" (85.1 mm) 3-3/8" (85.3 mm) 1-13/16" (46.7 mm) 1-3/8" (34.5 mm) 1-1/4" (31.5 mm) 1-1/2" (38.1 mm) (42.6) 1-11/16" 298

299 ELECTROMECHANICAL HES 7000 Series Electric Strike How to Order Strike Series Complete Voltage Finishes Optional Features 7000 C LBM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify "C" to include select faceplates and hardware in the box. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 7000 or 7500 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number (find this number on the series catalog page) Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as latchbolt monitor or latchbolt strike monitor. Options & Accessories LBM SMB Latchbolt monitor Surface mounting box (783S and 789S options) Lip extension trim adapter Trim enhancer (goof plate) Keeper pocket adapter Full keeper shim pack /8 spacer plate (783S and 789S options, black finish only) Replacement strike plate (791 and 792 option) 150 Strike latch guard HESCUT-MTK Metal template kit 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes (791 & 792 options) 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel BLK Black (783S, 786S, & 789S options) 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze 630 Satin Stainless Steel 299

300 ELECTROMECHANICAL Faceplates Faceplate Option Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening 791 Cylindrical Up to 5/8" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 792 Cylindrical Up to 5/8" 7-15/16" x 1-7/16" 783S Rim exit Up to 3/4" 9" x 1-3/4" x 11/16" 786S Rim exit Up to 3/4" 6-1/2" x 1-3/4" x 1/2" 789S Rim exit Up to 3/4" 9" x 1-3/4" x 1/2" 300

301 HES 7501 Series Electric Strike Overview The 7501 Series electric strike is ideal for fire-rated applications with preload conditions that may be caused by a warped or misaligned door, weather stripping, a smoke seal or any other condition that could cause door bind. The heavy-duty stainless steel construction provides the strength and durability required to accommodate fire-rated latchbolts up to 3/4" throw. The 7501 Series is also available as an Integrated Product with either an iclass or Prox card reader. Features and Benefits Stainless steel construction Tamper-resistant Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance 500,000 cycles Field-selectable fail secure/fail safe Accommodates preload (up to 15 lbs.: fail secure only) Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Strike body depth 1-11/16" Plug-in connector Trim enhancer 301

302 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Metal or Wood Cylindrical Latchbolt Projection Up to 3/4" Strike Opening Voltage Current Draw Certification See faceplate chart Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC/VAC.24A at 12VAC/VDC.12 at 24VAC/VDC Continuous duty Power over Ethernet (PoE) friendly UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour single door (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; NFPA-252 fire door compliant; ASTM-E152 fire door compliant; MEA City of New York approved; RoHS compliant Options & Accessories LBM Latchbolt monitor 150 Strike latch guard HESCUT-MTK Metal template kit 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel Faceplates See faceplate chart HES 7501 Series Electric Strike How to Order Strike Series Voltage Finishes Optional Features LBM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 7000 or 7500 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number. Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as latchbolt monitor or latchbolt strike monitor. Faceplate Faceplate Option Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening 7501 Cylindrical Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-11/16" Dimensions 4-7/8" (123.6 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 3-3/8" (85.1 mm) 3-3/8" (85.3 mm) 1-13/16" (46.7 mm) 1-3/8" (34.5 mm) 1-1/4" (31.5 mm) 1-1/2" (38.1 mm) (42.6) 1-11/16" 302

303 HES 8000 & 8300 Series Electric Strikes Overview The 8000 and 8300 Series are compact, highperformance electric strikes featuring a unique concealed design for use with cylindrical locksets. No cutting on the frame is required. Simply remove the existing strike plate, adjust the vertical alignment feature to the latchbolt centerline, and install. Strength is derived from a unique keeper pin locking design, enabling the strikes to exceed the ratings of the frame, door and locking hardware. The 8300 complies with NFPA guidelines for retrofit into fire-rated frames. These field-selectable fail secure/fail safe units are easy to install and accommodate latchbolts up to 5/8" throw. The 8000 and 8300 are each available as a Complete Pac with faceplates included in the box or as an Integrated Product with either an iclass or Prox card reader. Features and Benefits No cutting on frame required Vertical adjustability to accommodate door sag and misalignment Tamper-resistant Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance 500,000 cycles Dual-voltage 12 or 24VDC/VAC Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Accommodates 1/2" 5/8" cylindrical latchbolt (5/8" with 1/8" door gap) Strike body depth 1-1/16" 303

304 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Metal or Wood Cylindrical Latchbolt Projection Up to 5/8" Strike Opening Voltage Current Draw Certification Faceplates See faceplate chart Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC/VAC.24A at 12VDC/VAC.12 at 24VDC/VAC Continuous duty Power over Ethernet (PoE) friendly UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed and suitable for outdoor use; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; RoHS compliant The following also apply to the 8300 Series: UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour single door (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; NFPA compliant; NFPA-252 fire door compliant; ASTM-E152 fire door compliant See faceplate chart Dimensions 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 4-7/8" (123.4 mm) 3-3/8" (85.5 mm) 1-7/16" (36.5 mm) 1-1/16" (27.3 mm) Diagram shown with 801 Option 304

305 ELECTROMECHANICAL HES 8000 & 8300 Series Electric Strikes How to Order Strike Series Complete Voltage Finishes Optional Features 8000/8300 C LBM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify "C" to include select faceplates and hardware in the box. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 7000 or 7500 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number (find this number on the series catalog page) Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as latchbolt monitor or latchbolt strike monitor. Options & Accessories Finishes LBM 2001M 2004M 2005M3 2006M Latchbolt monitor Plug-in bridge rectifier ElectroLynx adapter SMART Pac III Plug-in buzzer 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel BLK Black 305

306 ELECTROMECHANICAL Faceplate Faceplate Option Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening 801 Cylindrical Up to 5/8" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 801A Cylindrical Up to 5/8" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" Radius corners and flat 801E Cylindrical Up to 5/8" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 802 Cylindrical Up to 5/8" 7-15/16" x 1-7/16" 803 Cylindrical Up to 5/8" 805 Cylindrical Up to 5/8" 6-7/8" x 1-1/4" Radius corners and flat 9" x 1-3/8" Radius corners and flat 306

307 HES 8500 Series Electric Strike Overview The 8500 Series is a fire-rated, compact, high-performance electric strike featuring a unique concealed design for use with mortise locksets without a deadbolt. Designed for fast, convenient installation, the 8500 installs with little or no modification to the frame. Simply remove the existing strike plate, remove the dust box and install. Its strength is derived from a unique keeper pin locking design, enabling the 8500 to exceed Grade 1 ratings. This unique electric strike complies with NFPA guidelines for retrofit into firerated frames. The 8500 accommodates mortise latchbolts up to 3/4" throw.the 8500 Series is available as an Integrated Product with either an iclass or Prox reader. Features and Benefits No cutting to the face of the frame Stainless steel construction Tamper-resistant Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance 500,000 cycles Dual-voltage 12 or 24VDC/VAC Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Accommodates 3/4" mortise latchbolts Strike body depth 1-5/16" Plug-in connector Full pocket shims for horizontal adjustment 307

308 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Metal or Wood Mortise Latchbolt Projection Up to 3/4" Strike Opening Voltage Current Draw Certification Faceplates See faceplate chart Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC/VAC.24A at 12VDC/VAC.12A at 24VDC/VAC Continuous duty Power over Ethernet (PoE) friendly UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour single door (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; NFPA compliant; NFPA-252 fire door compliant; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed and suitable for outdoor use; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; RoHS compliant; ASTM-E152 fire door compliant See faceplate chart Dimensions 4-7/8" (124 mm) 4-1/8" (105 mm) 3-7/16" (87 mm) 3-7/16" (87 mm) 1-7/8" (48 mm) 1-7/16" (37 mm) 1-5/16" (33 mm) Removal of the dustbox required for use with ANSI/BHMA A prep 1-1/4" (32 mm) 308

309 ELECTROMECHANICAL HES 8500 Series Electric Strike How to Order Strike Series Voltage Finishes Optional Features LBM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 7000 or 7500 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number. Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as latchbolt monitor or latchbolt strike monitor. Options & Accessories LBM Latchbolt monitor LBSM Latchbolt strike monitor 150 Strike latch guard 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel 309

310 ELECTROMECHANICAL Faceplate Faceplate Option Lockset Latchbolt Projection Strike Opening 851M Mortise (Sargent 8200, 9200) Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 852K Mortise (Corbin Russwin ML2000) Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 852L Mortise (Schlage L9000) Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 852M Mortise (Yale manufactured after 2005, 8800, Accurate, Falcon, Kaba Ilco/Unican) Up to 3/4" 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" 310

311 HES 9000 Family Electric Strikes Overview Models of the 9000 family of surface mounted electric strikes were designed to accommodate rim exit, Corbin Russwin or Yale SquareBolt exit devices. Each model s components are completely encased within a thick stainless steel housing, so no cutting on the frame is required for installation. Simply place the electric strike on the surface of the frame, align it with the exit latchbolt and install. Adjustments have never been easier, as the base is separate from the cover. The 9400 Series is the slim-line solution that accommodates rim exit devices with a 1/2" throw Pullman latchbolt. The 9500 Series works with 3/4" throw Pullman latchbolts, comes with a 3-hour fire rating and complies with NFPA guidelines for retrofit into fire-rated frames. The 9600 Series was the first surface-mounted electric strike with the strength and durability required to exceed the severe forces of ANSI Windstorm testing. It accommodates 3/4" throw Pullman latchbolts. The 9700 Series accommodates Corbin Russwin and Yale SquareBolt exit devices. It is also ANSI Windstorm listed and complies with NFPA guidelines for retrofit into fire-rated frames. Features and Benefits Separate base and decorative cover for easy adjustments Stainless steel construction Tamper-resistant Static strength - 1,500 lbs. (9400, 9500) - 2,300 lbs. (9600, 9700) Dynamic strength - 70 ft.-lbs. (9400, 9500) ft.-lbs. (9600, 9700) Endurance 500,000 cycles - 500,000 cycles (9400) - 1,000,000 cycles (9500, 9600, 9700) Field-selectable fail secure/fail safe Horizontal adjustability Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Accommodates up to 3/4" - Up to 1/2" Pullman latch (9400) - Up to 3/4" Pullman latch (9500, 9600) - Corbin Russwin and Yale SquareBolt (9700) 311

312 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Metal or Wood Lockset Rim exit, Corbin Russwin and Yale SquareBolt Latchbolt Projection Up to 1/2" Pullman latch (9400) Up to 3/4 Pullman latch (9500, 9600) Corbin Russwin and Yale SquareBolt (9700) Voltage Current Draw Certification 12 or 24VAC/VDC.45A at 12VDC.25A at 24VDC Continuous duty UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed and suitable for outdoor use; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; RoHS compliant 9500 Series: UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034, burglary resistant listed and suitable for outdoor use; UL 294 (6th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; NFPA-252 fire door conformant; ASTM-E152 fire door conformant; California Fire Marshal listed; NFPA compliant; RoHS compliant 9600 Series: UL listed to ANSI Severe windstorm listed; Florida Building Code Approved (FL#14307); UL 1034 burglary resistant listed and suitable for outdoor use; UL 294 (6th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A Grade 1; Environmental Product Declaration; RoHS compliant 9700 Series: UL listed to ANSI Severe windstorm listed; UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104), NFPA-252 and ASTM-E152 fire door conformant; California Fire Marshal listed; NFPA compliant; Florida Building Code Approved (FL#19224); UL 1034 burglary resistant listed and suitable for outdoor use; UL 294 (6th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A Grade 1; RoHS compliant Options & Accessories LBM Latchbolt monitor LBSM Latchbolt strike monitor Spacer plate 9000-MTK Metal template kit SMB Surface mounting box 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel Dimensions 9" (228.6 mm) 1-3/4" (44.5 mm) 1/2" (13 mm) HES 9400, 9500, 9600, 9700 Series Electric Strikes How to Order Strike Series Voltage Finishes Optional Features LBM Choose the electric strike series number. Specify voltage (12 or 24) when ordering a 9000 and leave blank for the rest. Choose finish number. Complete Pacs are only available in the 630 finish. This item refers to options such as latchbolt monitor or latchbolt strike monitor. 312

313 HES Folger Adam 310 Series Electric Strike Overview The 310 Series is a 3-hour fire-rated, industrial grade electric strike designed for extreme heavy-duty applications. The all stainless steel construction of this device makes it ideal for high abuse applications that would disable other electric strikes. Features and Benefits Tamper-resistant, heavy-duty construction Constructed entirely of stainless steel for strength and corrosion resistance Horizontally adjustable keeper allows for door and frame misalignment Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance rating 500,000 cycles 1/2" keeper depth (310-2) 3/4" keeper depth ( /4 and /4OB) 1" keeper depth ( ) Non-handed Fail secure Plug-in connector 313

314 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Options & Accessories Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Latchbolt Projection Voltage Current Draw Certification Metal or Wood Cylindrical and mortise 310-1: For a 3/4" throw latchbolt (without deadbolt) on single and pairs of glass doors /4: Strike Body Only requires faceplate provided by glass door manufacturer 310-2: For a 1/2" or 5/8" throw latchbolt (without deadbolt) on single and pairs of doors /4OB: For a pair of doors, without a door coordinator, which are equipped with a lock having a 3/4" throw latchbolt (without deadbolt) /4: For a 3/4" throw latchbolt (without deadbolt) on single doors and pairs of doors : For a lockset with both a 3/4" throw latchbolt and a 1"throw deadbolt - Deadbolt must be retracted manually - Position of block within cavity is adjustable for RH and LH applications 12 or 24VDC.51A at 12VDC.25A at 24VDC Continuous duty UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour double door (fail secure only); UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour single door (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; wul 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; NFPA-252 fire door compliant; ASTM-E152 fire door compliant; MEA City of New York approved; RoHS compliant LCBMA Latchbolt and locking cam monitor with auxiliary switch 152 Universal mounting tabs Strike latch guard Wire-in bridge rectifier 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel HES Folger Adam 310 Series Electric Strike How to Order Model Number Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options 310 F 24D 630 LCBMA Choose the electric strike model number Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Choose finish number This refers to options such as latchbolt and locking cam monitor Strike bodies and faceplates can be ordered separately: Prefix Model Number Keeper Style Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options SB (PK) F 24D Specify strike body (SB) or faceplate (FP) Choose strike body or faceplate only model number Specify keeper style (none is standard) Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Find finish number on the series catalog page This refers to options such as latchbolt and locking cam monitor 314

315 HES Folger Adam Series Electric Strike Overview The is a 3-hour fire-rated, industrial grade electric strike designed for extreme heavy-duty applications. The all stainless steel construction of this device makes it ideal for high-abuse applications that would disable other electric strikes. The has a unique 3/4" faceplate with an integrated 1/4" base shim that can be removed in the field to accommodate rim exit devices with a 1/2" or 3/4" throw latchbolt. Features and Benefits Integrated shim for quick customization of faceplate thickness (1/2" to 3/4") Tamper-resistant, heavy-duty construction Constructed entirely of stainless steel for strength and corrosion resistance Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance rating 500,000 cycles Integrated ramps for better deadlatch handling Set screws for horizontal lockdown In-frame horizontal adjustability Wider faceplate (1-3/4") for greater versatility Non-handed Fail secure Plug-in connector 315

316 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Options & Accessories Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Latchbolt Projection Voltage Current Draw Certification Metal or Wood Rim exit 310-4: For up to 3/4" Pullman style latchbolts on single doors 310-4S: For SquareBolt style rim exit devices 12 or 24VDC.51A at 12VDC.25A at 24VDC Continuous duty UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour single door (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; NFPA-252 fire door compliant; ASTM-E152 fire door compliant; RoHS compliant LCBMA Latchbolt and locking cam monitor with auxiliary switch SMB Surface mounting box Wire-in bridge rectifier 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel HES Folger Adam Series Electric Strike How to Order Model Number Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options F 24D 630 LCBMA Choose the electric strike model number Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Choose finish number Choose options Strike bodies and faceplates can be ordered separately: Prefix Model Number Keeper Style Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options SB (PK) F 24D Specify strike body (SB) or faceplate (FP) Choose strike body or faceplate only model number Specify keeper style (none is standard) Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Find finish number on the series catalog page This refers to options such as latchbolt and locking cam monitor Dimensions 1-3/4" (44.5 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) 1/4" (6.3 mm) 8-1/4" (209.6 mm) 9" (228.6 mm) 1-3/4" (44.4 mm) 1-1/8" (28.5 mm) 5-5/8" (142.9 mm) 3/4" (19 mm) Model shown 1-13/64" (30.5 mm) 316

317 HES Folger Adam X Series Electric Strike Overview The X Vertical Surface Mounted Series is designed for heavy-duty applications on single or double doors. The all stainless steel construction of this device makes it ideal for high-abuse applications. This line of electric strikes will accommodate rim exit devices with a swinging or Pullman style latchbolt. Features and Benefits Tamper-resistant, heavy-duty construction Constructed entirely of stainless steel for strength and corrosion resistance Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance rating 500,000 cycles Adjustable keeper to allow for door and frame misalignment Pullman keeper Non-handed Fail secure Plug-in connector 317

318 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Options & Accessories Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Latchbolt Projection Voltage Current Draw Metal or Wood Rim exit : For both leaves of a pair of doors when spacing of the vertical rod is between 4" and 4-3/4" : For both leaves of a pair of doors when spacing of the vertical rod is between 4-5/8" and 5-3/8" : For both leaves of a pair of doors when spacing of the vertical rod is between 5-1/4" and 6" : For both leaves of a pair of doors when spacing of the vertical rods is between 2-5/8" and 3-3/8" 12 or 24VDC.51A at 12VDC.25A at 24VDC Continuous duty LCBMA Latchbolt and locking cam monitor with auxiliary switch Wire-in bridge rectifier 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel Certification UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; MEA City of New York approved; RoHS compliant HES Folger Adam X Series Electric Strike How to Order Model Number Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options X F 24D 630 LCBMA Choose the electric strike model number Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Choose finish number Choose options Strike bodies and faceplates can be ordered separately: Prefix Model Number Keeper Style Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options SB (PK) F 24D Specify strike body (SB) or faceplate (FP) Choose strike body or faceplate only model number Specify keeper style (none is standard) Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Find finish number on the series catalog page This refers to options such as latchbolt and locking cam monitor Dimensions C C A B C D E /8" 4-3/8" 1-13/16" 1-1/2" 3/4" E B A D " 5" 1-13/16" 1-1/2" 3/4" /8" 5-5/8" 1-13/16" 1-1/2" 3/4" " 3" 1-13/16" 1-1/2" 3/4" 318

319 HES Folger Adam Series Electric Strike Overview The Vertical Series is designed for heavy-duty applications on single or double doors. The all stainless steel construction of this device makes it ideal for high-abuse applications. This line of electric strikes will accommodate rim exit devices with a swinging or Pullman style latchbolt. Features and Benefits Tamper-resistant, heavy-duty construction Constructed entirely of stainless steel for strength and corrosion resistance Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance rating 500,000 cycles Adjustable keeper to allow for door and frame misalignment Non-handed Fail secure Plug-in connector 319

320 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Options & Accessories Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Latchbolt Projection Voltage Current Draw Metal or Wood Rim exit : For only the active leaf of a pair : For both leaves of a pair of doors when spacing of the vertical rods is between 4" and 4-3/4" : For both leaves of a pair of doors when spacing of the vertical rods is between 4-5/8" and 5-3/8" : For both leaves of a pair of doors when spacing of the vertical rods is between 5-1/4" and 6" : For both leaves of a pair of doors when spacing of the vertical rods is between 2-5/8" and 3-3/8" 12 or 24VDC.51A at 12VDC.25A at 24VDC Continuous duty F Fail Safe LCBMA Latchbolt and locking cam monitor with auxiliary switch Wire-in bridge rectifier 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes 612 Satin Bronze 627 Satin Aluminum Certification UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; MEA City of New York approved; RoHS compliant HES Folger Adam Series Electric Strike How to Order Model Number Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options F 24D 630 LCBMA Choose the electric strike model number Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Choose finish number Choose options Strike bodies and faceplates can be ordered separately: Prefix Model Number Keeper Style Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options SB (PK) F 24D Specify strike body (SB) or faceplate (FP) Choose strike body or faceplate only model number Specify keeper style (none is standard) Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Find finish number on the series catalog page This refers to options such as latchbolt and locking cam monitor Dimensions C C X A B C D E /2" 4-3/8" 1-13/16" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" B /8" 5" 1-13/16" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" A /4" 5-5/8" 1-13/16" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" /8" 3" 1-13/16" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" E /8" _ 1-13/16" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" C D A 320

321 HES Folger Adam 700 Series Electric Strike Overview The 700 Series is a 3-hour fire-rated, industrial grade electric strike designed for extreme heavy-duty applications. The all stainless steel construction of this device makes it ideal for high-abuse applications. The 712 Series is designed to accommodate 1/2" throw latchbolts, and the is designed to accommodate 3/4" latchbolts. Features and Benefits Tamper-resistant, heavy-duty construction Constructed entirely of stainless steel for strength and corrosion resistance Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Horizontally adjustable keeper allows for door and frame misalignment 1/2" keeper depth (712 and 732) 3/4" keeper depth ( and ) Non-handed Fail secure Plug-in connector Note: Some products will require relocation of the centerline when used with mortise locks. Consult HES customer support regarding use with the Best 40 Series. 321

322 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Options & Accessories Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Latchbolt Projection Voltage Current Draw Certification Metal or Wood Cylindrical and mortise 712: For use with 1/2" to 5/8" throw latchbolts in hollow metal applications : For use with 1/2", 5/8" or 3/4" throw latchbolts in hollow-metal frame applications 732: For use with 1/2" to 5/8" throw latchbolts in wood frame applications : For use with 1/2", 5/8" and/or 3/4" throw latchbolts in wood frame applications 12 or 24VDC.29A at 12VDC.15A at 24VDC Continuous duty UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour single door (fail secure only); UL 10C fire-rated, 1-1/2-hour double door (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; MEA City of New York approved; NFPA-252 fire door compliant; ASTM-E152 fire door compliant; RoHS compliant F Fail Safe LBMLCM* Latchbolt and locking cam monitor 150 Strike latch guard 152 Universal mounting tabs Wire-in bridge rectifier 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel HES Folger Adam 700 Series Electric Strike How to Order Model Number Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options 700 F 24D 630 LCBMA Choose the electric strike model number Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Choose finish number Choose options Strike bodies and faceplates can be ordered separately: Prefix Model Number Keeper Style Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options SB 712 (PK) F 24D Specify strike body (SB) or faceplate (FP) Choose strike body or faceplate only model number Specify keeper style (none is standard) Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Find finish number on the series catalog page This refers to options such as latchbolt and locking cam monitor *Models , , (LBMLCM) compatible with Sargent 78/8200 Series or BEST 40 Series mortise lock with a 3/4" latchbolt; consult customer support regarding use with other manufacturers. When using with a 3/4" eeper latchbolt detection will be dependent on the door gap not exceeding 1/8" in order to ensure functionality. 322

323 HES Folger Adam 742 Series Electric Strike Overview The Series is a 3-hour fire-rated, industrial grade electric strike designed for extreme heavy-duty applications. The all stainless steel construction of this device makes it ideal for high abuse applications. The Series comes standard with a variety of brackets to accommodate all major mortise and cylindrical locks with up to a 3/4" throw latchbolts. The is designed to work with a variety of mortise locks without deadbolts, including the Schlage L9000 and Yale 8800, without relocating the strike prep in the frame. Consult HES customer support regarding use with the Best 40 Series. This is the one electric strike to choose when you are uncertain of which lockset you may encounter. Features and Benefits Tamper-resistant, heavy-duty construction Constructed entirely of stainless steel for strength and corrosion resistance Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft.-lbs. Endurance rating 500,000 cycles Horizontally adjustable keeper to allow for door and frame misalignment Deadlatch tabs included 3/4" keeper depth Non-handed Fail secure Plug-in connector Full keeper shim 323

324 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Options & Accessories Jamb/Stile Type Lockset Latchbolt Projection Voltage Current Draw Metal Cylindrical and mortise : For use with 1/2", 5/8" or 3/4" throw latchbolts in hollow metal frame applications 12 or 24VDC.29A at 12VDC.15A at 24VDC Continuous duty F Fail Safe LBMLCM* Latchbolt and locking cam monitor 150 Strike latch guard 152 Universal mounting tabs Wire-in bridge rectifier 2001M Plug-in bridge rectifier 2004M ElectroLynx adapter 2005M3 SMART Pac III 2006M Plug-in buzzer Certification UL 10C fire-rated, 3-hour single door (fail secure only); UL 10C fire-rated, 1-1/2-hour double door (fail secure only); CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; UL 294 (6 th Edition) listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1; NFPA-252 fire door compliant; ASTM-E152 fire door compliant HES Folger Adam 742 Series Electric Strike How to Order Finishes 605 Bright Brass 606 Satin Brass 612 Satin Bronze 613 Bronze Toned 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630 Satin Stainless Steel Model Number Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options 742 F 24D 630 LCBMA Choose the electric strike model number Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Choose finish number (find this number on the series catalog page) Choose options Strike bodies and faceplates can be ordered separately: Prefix Model Number Keeper Style Fail Safe/Secure Voltage Finishes Options SB (PK) F 24D Specify strike body (SB) or faceplate (FP) Choose strike body or faceplate only model number Specify keeper style (none is standard) Specify an "F" for Fail Safe and leave blank for Fail Secure (standard) Specify voltage (12D or 24D) Find finish number on the series catalog page This refers to options such as latchbolt and locking cam monitor Dimensions 3/4" (18.8 mm) 3/8" (9.3 mm) 3/4" (19.1 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm) 4-7/8" (123.4 mm) 3-38" (85.7 mm) 4-1/8" (104.8 mm) 6-5/16" (159.9 mm) 1-5/8" (41.3 mm) 1-13/16" (46.3 mm) 9/16" (13.6 mm) 1-1/2" (38.1 mm) 9/16" (14.8 mm) 5/8" (15.9 mm) 1-1/4" (31.5 mm) 1-1/2" (38.1 mm) 1-15/16" (49 mm) 11/16" (17.6 mm) 2-7/16" (61.7 mm) *Models , , (LBMLCM) compatible with Sargent 78/8200 Series or BEST 40 Series mortise lock with a 3/4 latchbolt; consult customer support regarding use with other manufacturers. When using with a 3/4 keeper latchbolt detection will be dependent on the door gap not exceeding 1/8 in order to ensure functionality. 324

325 ELECTROMECHANICAL Lock Cross-Reference ANSI Lock Description Manufacturer Electric Strikes Mortise lockset Mortise lockset without a deadbolt Arrow, Baldwin, Best, Marks, Omnia, PDQ 1600CS, 1006CS 1600CLB, 1006CLB, RF1006CLB, IC1006CLB LB, 1006-KM, RF1006-KM, IC1006-KM 1500C, 4500C, RF4500, IC4500, Corbin Russwin ML2000 and Arrow 1600CS, 1006CS 1600CLB, 1006CLB, RF1006CLB IC1006CLB LB, 1006-KM, RF1006-KM, IC1006-KM 1500C, 4500C, RF4500, IC K, RF K, IC K Sargent 7700, 8100 Schlage L* 1600CS, 1006CS 1600CLB, 1006CLB, RF1006CLB, IC1006CLB LB, 1006-KD, RF1006-KD, IC1006-KD 1500C, 4500C, RF4500, IC M, RF M IC M (Sargent 8100 only) * L, RF L, IC L (Schlage L) Sargent , CS, 1006CS 1600CLB, 1006CLB, RF1006CLB, IC1006CLB, LB, 1006-KM, RF1006-KM, IC1006-KM 1500C, 4500C M, RF M, IC M Accurate, Falcon, Kaba Ilco/Unican, Yale 8700 (manufactured after 2005), Yale CS, 1006CS 1600CLB, 1006CLB, RF1006CLB, IC1006CLB LB, 1006-KD, RF1006-KD, IC1006-KD 1500C, 4500C, RF4500, IC M, RF M, IC M Mortise locksets Mortise lockset with a 1" deadbolt Accurate, Almet, Arrow, Baldwin, Best, Marks, Corbin Russwin, Falcon, Omnia, PDQ Schlage 1600CS, 1006CS 1600CDB, 1006CDB, RF1006DBL, IC1006CDB DB, 1006-AM*, 1006-HM*, 1006-NM, 1006T* Sargent, Yale 1600CS, 1006CS 1600CDB, 1006CDB, RF1006DBL, IC1006CDB DB, 1006-AD*, 1006-HD, 1006-ND *Not intended for continuous deadbolt recapture use 1006CAS 325

326 ELECTROMECHANICAL ANSI Lock Description Manufacturer Electric Strikes Cylindrical lockset Latchbolt for aluminum stile doors All manufacturers 5000, RF5000, IC LB, 1006-J, 7000C, RF7000, 1500C, IC , RF5200, IC5200 Cylindrical lockset Cylindrical lockset up to 5/8" throw Cylindrical lockset Cylindrical lockset up to 3/4" throw Rim mounted Rim mounted exit device up to 1/2" throw All manufacturers All manufacturers All Manufacturers 1600CS, 1006CS 5000, RF5000, IC C, RF7000, IC , RF8000, IC , RF8300, IC8300 V CS, 1006CS 1600CLB, 1006CLB, RF1006CLB, IC1006CLB LB, 1006-J, RF1006-J, IC1006-J 5200, RF5200, IC C, 4500C, RF4500, IC , RF7500, IC , RF , IC , RF9400, IC9400 Rim mounted Rim mounted exit device up to 3/4" throw Rim mounted Rim mounted exit deadbolt All Manufacturers Corbin Russwin, Yale (SquareBolt ) , RF , IC , , RF , IC , RF9500, IC , RF9600, IC S HES and Folger Adam electric strikes are designed to be installed in accordance with the ANSI/BHMA A /8" jam preparation. When accommodating a cylindrical lock, the electric strike is to be installed centerline to centerline. When accommodating a mortise lock, the centerline of the electric strike is to be installed 3/8" above the centerline of the mortise lock, except as noted for individual strikes. Folger Adam 712 Series and 310 Series will need special alignment with used with a mortise lock. HES electric strikes are all non-handed and designed for installation in hollow metal, concrete filled metal, aluminum and wood jambs. Folger Adam electric strikes are all non-handed and designed for installation in hollow metal, aluminum and wood jambs. 326

327 Cabinet Locks Overview Cabinet locks provide a compact and versatile electronic method for securing non-traditional openings such as cabinets, drawers and lockers. New industry requirements are driving service providers to find new ways to secure openings for tighter management of information and physical assets. Compared to mechanical solutions, electronic cabinet locks provide better monitoring and control while improving overall functionality as an extension of access control systems. Applications Data Server Cabinets File and document storage Equipment storage Controlled substance secure storage Evidence chain of custody (CoC) control Display cases Smart Lockers Medical or chemical storage Flaps on mail receiving facilities, interlocks, postal distribution systems Note: Please see Intgrated Wiegand section for K200, KS200 and Aperio section for K100, KS100 for additional cabinet lock options. 327

328 Products Available 1 HES HES KS (see page 121) 2 HES HES KS (see page 147) 3 HES K (see page 119) 4 HES K (see page 145) 7 SECURITRON M32-SS Split Strike Double Cabinet Door Magnalock 8 SECURITRON MCL 328

329 HES 610 Series Cabinet Lock Overview The HES 610 cabinet lock is a versatile, compact and cost-effective lock for wood and glass cabinets. The 610 cabinet lock can be triggered by a simple relay as part of an access control system or with a stand-alone keypad. The HES 610 is available in monitored and unmonitored versions. Typical uses include retail and office space. Features and Benefits Field-selectable fail secure/fail safe Compact design fits most drawers and cabinets Dual voltage 12 or 24 VDC/VAC Installation either at the side or front of cabinets 1-year limited warranty 329

330 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Holding Force Cabinet Type Voltage Current Draw 200 lbs. Wood, Glass Dual Voltage 12/24 VDC/VAC 260 ma at 12VDC 130 ma at 24VDC 140 ma at 12VAC 70 ma at 24VAC HES 610 Series Cabinet Lock How to Order 610 LM Cabinet Lock Optional Features Optional Features LM Locked state monitoring Finishes Black Dimensions 25/32" (20 mm) 5/32" (3.8 mm) 2" (48 mm) 13/32" (10 mm) 3/16" (4.5 mm) 25/32" (20 mm) 9/32" (7.4 mm) 1-3/4" (42 mm) 1-1/4" (32 mm) 13/16" (21 mm) 1-1/4" (32 mm) 1" (27.2 mm) 1-3/4" (42 mm) 13/32" (10 mm) 1/2" (5 mm) 9/32" (7.4 mm) 1-1/2" (38.5 mm) 3/16" (4.3 mm) 3/4" (19.2 mm) R10 3/8" (9.2 mm) Locking Element Rosette 330

331 HES 660 Series Cabinet Lock Overview The 660 multi-purpose locking solution brings electronic access control to your cabinets and drawers. This electro-mechanical lock has over 1,000 lbs. of holding force. Strong, convenient and flexible, it is ideal for corporate and government applications, including lockers, cabinets, and display cases. Features and Benefits Endurance over 1,000,000 cycles All metal construction Adjustable mounting brackets with final lockdown feature 6 ft. cable lead 3-year limited warranty 331

332 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Holding Force Cabinet Type Voltage Current Draw Static strength 1,000 lbs., Dynamic strength over 100 ft.-lbs. Metal 12 or 24VDC/VAC 240 ma at 12VDC (continuous duty) 120 ma at 24VDC (continuous duty) 700 ma at 12VDC (preload option) 350 ma at 24VAC (preload option) HES 660 Series Cabinet Lock How to Order Cabinet Lock Voltage Optional Features V or 24V LBSM Optional Features LBSM KO Locked State Monitoring Preload version (up to 15 lbs.) 660 Key Override Finishes Black Dimensions 3/16" (.5 mm) 1-11/16" (43.1 mm) 1" (25 mm) 1-11/16" (43.1 mm) 1/8" (3.8 mm) 1" (25 mm) 1-7/8" (46.9 mm) 3/16" (.5 mm) 2-11/16" (68.5 mm) 3-3/8" (58.4 mm) 15/16" (23.3 mm) 1-5/8" (40.6 mm) 2-5/16" (58.4 mm) 332

333 SECURITRON M32-SS Split Strike Double Cabinet Door Magnalock Overview Now you can add asset control to your existing access control system with the durable, power-efficient M32- SS. Each strike plate of the M32-SS delivers 300 lbs. of holding force (600 lbs. total). Ideal for securing large two-door cabinets, retail cases or double-door, indoor/ outdoor storage applications with out-swinging doors that share a common, center latching point. Features and Benefits Direct mount with common tools for strength and reliability Fully sealed for weather-proof operation 10 ft. (3.05 m) of jacketed, stranded conductor cable Noise suppression with included MOV Automatic dual-voltage no field adjustment required Instant release circuit no residual magnetism Efficient, low power usage Rust-resistant all ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability For 5/8" to 7/8" thick cabinet doors MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 333

334 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Holding Force Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature 600 lbs. (272 kg) (300 lbs. (136 kg) per strike) 12/24VDC 300 ma at 12VDC; 150 ma at 24VDC -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Indoor or outdoor use Certifications Patent: 8,094,017 Product Options Finishes B BondSTAT Magnetic Bond Sensor Patented (MBS) 630 Satin Stainless Steel Flex Cord, with Plastic End Caps Securitron M32-SS Split Strike Double Cabinet Door Magnalock How to Order Models Part # Description M32-SS M32 with Split Strike M32B-SS M32 MBS with Split Strike Note: Use with CWB-32 bracket for mounting option on wood or concrete Dimensions Split Strike Plate 8" (203 mm) 1-7/8" (47 mm) 1-5/8" (40 mm) 3" (76 mm) 1/2" (12 mm) 1-5/8" (410 mm) Cabinet Mount Quarter View 334

335 SECURITRON MCL Cabinet Magnalock Overview The compact MCL Magnalock is ideal for extending access control to all types of asset protection. Typical applications include jewelry cases, museum cases, gun cabinets, pharmaceutical storage cabinets, cash drawers and any swinging or sliding door or drawer that needs asset control indoors or out. Features and Benefits Direct mount or bracket mount with common tools for easy installation Fully sealed for weather-proof operation Universal bracket included to support a variety of applications Sealed 6 ft. (1.8 m) jacketed, stranded conductor cable Efficient, low power usage Rust-resistant all ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 335

336 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Holding Force Cabinet type Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature 200 lbs. (91 kg) Metal 24VDC 62 ma at 24VDC -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Indoor or outdoor use Securitron MCL Cabinet Magnalock How to Order Finishes Part # MCL-24 Description Magnetic Cabinet Lock 24 Volts 630 Satin Stainless Steel Flex Cord, with Plastic End Caps Dimensions 4-5/8" (117 mm) 1-1/8" (29 mm) 3/4" (19 mm) 1-1/8" (29 mm) 1/4" (6 mm) 3-1/8" (79 mm) Swinging Door Sliding Door 336

337 Electromagnetic Locks Overview Whether you need traffic control or high security products for online or offline access control systems, we deliver an array of code compliant electromagnetic locking devices for securing any opening. ASSA ABLOY Group brand Securitron has been your trusted source for the world s best electromagnetic locks since When you choose a genuine Magnalock, you get quality solutions for high traffic and high security applications plus the MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty. Features and Benefits Automatic dual-voltage uses 12 or 24 volt power supply and protects the Magnalock Excellent product quality Magnalocks are manufactured in an ISO9001 certified factory in Phoenix, Arizona World-class technical support experts, ready to assist you in selecting hardware, wiring and troubleshooting your opening MagnaCare, the best warranty in the industry lifetime replacement, no-fault, no questions asked 337

338 ELECTROMECHANICAL Ultra-Durable Magnalock Features Low power usage; at 3 watts (less wattage than a typical nightlight), a Securitron Magnalock operates efficiently with a smaller power supply, thinner wiring and longer battery backup Smart Magnalock Features Available with PIR REX, CCTV surveillance camera; BondSTAT and DPS reduce the number of devices to buy and install at the door 100% waterproof design, shock-absorbing polyurethane, stainless steel casing and plated lock face that is impervious to corrosion operates from -40 F to 140 F [-40 C to 60 C] Instant release circuit with no residual magnetism and no inductive kickback Sleek, low profile and refined lines for aesthetically demanding applications Patent-pending template and bracket mounting system enable accurate alignment of magnet and armature plate for maximum holding force M32 M62 M82 M380 M

339 ELECTROMECHANICAL Genuine Securitron Magnalock Selection Guide Out-Swing Door Magnalock Selection Guide Locks mount on the secure side of the door and door swings away from secure side. Dual doors will require two locks (X2), one for each leaf except for DM62. Preferred application = X Door Type M32 M380 M62 M680 M82 SAM Glass Door (with Aluminum Frame) X X Wood Door (Traffic Control) X X Wood Door (High Security) X X Metal Door (Traffic Control) X X Metal Door (High Security) X X X Herculite Door (without Top or X Bottom Rail) Herculite Door (with Top or Bottom Rail) X In-Swing Door Magnalock Selection Guide Locks mounted on the secure side of the door & door swings toward secure side. Dual doors will require two locks (X2), one for each leaf. Preferred Application = X Door Type M32F M38 M62F M68 M82F Glass Door (with Aluminum Frame) X X Wood Door (Traffic Control) X X Wood Door (High Security) X X Metal Door (Traffic Control) X Metal Door (High Security) X X X Sliding Door Magnalock Selection Guide Preferred Application = X Door Type M34R SAM Double Sliding Doors X Single Sliding Doors X All Securitron Magnalocks are Fail Safe Electric Locking Devices 339

340 Products Available 1 SECURITRON M380 Magnalock 2 SECURITRON M370 Magnalock 3 SECURITRON M680 Magnalock 4 SECURITRON M670 Magnalock 5 SECURITRON M38 Magnalock 6 SECURITRON imxda Exit Delay Magnalock 7 SECURITRON M32 Magnalock 8 SECURITRON M62 Magnalock 9 SECURITRON M82Magnalock 10 SECURITRON DM62 Double Magnalock 11 SECURITRON M62FG SASM Gate Magnalock 12 SECURITRON M34R Recessed Magnalock 13 SECURITRON SAM2-24 Shear Aligning Magnalock 14 SECURITRON MCL Cabinet Magnalock 340

341 SECURITRON M380 Magnalock Overview The M380 from Securitron provides strong hold in a stylish way. With unsurpassed intelligence, an integrated optional REX and surveillance camera, and incredible ease of installation, it sets a new standard for maglocks. Intelligent: An auto voltage-sensing microprocessor, along with Securitron s patented BondSTAT and door position monitoring, plus advanced options such as integrated camera and REX make for the most functional maglock ever. Stylish: The newest addition to the aesthetically pleasing line of maglocks, the M380 look is refined enough for the most discriminating designer openings with consolidated features that eliminate the clutter of multiple devices around the door. Simple: The M380 has the fastest, easiest, most secure installation of any bracket mount maglock. Features and Benefits Bracket mounting provides the easiest install for out-swing doors Innovative install template for an effortlessly accurate alignment between magnet and armature plate Sleek, low profile and refined lines for improved aesthetics LED visual locked status with configurable red/green color output BondSTAT lock bond sensor patented Integrated DPS Adjustable automatic relock timer ( seconds) Auto-sensing dual-voltage with microprocessor technology Wire chamber with anti-tamper switch Efficient, low power usage Size optimized for use with door closers MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 341

342 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature Certifications Integrated Monitoring Options 600 lbs. (272 kg) 12/24VDC 510 ma at 12VDC; 270 ma at 24VDC (Magnalock power) 180mA at 12VDC; 80mA at 24VDC (Camera*) 25mA at 12VDC; 10mA at 24VDC (PIR*) *A separate contiuous power input is required to power the REX/camera 32 to 110 F (0 to 43 C) Indoor UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglaryresistant listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E , E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved Door Position Switch and BondSTAT included; PIR Request-to-Exit and video surveillance camera optional Securitron M380 Magnalock How to Order Model Number Optional Camera Optional PIR REX Finishes M380BD C or C2 X 612 Optional Camera Optional PIR REX Finishes C C2 Integrated video surveillance camera in black/white for low light conditions Integrated video surveillance camera in color X Integrated passive infrared request to exit (REX)d 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 628 Satin Aluminum, Clear Anodized (standard) 335 Satin Black, Coated 313 Satin Brown Dimensions 10" (254 mm) 2-7/16" (62 mm) 2-3/16" (56 mm) 7-7/16" (189 mm) 9/16" (14 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 342

343 SECURITRON M370 Magnalock Overview The M370 from Securitron provides strong hold, in a stylish way. With unsurpassed intelligence, an integrated optional REX and surveillance camera and incredible ease of installation, it sets a new standard for maglocks. Intelligent: A built in, auto voltage-sensing microprocessor along with Securitrob s patented BondSTAT and door position monitoring plus advanced options such as integrated camera and REX for the most functional maglock ever. Stylish: The newest addition to the aesthetically pleasing line of maglocks the M370 look is refined enough for the most discriminating designer openings with consolidated features that eliminate the clutter of multiple devices around the door. Simple: The fastest, easiest, most secure installation of any bracket mount maglock. Features and Benefits Bracket mounting provides the easiest install for out-swing doors Innovative install template for effortlessly accurate alignment between magnet and armature plate Sleek, low profile and refined lines for improved aesthetics LED visual locked status with configurable red/green color output Auto-sensing dual-voltage with microprocessor technology Wire chamber with anti-tamper switch Efficient, low power usage Size optimized for use with door closers MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 343

344 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature Certifications 600 lbs. (272 kg) 12/24VDC 510 ma at 12VDC; 270 ma at 24VDC 32 to 110 F (0 to 43 C) Indoor UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglaryresistant listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E , E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved Securitron M370 Magnalock How to Order Model Finishes* M Finishes 600 Paintable Primer Gray 628 Satin Aluminum, Clear Anodized* 335 Satin Black, Coated 313 Satin Brown * Satin Aluminum provided standard; use finish code for other finishes Dimensions 10" (254 mm) 2-7/16" (62 mm) 2-3/16" (56 mm) 6-1/4" (159 mm) 1/2" (13 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 344

345 SECURITRON M680 Magnalock Overview The M680 from Securitron delivers unsurpassed intelligence, style and convenience. Intelligence: A built-in, smart voltage-sensing microprocessor controls Securitron s patented BondSTAT and door position status monitoring. Style: The aesthetics of the M680 are refined enough for the most discriminating designer openings. Convenience: An integrated camera option provides a unique perspective for discreet surveillance and clear facial views. Easy installation: The M680 has the fastest, easiest, most secure installation of any bracket mount maglock. Features and Benefits Bracket mounting provides the easiest install for out-swing doors Innovative install templating for an effortlessly accurate alignment between magnet and armature plate Sleek, low profile and refined lines for improved aesthetics LED visual locked status with configurable red/green color output BondSTAT lock bond sensor patented Integrated DPS Auto-sensing dual-voltage with microprocessor technology Adjustable automatic relock timer (0 to 30 seconds) Wire chamber anti-tamper switch Efficient, low power usage Size optimized for use with door closers MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 345

346 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Integrated Monitoring Options Operating Temperature Certifications 1,100 lbs. (499 kg) 12/24VDC 550mA (± 10%) at 12VDC; 300mA (± 10%) at 24VDC (Magnalock Power) REX*: 25 ma (± 10%) at 12VDC; 10 ma (± 10%) at 24VDC Camera and REX Power*: 225 ma (± 10%) at 12VDC 90 ma (± 10%) at 24VDC *A separate contiuous power input is required to power the REX/camera Door position switch included; PIR request-to-exit and video surveillance camera optional 32 to 110 F (0 to 43 C) Indoor UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglaryresistant listed; UL 294 recognized component; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E ; California State Fire Marshal listed Securitron M680 Magnalock How to Order Model Number Optional Camera Optional PIR REX Finishes M680BD C or C2 X 612 Optional Camera Optional PIR REX Finishes C C2 Integrated video surveillance camera in black/white for low light conditions Integrated video surveillance camera in color X Integrated passive infrared request to exit (REX)d 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 628 Satin Aluminum, Clear Anodized (standard) 335 Satin Black, Coated 313 Satin Brown Dimensions 11-1/2" (292.1 mm) 2-9/16" (65 mm) 2" (51 mm) 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) STANDARD 9/16" (14 mm) 10-7/8" (277 mm) 346

347 SECURITRON M670 Magnalock Overview The M670 from Securitron delivers unsurpassed style and ease of installation. Style: The aesthetics of the M670 are refined enough for the most discriminating designer openings. Easy installation: The M670 has the fastest, easiest, most secure installation of any bracket-mount maglock. Features and Benefits Bracket mounting provides the easiest install for out-swing doors Innovative templating for an effortlessly accurate alignment between magnet and armature plate Sleek, low profile and refined lines for improved aesthetics LED shows red or green for lock status indication Auto-sensing dual-voltage with microprocessor technology Wire chamber anti-tamper switch Efficient, low power usage Size optimized for use with door closers MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 347

348 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature Certifications 1,100 lbs. (499 kg) 12/24VDC 575mA (± 10%) at 12VDC; 275mA (± 10%) at 24VDC 32 to 110 F (0 to 43 C) Indoor UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; CSA-C22.2 No. 205 listed; UL 294 listed; CE certified; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; ANSI/ BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved Securitron M670 Magnalock How to Order Model Number Finishes M Finishes 628 Satin Aluminum, Clear Anodized (standard) 600 Paintable Primer Gray 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 335 Satin Black, Coated 313 Satin Brown Dimensions 11-1/2" (292.1 mm) 2-9/16" (65 mm) 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) 348

349 SECURITRON M38 Magnalock Overview The M38 electromagnetic lock is ideal for traffic control in high-use areas within secured or monitored perimeters. Offerings include solutions for interior rooms, closets and hallways where reliability, high durability and low maintenance are required. Bracket mounting and wiring chamber provide quick, accurate installation. Features and Benefits Bracket mounts easily using common tools Internal wire access chamber Automatic dual-voltage no field adjustment required Instant release circuit no residual magnetism Efficient, low power usage Rust-resistant all ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 349

350 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature Certifications 600 lbs. (272 kg) 12/24VDC 350 ma at 12VDC 170 ma at 24VDC 32 to 110 F (0 to 43 C) Indoor UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; CSA-C22.2 No. 205 listed; UL 294 listed; ANSI/ BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved; CE certified Securitron M38 Magnalock How to Order Model Part #/Description M38 Magnalock Model 38 M38D M38, DPS M38DL M38, DPS, LED M38DLS M38, DPS, LED, Senstat M38DLST M38, DPS, LED, Senstat, Tamper M38DS M38, DPS, Senstat M38LS M38, LED, Senstat Finishes 628 Satin Aluminum, Clear Anodized Product Options S D L T Senstat Integrated door position switch (DPS) LED indicator Anti-tamper switch Dimensions 11-1/2" (292.1 mm) 2-9/16" (65 mm) 2" (51 mm) 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) STANDARD 10-7/8" (277 mm) 9/16" (14 mm) 350

351 SECURITRON M68 Magnalock Overview Ideal for traffic control in high-use areas where higher security is needed, the M68 electromagnetic lock provides reliability, durability and strength with low maintenance and efficient power consumption. Bracket mounting and wiring chamber provide ease of installation. Features and Benefits Strong hold and low maintenance Bracket mounts easily using common tools Internal wire access chamber Automatic dual-voltage no field adjustment required Instant release circuit no residual magnetism Efficient, low power usage Rust-resistant All ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 351

352 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature Certifications 1,200 lbs. (544 kg) 12/24VDC 250mA at 12VDC 125mA at 24VDC 32 to 110 F (0 to 43 C) Indoor UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; CSA-C22.2 No. 205 listed; UL 294 listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved; CE certified Product Options S D L T Senstat Integrated door position switch (DPS) LED indicator Anti-tamper switch Securitron M68 Magnalock How to Order Model Part #/Description M68 Magnalock Model 68 M68D M68, DPS M68DL M68, DPS, LED M68DLS M68, DPS, LED, Senstat M68DLST M68, DPS, LED, Senstat, Tamper M68DS M68, DPS, Senstat M68LS M68, LED, Senstat M68S M68, Senstat Finishes 628 Satin Aluminum, Clear Anodized Dimensions 2" (50.8 mm) 10-1/2" (266 mm) 3-5/8" (92 mm) 352

353 SECURITRON imxda Exit Delay Magnalock Overview Prevent losses at emergency exits with imxda. An attempted exit initiates an alarm and a brief delay before the lock releases, giving personnel time to respond before an exit occurs. Protect memory care wards, hospitals, dormitories, airports, child care facilities, and retail or warehouse environments. Used on out- swing doors, installation requires no alteration or replacement of existing fire-rated or non-fire-rated latching hardware. Features and Benefits Fully integrated delay and detection features for fast installation of delayed egress system Easily adjustable door movement detection from 1/8" (3.2 mm) to 1" (25.4 mm) Bracket mounted for ease of installation Automatic dual-voltage no field adjustment required Permits free egress in emergency situations Efficient, low power usage Compact 12-1/2" (317.5 mm) length can be used with most door closers BondSTAT magnetic bond sensor patented (MBS) Easily visible LEDs indicate status on secure side of door Advanced intelligent microprocessors provide alarm options and trainable door movement detection to minimize false alarms Configurable settings include: - Nuisance alarm times 0 to 3 seconds - Irrevocable delay times 15 or 30 seconds user selectable - External bypass delay times 0, 5, 10, or 15 seconds - Post alarm reminder user selectable - By pass expiration alarm user selectable - Manual relock or delayed automatic relock (BOCA) user selectable External alarm relay isolated dry contact (1A at 24VDC) External reset Rust-resistant All ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability Instant release circuit no residual magnetism Required sign included MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty Some settings are non-adjustable on imxda-ca and -CH models to comply with local codes 353

354 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature 1,200 lbs. (544 kg) 12/24VDC 370 ma max at 12VDC 270 ma max at 24VDC 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Indoor use only Certifications CAN/ULC-S533 Listed; ANSI/UL 294 Listed; NFPA 101; CSFM California State Fire Marshal Approved (IMXDA-CA only) Product Options iexda imxda-ca imxda-ch imxda-h allows alarm initiation via an external panic device CAL Fire BML Listed Chicago compliant HUGS Infant Protection System Securitron imxda Exit Delay Magnalock How to Order Model Part #/Description IEXDA Integrated Delay Egress External Initiate IMXDA Integrated Motion Exit Delay System IMXDA-CA Integrated Motion Exit Delay System California* IMXDA-CH Integrated Motion Exit Delay System Chicago IMXDA-H imxda for HUGS Infant Protection System *Denote 15 or 30 seconds on order form Finishes 630 Satin Stainless Steel Dimensions 8-15/16" (226 mm) 5/16" (8.1 mm) 2" (51 mm) 5/16" (8 mm) 1" (25 mm) 1" (25 mm) 5/16" (8 mm) 29" (737 mm) 3" (76 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) 3-5/8" (92 mm) 12-1/2" (318 mm) 354

355 SECURITRON M32 Magnalock Overview The M32 electromagnetic lock is ideal for traffic control in high-use areas within secured or monitored perimeters. With unsurpassed durability, the M32 will last long after most buildings wear out. Applications include storage areas, rooms and hallways where reliability, high durability and low maintenance are required. Features and Benefits Ultra-secure collapsing blind nuts mount to the door frame for strength and reliability Fully sealed for weather-proof operations 10 ft. (3 m) of jacketed, stranded conductor cable Automatic dual-voltage no field adjustment required Noise suppression with included MOV Efficient, low power usage Rust-resistant All ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 355

356 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature 600 lbs. (272 kg) 12/24VDC 300 ma at 12VDC 150 ma at 24VDC -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Indoor or Outdoor use Certifications UL 10C Listed; CAN4-S104, CAN/ULC-S533 Listed; ANSI/UL 294 Listed; CSA-C22.2 No.205 Listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal Approved; MEA City of New York Approved; CE:EN (92), EN (99) Approved; Environmental Product Declaration Product Options B D F M32SS BondSTAT Magnetic Bond Sensor Patented (MBS) Integrated Door Position Switch (DPS) Face Drilled Split Strike Securitron M32 Magnalock How to Order Finishes Model M32 M32B M32BD M32D M32F M32FB M32FBD M32FD Part #/Description M32 Magnalock 12/24VDC, MBS M32 Magnalock 12/24VDC, MBS M32 Magnalock 12/24VDC, MBS, DPS M32 Magnalock 12/24VDC, DPS M32 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled M32 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, MBS M32 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, MBS, DPS M32 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, DPS 630 Satin Stainless Steel Dimensions 8" (203 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 1-7/8" (47 mm) 6-1/4" (153 mm) 1/2" (12 mm) 1-5/8" (41 mm) 356

357 SECURITRON M62 Magnalock Overview The M62 is a strong, easy-to-maintain solution for interior, perimeter and exterior access control. With unsurpassed durability, the M62 will last long after most buildings wear out. Flexible mounting options support applications for hollow metal, concrete-filled metal, wood, or glass with aluminum frames, and Herculite doors. Options include single and double door configurations, or specialty applications such as gates and fences. Features and Benefits Ultra-secure collapsing blind nuts mount to door frame for strength and reliability Fully sealed for weather-proof operations 10 ft. (3 m) of jacketed, stranded conductor cable Automatic dual-voltage no field adjustment required Instant release circuit no residual magnetism Noise suppression with included MOV Efficient, low power usage Rust-resistant All ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability Fits in 2.5" (63.5 mm) of flat mounting space MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 357

358 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature Certifications 1,200 lbs. (544 kg) 12/24VDC 250 ma at 12VDC 150 ma at 24VDC -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Indoor or Outdoor UL 10C fire-rated; CAN/ULC-S533 listed; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; CSA-C22.2 No. 205 listed; UL 294 listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved; MEA City of New York approved; CE certified Product Options Securitron M62 Magnalock How to Order B BondSTAT Magnetic Bond Sensor Patented (MBS) D G F OS SS Finishes Dimensions 3" (76 mm) Integrated Door Position Switch (DPS) Universal threaded conduit fitting is 1/2" female 3/4" male (gate conduit) Face Drilled Offset Strike Plate Split Strike Plate 630 Satin Stainless Steel 8" (203 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) Model M62 M62B M62BD M62D M62F M62FB M62FBD M62FD M62FG M62FGB M62FGBD M62FGD M62G M62GB M62GBD M62GD M62-OS M62B-OS M62BD-OS M62BD-OS M62G-OS M62-SS M62B-SS Part #/Description M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, MBS M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, MBS, DPS M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, DPS M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled M32 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, MBS M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, MBS, DPS M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, DPS M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, Gate Conduit M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, Gate Conduit, MBS M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, Gate Conduit, MBS, DPS M62 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, Gate Conduit, DPS M62 Gate Conduit M62 Gate Conduit, MBS M62 Gate Conduit, MBS, DPS M62 Gate Conduit, DPS M62 with Offset Strike M62 MBS, with Offset Strike M62 MBS, DPS, with Offset Strike M62 MBS, DPS, with Offset Strike M62 Conduit, Offset Strike M62 with Split Strike M62 MBS, with Split Strike 1-3/4" (44 mm) 1/2" (12 mm) 6" (152 mm) 358

359 SECURITRON M82 Magnalock Overview The M82 electromagnetic lock offers unsurpassed magnetic holding strength, durability and ease of maintenance for interior, perimeter and exterior access control applications in high-risk environments. With unsurpassed durability, the M82 will last long after most buildings wear out. Flexible mounting options are available for higher security locations and other environments where extreme forces may be encountered. Features and Benefits Ultra-secure collapsing blind nuts mount to door frame for strength and reliability Fully sealed for weather-proof and tamper-resistant operations 10 ft. (3 m) of jacketed, stranded conductor cable Automatic dual-voltage no field adjustment required Instant release circuit no residual magnetism Noise suppression with included MOV Efficient, low power usage Rust-resistant All ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty Universal threaded conduit fitting is 1/2" female 3/4" male Split Strike Plates and Offset Strike Plates available 359

360 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature Certifications 1,800 lbs. (816 kg) 12/24VDC 350 ma at 12VDC 200 ma at 24VDC to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Indoor or Outdoor UL 10C fire-rated; CAN/ULC-S533 listed; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 294 listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved; CE certified Product Options B D F BondSTAT Magnetic Bond Sensor Patented (MBS) Integrated Door Position Switch (DPS) Face Drilled Securitron M82 Magnalock How to Order Finishes Model M82B M82BD M82B-SS M82FB M82FBD M82FGB M82FGBD M82GB M82GBD Part #/Description M82 Magnalock 12/24VDC, MBS M82 Magnalock 12/24VDC, MBS, DPS M82 Magnalock 12/24VDC, MBS with Split Strike M82 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, MBS M82 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, MBS, DPS M82 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, Gate Conduit, MBS M82 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Face Drilled, Gate Conduit, MBS, DPS M82 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Gate Conduit, MBS M82 Magnalock 12/24VDC, Gate Conduit, MBS, DPS 630 Satin Stainless Steel Dimensions 12" (305 mm) 1-3/4" (44 mm) 3" (76 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) 1/2" (12 mm) 9" (229 mm) 360

361 SECURITRON DM62 Double Magnalock Overview The versatile DM62 electromagnetic lock offers strength and ease of maintenance for interior, perimeter and exterior access control in a compact double magnet. This all-in-one unit is designed for double doors with no mullion. With unsurpassed durability, the DM62 will last long after most buildings wear out. Features and Benefits Ultra-secure collapsing blind nuts mount to door frame for strength and reliability Fully sealed for weather-proof operations 3' (1 m) of jacketed, stranded conductor cable for each lock Automatic dual-voltage no field adjustment required Noise suppression with included MOV Efficient, low power usage Rust-resistant All ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty Instant release circuit no residual magnetism 361

362 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Input Voltage Current Draw Operating Temperature Certifications 1,200 lbs. (544 kg) per lock 12/24VDC 250 ma at 12VDC/lock 150 ma at 24VDC/lock -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Indoor or Outdoor UL 10C fire-rated; CAN/ULC-S533 listed; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved Product Options B D OS BondSTAT Magnetic Bond Sensor Patented (MBS) Integrated Door Position Switch (DPS) Offset strike plates Securitron DM62 Double Magnalock How to Order Finishes Model DM62 DM62B DM62BD DM62B-OS DM62D DM62-OS ASCWB-DM62CL Part #/Description M62 (Double) 12/24VDC M62 (Double) 12/24VDC, MBS M62 (Double) 12/24VDC, MBS, DPS M62 (Double) 12/24VDC, MBS with Offset Strike M62 (Double) 12/24VDC, DPS M62 (Double) 12/24VDC with Offset Strike Aluminum 1-1/2" Spacer Concrete/Wood Bracket, DM62, Clear 630 Satin Stainless Steel Dimensions 22" (559 mm) 2-3/4" (70 mm) 3" (76 mm) 1-3/4" (44 mm) 6" (152 mm) 1/2" (12 mm) 6" (152 mm) 362

363 SECURITRON M34R Recessed Magnalock Overview The M34R secures single sliding doors with Magnalock strength for traffic control applications within a monitored perimeter. The recessed design on the edge of the door that comes against the frame when the door is closed conceals the maglock for hidden protection that blends with the aesthetics of the opening. Works great on automatic single sliding doors or on sliding doors for patios, storage closets and more. Features and Benefits Recessed for aesthetically appealing finish Fully sealed for weather-proof operations 10 ft. (3 m) of jacketed, stranded conductor cable Automatic dual-voltage no field adjustment required Instant release circuit no residual magnetism Noise suppression with included MOV Efficient, low power usage Rust-resistant All ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 363

364 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Current Draw Operating Temperature Certifications 500 lbs. (227 kg) 320 ma at 12VDC 170 ma at 24VDC -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Indoor or Outdoor use UL 10C Listed; CAN4-S104, CAN/ULC-S533 Listed; UL 294 Recognized Component; CSFM- California State Fire Marshal Approved; CE:EN (92), EN (99) Approve Product Options B D BondSTAT Magnetic Bond Sensor Patented (MBS) Integrated Door Position Switch (DPS) Securitron M34R Recessed Magnalock How to Order Finishes Model M34R M34RB M34RBD M34RD Part #/Description M34 Recessed M34 Recessed, MBS M34 Recessed, MBS, DPS M34 Recessed, DPS 630 Satin Stainless Steel Dimensions 1-1/8" (28 mm) 1/2" (13 mm) 10-1/2" (68 mm) 6-3/8" (162 mm) 1-7/16" (37 mm) 1-1/2" (38 mm) 364

365 SECURITRON SAM2-24 Shear Aligning Magnalock Overview The compact and versatile SAM2-24 Shear Aligning Magnalock provides 600 lbs. of holding force to swinging or sliding doors. It is ideal for traffic control and to secure smaller applications, like sliding closet doors, atriums, and more. The SAM2-24 mounts fully concealed into wood, steel, aluminum or Herculite doors in any position: at the header, door edge or threshold. Features and Benefits Direct mount to door frame for strength and reliability Compact design fits tight spaces Fully sealed for weather-proof operations 6 ft. (1.8 m) of jacketed, stranded conductor cable Noise suppression with included MOVs Instant release circuit no residual magnetism Efficient, low-voltage, low power usage Rust-resistant All ferrous metal surfaces plated for durability MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 365

366 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Holding Force Current Draw Operating Temperature 600 lbs. (272 kg) 62 ma at 24VDC only -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Indoor or outdoor use Not for use in open channel doors Certifications UL 10C fire-rated; CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant; UL 1034 burglary-resistant listed; ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1; E , E ; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved Product Options B D BondSTAT Magnetic Bond Sensor Patented (MBS) Integrated Door Position Switch (DPS) Securitron SAM2-24 Shear Aligning Magnalock How to Order Finishes Model SAM2-24 Part #/Description Shear Magnalock 24VDC, Mini Version 630 Satin Stainless Steel Dimensions 1-1/8" (29 mm) 1-1/8" (29 mm) 15/16" (24 mm) 7-3/16" (183 mm) 1" (25 mm) 366

367 Egress Devices and Accessories Overview ASSA ABLOY understands the importance of codecompliant openings for life safety and smooth egress. We offer an array of hardware options, including push buttons and exit bars, that can be configured to meet code requirements. 367

368 Products Available 1 SECURITRON EEB Emergency Exit Button 2 SECURITRON Push Buttons 3 ALARM CONTROLS TS-2 & TS-2T Push Button 4 ALARM CONTROLS Model EB-1 5 ALARM CONTROLS TS-14 & TS-60 Pneumatic Push Buttons 6 ALARM CONTROLS Model RT-1 Wireless Transmitter & Receiver 7 ALARM CONTROLS Model EXP-1 & EXP

369 SECURITRON EEB Emergency Exit Button Overview Install the EEB Emergency Exit Button next to the door to provide additional safety and redundancy as required by code when using a motion detector for a REX device. Features and Benefits Backup device in case of exit sensor failure per BOCA, NFPA, IBC, and VBC code Momentarily pressing the EEB releases the door for 30-seconds Available as single gang or narrow stile Re-triggerable for added 30-second release Field-selectable 12VDC or 24VDC to match lock voltage I nterchangeable green and red lenses included standard MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 369

370 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Contact Ratings SPST 3A wet N/C contacts Current Draw 28 ma at 12VDC or 38 ma at 24VDC when releasing the lock; no draw at rest Voltage Certifications 12/24VDC CSA-C22.2 No. 205 listed; ANSI/UL 294 listed; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved Product Models Part # EEB2 EEB3N PB2-LK PB3-LK Description EEB with 30 Sec. Timer SG, Grn/Red/Handicap EEB with 30 Sec. Timer Narrow Stile, Grn/Red Illumination Kit for PB2E, PB5E, EEB2 Series Push Buttons Illumination Kit, Grn/Red for PB3E/EEB3N Series 370

371 SECURITRON Push Buttons Overview Push Buttons are available in a broad selection of colors, sizes, switch types and outputs. With a wide range of options for interchangeable lenses and field convertible outputs, Securitron push buttons can release any maglock, alone or in conjunction with door closers and other hardware. 371

372 ELECTROMECHANICAL PB PB2 PB3 PB4L PB5 Shape/Size Medium Round Large Square Assorted Stainless Push Large Round Button with Halo Contacts 7A; DPST 5A; SPDT or DPDT 3A; DPST field convertible to DPDT Current Draw Switch LED: 30 ma; indicator LED: 20 ma 12VDC- indicator LED: 20 ma and switch LED: 9 ma 24VDC indicator LED: 20 ma and switch LED: 20 ma Indicator LED: 20 ma 4A; DPST 5A; DPST field convertible to DPDT Switch LED: 9 ma at 12VDC or 20 ma at 24VDC Voltage 12 or 24VDC 12 or 24VDC 12 or 24VDC 12 or 24VDC 12 or 24VDC Plate Stainless steel, Stainless steel, Stainless steel, single gang single gang single gang Size 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm) 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm) Stainless steel single gang or narrow stile single gang: 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm); narrow stile: 4.5" x 1.75" (114 mm x 44 mm); Surface Mount: 3.875" x 2" (98 mm x 51 mm) Stainless steel single gang or narrow stile single gang: 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm) narrow stile: 4.5" x 1.75" (114 mm x 44 mm) 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm) PB PB2 PB3 PB4L PB5 372

373 ALARM CONTROLS TS-2 & TS-2T Push Button Overview Model TS-2 Illuminated Push Button and TS-2T Electronic Timer Push Button feature 2" green square push buttons on a single gang stainless steel wall plate. Illuminated with hi-brightness LEDs, both offer SPDT momentary switches and are UL 294 Listed. Model TS-2T includes a 2 to 45 second adjustable timed output. Features and Benefits 2" green, square push button Single gang stainless steel wall plate Illuminated with hi-brightness LED Labeled PUSH TO EXIT TS-2-2 provides an additional SPDT momentary output TS-2T has a 2 to 45 second adjustable timed SPDT output UL 294 listed SPDT momentary action switch 373

374 ELECTROMECHANICAL TS-2 TS-2T Shape/Size 2" Square 2" Square Contacts 1A at 35VDC; SPDT 2A at 35VDC; SPDT Voltage 12 or 24VDC 12 or 24VDC Plate Stainless steel, single gang Stainless steel, single gang Size 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm) 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm) 374

375 ALARM CONTROLS Model EB-1 Overview Alarm Controls push buttons are available in a broad selection of colors, sizes, switch types and outputs. With a wide range of options for interchangeable lenses and field convertible outputs, Alarm Controls push buttons can release any maglock, alone or in conjunction with door closers and other hardware. Features and Benefits 1-1/2" red mushroom button Labeled "EXIT" Momentary switch Switch depth 2-1/2" behind plate One N/O and one N/C contact Model EB-1-1 meets IP65 standards Contacts rated 10A at 35VDC or 120VAC 375

376 ELECTROMECHANICAL Shape/Size Contacts Voltage Plate Size 1-1/2" mushroom button (2) 10A at 35VDC or 120VAC (1) normally open (1) normally closed 12 or 24VDC Stainless steel, single gang 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm) 376

377 ALARM CONTROLS TS-60 Pneumatic Push Buttons Overview Model TS-60 offers mushroom button labeled "PUSH TO EXIT" and provides pneumatic time delay range of 2 to 60 seconds. Features and Benefits 2-1/2 red mushroom button Labeled PUSH TO EXIT Pneumatic time delay range 2 to 60 seconds Single gang stainless steel electrical plate One N/O and one N/C contact 377

378 ELECTROMECHANICAL TS-14 TS-60 Shape/Size 2" square 2" square Button 1.5" green mushroom button 2.5" red mushroom button Contacts 1A at 35VDC; SPST 2A at 35VDC; SPST Current Draw Switch LED: 4 ma at 12VDC; 15mA at 24VDC indicator LED: 9mA at 12VDC; 19mA at 24VDC Switch LED: 4 ma at 12VDC; 15mA at 24VDC indicator LED: 9mA at 12VDC; 19mA at 24VDC Timer: 60mA max Voltage 12 or 24VDC 12 or 24VDC Plate Stainless steel, single gang Stainless steel, single gang Size 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm) 4.5" x 2.75" (114 mm x 70 mm) 378

379 ALARM CONTROLS Model RT-1 Wireless Transmitter & Receiver Overview The Model RT-1 Wireless Transmitters and Receiver can be mounted under a desk or on the wall with a range of 300 feet. Two transmitters are supplied with each receiver and one transmitter has a keychain. Additional transmitters are available and the receiver will accept up to thirty transmitters. The small-size receiver has a built-in five second relay on release and operates on 12 or 24 volts AC or DC. The working frequency is MHz with a rolling code with one billion combinations. 379

380 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Contact Ratings Current Draw Voltage Size Visual/Audible Communications Frequency Maximum Range Transmitters SPDT (1A at 30VDC or 120VAC) User programmable, 5-second momentary latching output 50mA 12/24VAC or VDC 2-1/2" L x 1-1/4" W x 3/4" D Bi-color LED MHz (Rolling code, more than one billion code combinations) 300 feet with 12 inch antenna Up to 30 (2 included with each receiver) Alarm Controls Model RT-1 Wireless Transmitter & Receiver How to Order Model RT-1 Product Options Finishes RT-1T Additional RT-1 wireless transmitter Off white 380

381 ALARM CONTROLS Model EXP-1 & EXP-15 Hazardous Location Push Buttons Overview Designed for hazardous locations, these Alarm Controls explosion proof momentary and latching action switches feature heavy cast NEMA type 7 enclosures. They are UL and ULC approved for hazardous locations and conforms to Class I, DIV. I and II, Group B, C, D, E, F and G. The 2" diameter push button are silkscreened with black epoxy ink and can be customized. The product features one normally-open and one normally-closed contacts rated 5A at 35VDC or 120VAC. Pipe thread is 1/2-14 NPT. 381

382 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Contact Ratings Plate Size Certifications (1) N/O and (1) N/C (5A at 35VDC or 120VAC) 2" Diameter Pushbutton Silkscreened with Black Epoxy Ink Heavy Cast NEMA Type 7 Enclosure (Pipe thread 1/2-14 NPT) UL and ULC approved for hazardous locations (Conforms to Class I/DIV I and DIV II, Group B, C, D, E, F and G) Alarm Controls Model EXP-1 & EXP-15 Hazardous Location Push Buttons How to Order Model EXP-1 EXP-15 EXP-2 EXP-25 Momentary Action Switch Push to Exit Momentary Action Switch Panic Latching Action Switch Push to Exit Latching Action Switch Panic Product Options Customized Options Available (Consult Factory) 382

383 SECURITRON DSB Dual Sense Bar Overview The dependable DSB Dual Sense Bar is the most reliable exit device available for magnetically locked, non-firerated doors. Its unique design delivers superior fault tolerance with two independent, redundant switch circuits for releasing the lock. The DSB can be installed on all types of interior metal, aluminum or wood doors. Meets no special tools or knowledge criteria required by code. Features and Benefits Redundant switches Release triggered by either 1/8" mechanical movement or reliable touch sense technology Resistant to interference from radio frequency or electromagnetic frequency and external impact/ bounce attempts All metal construction Can be field cut to fit nonstandard door widths 16 ft. (4.8 m) 22AWG 6 conductor cable and armored door cord included Automatic dual-voltage 12VDC or 24VDC Resists electrostatic discharge up to 27,000 volts MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 383

384 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Current Draw Input Voltage Operating Temperature Certifications Dual Sense Bar Only 24 ma at 12VDC or 24VDC Dual Sense Bar with Illumination 44 ma at 12VDC or 24VDC 12/24VDC 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C) Indoor use CAN/ULC-S533 Listed; ANSI/UL 294 Listed; CSA-C22.2 No.205 Listed; NFPA 101 Product Options 36" 36" (914 mm) length 42" 42" (1,067 mm) length (DPS) 48" 48" (1,219 mm) length (DPS) EL ElectroLynx ready I Illuminated via fiber optics TDM Through Door Mounting Kit for doors 1-3/4" to 2-1/4" thick Product Models Finishes Part # Description DSB-BK DSB 36", Black Anodized DSB-BK42 DSB 42", Black Anodized DSB-BK48 DSB 48", Black Anodized DSB-BKI DSB 36", Illuminated, Black Anodized DSB-BKI42 DSB 42", Illuminated, Black Anodized DSB-BKI48 DSB 48", Illuminated, Black Anodized DSB-CL DSB 36", Clear Anodized DSB-CL42 DSB 42", Clear Anodized DSB-CL48 DSB 48", Clear Anodized DSB-CLI DSB 36", Illuminated, Clear Anodized DSB-CLI42 DSB 42", Illuminated, Clear Anodized DSB-CLI48 DSB 48", Illuminated, Clear Anodized DSB-TDM Through Door Mounting Kit for DSB EL-DSB-CL Dual Sense Bar 36", Clear Anodized, ElectroLynx TCP-BK Touch Bar Cover Plates Set of 2, Black Anodized TCP-CL Touch Bar Cover Plates Set of 2, Clear Anodized BK CL Black Anodized Clear Anodized 384

385 SECURITRON EMB Electromechanical Bar Overview Use the Electromechanical Exit Bar (EMB) on magnetically locked, non-fire-rated doors or as an initiate device for a delayed egress timer. Pressing the bar activates internal mechanical switches that release the lock. Optional waterproof switches are available, which allow the EMB to function in protected outdoor applications. Meets no special tools or knowledge criteria for code requirements. Features and Benefits Low profile design requires only 1/4" movement for activation Can be field-cut to accommodate non-standard openings up to 48" Uses same mounting pattern as the TSB and DSB Direct retrofit for some competitor footprints Mechanical action activates a DPDT 5A rated output to allow free egress or initiate an exit delay timer Redundant switches ensure reliable, fault-tolerant operation All metal construction 16 ft. (4.8 m) 22AWG 6 conductor cable and armored door cord included MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty Cover plates for retrofit of competitor products 385

386 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Operating Temperature Certifications -4 to 185 F (-20 to 85 C) Optional Weather-resistant ANSI/UL 294 Listed Product Options 36" 36" (914 mm) length 42" 42" (1,067 mm) length (DPS) 48" 48" (1,219 mm) length (DPS) W Weather-resistant upgrade TDM Through Door Mounting Kit for doors 1-3/4" to 2-1/4" thick Product Models Finishes Part # Description BK Black Anodized EMB-BK EMB-BK-42 EMB 36", Black Anodized EMB 42", Black Anodized CL Clear Anodized EMB-BK-48 EMB 48", Black Anodized EMB-CL EMB 36", Clear Anodized EMB-CL-42 EMB 42", Clear Anodized EMB-CL-48 EMB 48", Clear Anodized WEMB-BK EMB 36", Black Anodized, Weather-resistant WEMB-BK-42 EMB 42", Black Anodized, Weather-resistant WEMB-BK-48 EMB 48", Black Anodized, Weather-resistant WEMB-CL EMB 36", Clear Anodized, Weather-resistant WEMB-CL-42 EMB 42", Clear Anodized, Weather-resistant WEMB-CL-48 EMB 48", Clear Anodized, Weather-resistant TCP-BK Touch Bar Cover Plates Set of 2, Black Anodized TCP-CL Touch Bar Cover Plates Set of 2, Clear Anodized 386

387 SECURITRON TSH Touch Sense Handle Overview Sized to conceal existing mounting holes, the TSH Touch Sense Handle replaces standard pulls on aluminum doors to allow maglock release for egress. With flexible options, it works equally well on in-swing doors or as a push-open device for out-swing doors, offering a clean look on aluminum frame glass doors. Features and Benefits For use on any push, pull or double-swing door Activates electronic release via DPST 2A rated relay when touched to allow free egress Backup push button 16 ft. (4.9 m) 22AWG 6 conductor cable and armored door cord included Automatic dual-voltage 12VDC/24VDC MagnaCare lifetime replacement, no-fault warranty 387

388 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Current Draw Input Voltage Operating Temperature Certifications 40 ma at rest; 25 ma releasing at 12VDC or 24VDC 12/24VDC 32 to 110 F (0 to 43 C) Indoor use CSA-C22.2 No. 205 listed; ANSI/UL 294 listed; CSFM California State Fire Marshal approved; MEA City of New York approved; CE certified Product Options EL D ElectroLynx ready Dummy bar with no release function Securitron TSH Touch Sense Handle How to Order Finishes Part # Description TSH-BK TSH Push/Pull, Black Anodized TSH-CL TSH Push/Pull, Clear Anodized EL-TSH-BK TSH Push/Pull, Black Anodized, ElectroLynx EL-TSH-CL TSH Push/Pull, Clear Anodized, ElectroLynx BK CL Black Anodized Clear Anodized 388

389 Electromechanical Locks & Exit Devices Overview ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer a myriad of electromechanical products that can be used in conjunction with access control systems. Based on our industry-leading mechanical platforms, our electrified bored and mortise locks and exit devices offer the same strength and quality as their non-electrified siblings, but with extra features to increase security and convenience. Norton offers low energy operators that can be used in most any application where ADA requirements must be met. Your choice of 5 models ensures you will find the perfect product for your needs. Electrified closer/holder options, designed to hold open fire rated doors until power is interrupted by a fire alarm condition or remote release switch, are available to round out requirements for any facility. 389

390 Products Available 1 ADAMS RITE Steel Hawk 4300 Electrified Deadlatch 2 CORBIN RUSSWIN CL33900 Electrified Cylindrical Lock 3 CORBIN RUSSWIN ML20900 ECL and ML20600 NAC Series Mortise Lock with EcoFlex 4 SARGENT 10 Line Electrified Cylindrical Lock 5 SARGENT 8200 Series Mortise Lock with EcoFlex 6 YALE 5400LN Electrified Cylindrical Lock 7 YALE 8800 Series Electrified Mortise Lock 8 CORBIN RUSSWIN ED5000 Series Electrified Exit Devices 9 SARGENT 80 Series Electrified Exit Device 10 YALE 6000 Series Electrified Exit Device 11 RIXSON Electromagnetic Door Holders/Releases 390

391 ADAMS RITE Steel Hawk 4300 Electrified Deadlatch Overview The Steel Hawk 4300 combines non-handed, narrow backset, mechanical locking hardware with electrified access control. The 4300 is an electrified, no-cut replacement for MS deadlocks and deadlatches and an easy alternative to installing maglocks or exit devices. The Steel Hawk 4300 is compatible with Adams Rite deadlatch trim, including handles and paddles. Features and Benefits ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 standard Always operable from inside via handle or paddle device Operable by any standard mortise cylinder with MS dimensioned cam Operates at 12, 16, or 24VDC Equipped with quick connect plug-in type connector 391

392 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Jamb/Stile Type Aluminum Cylinder Backset 31/32", 1-1/8", 1-1/2" Latchbolt Case Faceplate Voltage Current Draw Stainless steel; 5/8" x 1" x 5/8" throw 15/16" x 5-13/16" x depth. Depth varies by backset. 1" x 6-7/8", flat and radius supplied Field-selectable to match power source of 12, 16, or 24VDC. 16VDC requires adapter. 0.44A at 12VDC 0.458A at 16VDC* 0.23A at 24VDC Options & Accessories Backset, strike and finish must be specified when ordered Choose from optional strikes Monitoring option, if required RITE Pack: includes one electrified deadlatch and four faceplates: 2 flat faceplates: one clear (628) and one dark bronze anodized finish (313) 2 radius faceplates: one clear (628) and one dark bronze anodized finish (313) Certifications ANSI/BHMA A156.23, Grade 1 How to Order Product No. Basket Monitoring Strike Stirke Shape/Lip Length Faceplate Finish M How to Order 4300 Steel Hawk RITE Pack Specify quantity and the following information. Order related products separately. Dimensions Product No. Basket Monitoring Strike RITE Pack B RP 63/64" 25mm 5/8" 15.9mm 1" 25.4mm Basket 2 31/32" 3 1-1/8" 4 1-1/2"** Monitoring 0 None M Monitored** Strike 1 Surface Mount (4304) 2 Mortised (4901) 4-5/8" ** Not available with RITE Pack Strike Shape/Lip Length 01 Flat/standard jamb 02 Radius/standard stiles 17 Flat/center hung 4"jamb 21 Flat/center hung 4-1/2" jamb Finishes 313 Dark Bronze Anodized 335 Black Anodized 628 Clear Anodized 6-13/16" 173mm 6-3/8" 161.9mm 5-51/64" 147.2mm A 5/8" 15.9mm 1-7/16" 36.5mm 2-49/64" 70.2mm /64" 10.7mm

393 CORBIN RUSSWIN CL33900 Electrified Cylindrical Lock Overview The CL33900 Series electrified cylindrical lockset utilizes the proven CL3300 Series lockset and features an integral continuous duty solenoid that allows installation in a standard cylindrical prep. Available in fail safe or fail secure, the CL33900 is ideal for door control where increased security is necessary at all times, while meeting life safety codes. Features and Benefits ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Grade 1 certified Fail safe and fail secure mode available Utilizes the mechanical CL3300 Series cylindrical lockset with Lever Release mechanism Available in either 12 or 24VAC/VDC Mechanical key override Request to exit (REX) optional (M92) ElectroLynx 8-pin connector 393

394 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Monitoring Power supply Current Draw Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Request to exit available, specify option M92 12VAC/DC or 24VAC/DC 250mA at 12VAC/VDC 150mA at 24VAC/VDC n/a <95% (non-condensing) Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1; Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code; Complies with American Disability Act; UL and cul Listed to US and Canadian safety standards Mechanical Specifications Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI Certification A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1 Door thickness Backset Latchbolt Deadbolt Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/4" standard 2-3/4" standard Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard n/a ANSI curved lip standard Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. 394

395 ELECTROMECHANICAL Anti-rotational through-bolts at 6 and 12 o clock positions 4 solid, cast lever options, with LEVER RELEASE design Heavy-duty lever return springs Stainless steel 1/2" (13 mm) throw latch 3-1/2" (89 mm) Rose scalp design Expanded keying options 395

396 ELECTROMECHANICAL Corbin Russwin CL33900 How to Order Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Finish Hand Voltage CL AZD 626 LH 12AD Series CL Function Cylindrical lock Cylindrical Fail safe, key override Fail secure, key override Handing RH LH RHR LHR Voltage 12AD 24AD Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse 12VAC/DC 24VAC/DC Levers AZD NZD PZD FZD For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619* Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed * Available with MicroShield ; append "C". 396

397 CORBIN RUSSWIN ML20900 ECL & ML20600NAC Series Mortise Locks with EcoFlex EFFICIENT FLEXIBLE DEPENDABLE EcoFlex inside CERTIFIED ENERGY SAVINGS A SUSTAINABLE SOLUTION Overview Combine simplicity and access control with the Corbin Russwin ML20900 ECL series electrically controlled mortise lock. Utilizing the proven ML2000 Series mortise lockset with the patented quick reversible latchbolt, the ML20900 ECL series provides remote locking and unlocking. The electrified lock can be installed in a standard mortise prep with slight modification by door manufacturer. The ML20900 ECL is ideal for use where increased security is necessary at all times, such as tenant space, pharmacies, computer rooms, and high security areas. The ML20600 NAC provides high-security monitoring options including internal end-of-line and deadbolt privacy function. This lock ships with door position and request to exit installed, and those ordered with deadbolt include deadbolt monitoring. Features and Benefits Reduces energy consumption up to 96%, as certified by GreenCircle Lower operating costs Assists with load reduction in optimizing energy performance credit in LEED Reduces number of power supplies required Field configurable to fail safe or fail secure Operates from 12-24VDC, offering greater flexibility in system design UL listed for 3-hour fire doors Innovative actuator design provides superior reliability Higher performance and reduced maintenance Ability to have longer cable runs without negatively impacting lock function Reduces risk of voltage drops and eliminates inductive kickback Lower total cost of ownership Standard monitoring options: Request to exit (M92) Latchbolt (M91) Security (M105) High Security monitoring options: Internal end-of-line monitoring Deadbolt privacy (PHR) 397

398 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Peak draw Operating temperature Request to exit; latchbolt, lock status, deadbolt privacy (NAC model) Operates from 12-24VDC regulated. Full wave rectification installed inside the lockbody A continuous 0.5 A -31 F (-35 C) to 151 F (66 C) Operating humidity <95% (non-condensing) Certifications Certified to ANSI/BHMA A Series 1000 Operational and Security Grade 1; Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code; Complies with American Disability Act; UL and cul Listed to US and Canadian safety standards Mechanical Specifications Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 Door thickness Backset Latchbolt Deadbolt Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 2-3/4" (70 mm) only Stainless steel, 3/4" (19 mm) throw Stainless steel, 1" (25 mm) throw ANSI straight lip standard Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Corbin Russwin LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Standard Monitoring Options M91 - Latchbolt Monitor Latchbolt monitoring is an SPDT switch that monitors the full extension of the main latch. M92 - Request to Exit Monitor Request to exit monitoring is an SPDT switch that monitors the activation of the trim. (Both levers activate switch.) M105 - Security Monitor Security Monitor is two switches in series that monitors lock status (locked or unlocked) and auxiliary latch position. Note: Monitoring options may only be ordered together as follows: M91xM92, M92xM

399 ELECTROMECHANICAL ML20600 NAC Series Electrified Mortise Lock with High Security Monitoring The high security monitoring options of our industryleading Integrated Wiegand locks are now available in a mortise lock with ElectroLynx connectors that can be used as a stand-alone electrified lock or in conjunction with a wall reader. Every NAC lock is shipped with door position and request to exit monitoring installed. NAC locks ordered with deadbolt are supplied with deadbolt monitoring. (PHR options will replace deadbolt monitoring with deadbolt privacy.) High Security Monitoring Options The high security monitoring options of our industryleading Integrated Wiegand locks are now available in a mortise lock with ElectroLynx connectors that can be used as a stand-alone electrified lock or in conjunction with a wall reader. Every NAC lock is shipped with door position and request to exit monitoring installed. NAC locks ordered with deadbolt are supplied with deadbolt monitoring. (PHR options will replace deadbolt monitoring with deadbolt privacy) Internal End-of-Line Monitoring Integrated directly into the mortise lock, internal endof-line resistors monitor the line from the access control panel to the lock. Typically, resistors are installed at the panel or above the door, creating vulnerability between the resistors and the locks. Incorporating resistors within the lock eliminates any risk of undetected tampering or damage, while also reducing installation costs, simplifying specifications, and offering the assurance of a factory installed and tested product. Select a compatible resistor configuration and add the appropriate quick code to the beginning of your order string: R01: Mercury and Lenel compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R03: Software House compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R04: AMAG compatible 4-state supervision Deadbolt Privacy Function (PHR) Engaging the deadbolt disables remote access control unlocking (keypad or card reader) or scheduled unlock. Ideal for personal privacy areas, such as nursing rooms, on-call doctors rooms, restrooms, and shower areas To order, add the PHR to the options of your order string (available with deadbolt functions only) One-piece, corrosion-resistant, heavy-gauge steel front 6-pin solid brass cylinder; Corbin Russwin and competitive cylinder compatibility available Completely self-contained actuator; lock fits in standard mortise door prep Heavy-gauge internal parts Latch Auxiliary Latch Available to match Corbin Russwin trim designs 399

400 ELECTROMECHANICAL Corbin Russwin ML20900 ECL & ML20600 NAC Mortise Locks with EcoFlex How to Order Electrified Mortise Lock Series Function Trim (Lever/Rose) Finish Hand Fail Safe/ Options Fail Secure ML LWA 626 LH SEC M91 Electrified Mortise Lock with High Security Monitoring Series Function Technology Code Trim (Lever/Rose) Finish Hand Fail Safe/ Fail Secure High Security Monitoring Options ML NAC LWA 626 LH SEC PHRR01 M92 Options Series ML Mortise lock Function No key override, inside free No key override Key override outside Key override inside and outside Key override outside, inside free High Security Monitoring Functions No key override, no deadbolt Key override, no deadbolt No key override, with deadbolt Key override, with deadbolt Technology Code NAC High security monitoring** High Security Monitoring Options (blank) No end-of-line resistors R01 Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ R03 Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ R04 AMAG 4-State Supervision PHR Deadbolt privacy PHRR01 Deadbolt privacy and Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR03 Deadbolt privacy and Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR04 Deadbolt privacy and AMAG 4-State Handing RH Right hand LH Left hand RHR Right hand reverse LHR Left hand reverse Fail Safe/Fail Secure SAF Fail safe SEC Fail secure Options M91 Latchbolt monitor M92 Request to exit monitor M105 Security monitor Levers A C D E L N P R Roses Note: Roses are available either wrought (W) or cast (S). D A 2-1/4" B 2-1/4" F 2-7/8" For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. D - Diameter Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, clear coated 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619* Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed How to Order Corbin Russwin trim: Select lever and rose design, and insert rose material between (i.e., ASA indicates "A" lever with cast "A" rose). Use this 3 digit code in order string above. * Available with MicroShield, append "C" to finish code. ** Select appropriate High Security Monitoring Function and High Security Monitoring Options. 400

401 SARGENT 10 Line Electrified Cylindrical Lock Overview The Sargent 10 Line is a heavy-duty cylindrical key-inlever handle lockset that far exceeds the ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1 standards. Easy to install, the 10 line adapts to fit multiple through-bolt positions and offers a solid feel and precise lever action. Features and Benefits ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Grade 1 certified Fail safe or fail secure models available Utilizes the mechanical 10 Line cylindrical lock Available in either 12 or 24VDC Mechanical key override Request to exit (RX-) optional ElectroLynx 8-pin connector 401

402 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Request to exit available, specify RX- option 12VDC or 24VDC regulated 500mA at 12VDC 250mA at 24VDC n/a <95% (non-condensing) Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1; Complies with American Disability Act; UL and cul Listed to US and Canadian safety standards Mechanical Specifications Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1 Door thickness Backset Latchbolt Deadbolt Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/4" standard 2-3/4" standard Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard n/a 2-3/4" curved lip standard Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. 402

403 ELECTROMECHANICAL Multiple through-bolt positions Solid cast levers Accommodates doors 1-3/4" to 2" thick Retained through-bolt screws Self-tapping screws Multiple key systems Universal non-handed 2-3/4" Standard, 2-3/8", 3-3/4" and 5 optional backsets Strength, Durability and Security Cycle Test: Exceeds 5 times A156.2 Grade 1 requirements Abusive Locked Lever Torque without entry gained: Exceeds 1.5 times A156.2 Grade 1 requirements 7 year limited warranty no service required to maintain warranty Convenience Installs in 1 minute or less Quickly adapts to fit multiple through-bolt positions User friendly packaging User friendly instruction sheets Convenient installation diagram on box Design Solid feel and precise lever action Slim rose design available Decorative Levers Coastal Series designs Gulfport and Yarmouth Levers are solid one piece cast construction, except J lever Flexibility Fits a variety of door preparations with adaptable through-bolt positioning Accommodates retrofit applications with optional 2-3/8", 3-3/4" and 5" backset latches 6 ADA lever styles to complement a wide array of design applications Levers (B, L, J & P) are non-handed for efficient warehousing and for ease of installation 12 architectural grade finishes Security Torx and spanner screws optional Vandal resistant trim optional (FW- option) Security key systems available (Degree, Signature, Keso, BR-XC, XC) Applications Heavy duty commercial and institutional interior and exterior doors Offices Schools/universities Hospitals Manufacturing facilities 403

404 ELECTROMECHANICAL Sargent 10 Line Cylindrical Lock How to Order Options Series Function Rose Lever Hand Voltage Finish G70 G B RH 12VDC 626 Options /8" ANSI curved lip strike RX- Request to exit SG- MicroShield antimicrobial coating Series 10 Cylindrical lock Lock Voltage 12VDC 12 Volts DC 24VDC 24 Volts DC Function 70 Fail safe, key override 71 Fail secure, key override Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Levers B Y J L P G Roses D G 3-1/2" L 3-1/2" For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. Finishes 605 Polished Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Polished Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Equivalent 614 Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 618 Polished Nickel 619* Satin Nickel 624 Statuary Dark Bronze, Clear Coated 625 Polished Chrome 626* Satin Chrome * Available with MicroShield; use option SG- 404

405 SARGENT 8200 Electrified Mortise Lock with EcoFlex EFFICIENT FLEXIBLE DEPENDABLE EcoFlex inside CERTIFIED ENERGY SAVINGS A SUSTAINABLE SOLUTION Overview Sargent 8200 electromechanical mortise locks are designed to handle single opening, stand alone applications, or can be readily integrated into sophisticated access control systems. They meet ANSI/BHMA A Grade 1 requirements, are UL listed on fire doors, and satisfy industry standards for operating temperature, shock and fire hazard. Features and Benefits Reduces energy consumption up to 96%, as certified by GreenCircle Lower operating costs Assists with load reduction in optimizing energy performance credit in LEED Reduces number of power supplies required Field configurable to fail safe or fail secure Operates from 12-24VDC, offering greater flexibility in system design UL listed for 3 hour fire doors Innovative actuator design provides superior reliability Higher performance and reduced maintenance Ability to have longer cable runs without negatively impacting lock function Reduces risk of voltage drops and eliminates inductive kickback Lower total cost of ownership Standard monitoring options: Request to Exit (RX) Latchbolt (LX) Deadbolt (DX) High Security monitoring options (includes RX, LX and DX): Internal End-of-Line monitoring Deadbolt Privacy (PHR) Integrated Door Position Switch (IDP) 405

406 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Peak draw Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Request to exit; latchbolt, deadbolt; internal end-of-line; deadbolt privacy; integrated door position switch Operates from 12-24VDC regulated. Full wave rectification installed inside the lockbody A continuous 0.5 A -31 F (-35 C) to 151 F (66 C) <95% (non-condensing) Certified to ANSI/BHMA A Series 1000 Grade ; Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code; Complies with American Disability Act; UL and cul Listed to US and Canadian safety standards Mechanical Specifications Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A Series 1000 Grade 1 Door thickness Backset Latchbolt Deadbolt Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 2-3/4" (70 mm) only Stainless steel, 3/4" (19 mm) throw Stainless steel, 1" (25 mm) throw ANSI curved lip standard Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include patented, security and high security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Sargent LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. Standard Monitoring Options Single Pole Double Throw (SPDT) type C switches RX- option Request-to-exit or enter signaling switch Two switches mounted internally in lockbody that provide independent monitoring of inside and outside lever rotation Available in all functions with non rigid levers Not available for the following options: 1-, 3P, 74 Not available for the following trims: LS or FE LX- option Latchbolt Monitor Single switch mounted within lockbody signaling latchbolt position Available for all non deadbolt functions Not available with DX DX- option Deadbolt Monitor Switch mounted internally in lockbody that indicates deadbolt position Not available for the following options: 3P-, 74 or LX Available in all deadbolt functions. 406

407 ELECTROMECHANICAL High Security Monitoring Options The high security monitoring options in Sargent's industry-leading Integrated Wiegand locks are now available in a mortise lock that can be used as a standalone electrified lock or in conjunction with a wall reader. Internal End-of-Line Monitoring Integrated directly into the mortise lock, internal endof-line resistors monitor the line from the access control panel to the lock. Typically, resistors are installed at the panel or above the door, creating vulnerability between the resistors and the locks. Incorporating resistors within the lock eliminates any risk of undetected tampering or damage, while also reducing installation costs, simplifying specifications, and offering the assurance of a factory installed and tested product. Select a compatible resistor configuration and add the appropriate prefix to your order string: R01: Mercury and Lenel compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R03: Software House compatible 1KΩ/2KΩ resistance supervision R04: AMAG compatible 4-state supervision Every NAC lock is shipped with door position and request to exit monitoring installed. NAC locks ordered with deadbolt are supplied with deadbolt monitoring. Deadbolt Privacy Function (PHR-) Engaging the deadbolt disables remote access control unlocking (keypad or card reader) or scheduled unlock. Ideal for personal privacy areas, such as nursing rooms, on-call doctors rooms, restrooms, and shower areas To order, add the PHR- option to your order string Integrated Door Position Switch (IDP-) The patented IDP option adds a magnetic door position switch in series with the internal auxiliary latch and latchbolt position switches to provide three factor monitoring. This offers added assurance that the door is secure, reduces the likelihood of attack, and is aesthetically pleasing because it conceals the door position switch behind the front plate and the magnet behind the strike. To order, add the IDP- option to your order string 407

408 ELECTROMECHANICAL Sargent 8200 Series Mortise Lock with EcoFlex How to Order Electrified Mortise Lock Options Series Function Voltage Rose/ Escutcheon Lever/ Trim RX VDC L L 626 RH Finish 8200 Electrified Mortise Lock with High Security Monitoring Options Options Series Function Voltage Rose/ Lever/ Finish Hand Escutcheon Trim R01-IDP-NAC VDC L L 626 RH Hand Options IDP- NAC- RX- LX- DX- Integrated door position switch High security monitoring Request to exit or enter signaling switch Latchbolt monitor Deadbolt monitor High Security Monitoring Options* (blank) No End-of-line resistors R01 Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ R03 Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ R04 AMAG 4-State Supervision PHR Deadbolt Privacy PHRR01 Deadbolt Privacy and Mercury / Lenel 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR03 Deadbolt Privacy and Software House 1KΩ/2KΩ PHRR04 Deadbolt Privacy and AMAG 4-State *Select Function from High Security Monitoring and include NAC as option Levers A B E F J L P W Function 70 Key override outside, fail safe, power on, locks outside lever 71 Key override outside, fail secure, power on unlocks outside lever 72 Key override outside and inside, fail safe, power on locks both levers 73 Key override outside and inside, fail secure, power on unlocks both levers High Security Monitoring Functions Fail Safe 280 Key override and deadbolt 270 Key override and no deadbolt 284 Deadbolt and no key override 274 No deadbolt and no key override Fail Secure 281 Key override and deadbolt 271 Key override and no deadbolt 285 Deadbolt and no key override 275 No deadbolt and no key override Roses D L 3-1/2" E 3-1/16" SL 3-1/2" O 2" LN 2-3/4" BH 3" For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. D - Diameter Voltage 12VDC 24VDC Handing RH LH RHR LHR Finishes 12 Volts DC 24 Volts DC Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse 605 Polished Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Polished Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Equivalent 614 Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 618 Polished Nickel 619* Satin Nickel 624 Statuary Dark Bronze, Clear Coated 625 Polished Chrome 626* Satin Chrome 629 Polished stainless steel 630* Satin stainless steel * Available with MicroShield; use option SG- 408

409 YALE 5400LN Electrified Cylindrical Lock Overview Designed for industrial, commercial and institutional use, the Yale 5400LN Series heavy-duty cylindrical lockset offers no compromise when it comes to rugged reliability and performance. With key construction features such as our Free Wheeling lever mechanism, wear-resistant chassis plates, heavy-duty lever return springs and throughbolting, this Grade 1 trendsetter proves time and again why it s the favorite among architects and building owners who demand the highest standard of product quality. Who says a lockset can t be tough and look good at the same time? The 5400LN features three aesthetic lever designs and a diverse line of eleven architectural finishes, which allow the freedom of enhancing any décor. With a lifetime warranty against lever sag and lever spring breakage, you ll never have to worry about your intended attraction becoming an unintended distraction. Features and Benefits ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Grade 1 certified Fail safe or fail secure models available Utilizes the mechanical 5400LN Series cylindrical lock Available in either 12 or 24VDC Mechanical key override available Request to exit (REX) optional ElectroLynx 8-pin connector Lifetime warrantied heavy-duty lever return springs prevent lever sag and provide positive return of lever to horizontal position Free Wheeling lever mechanism increases vandal resistance and reduces maintenance 409

410 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Operating temperature Operating humidity Certifications Request to Exit available, specify option REX 12VDC or 24VDC regulated 300mA at 12VDC 150mA at 24VDC n/a <95% (non-condensing) Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1; Complies with American Disability Act; UL and cul Listed to US and Canadian safety standards Mechanical Specifications Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1 Door thickness Backset Latchbolt Deadbolt Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/4" - 2" standard 2-3/4" standard Stainless steel, 1/2" throw standard n/a ANSI curved lip standard Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include protected and security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Yale LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. 410

411 ELECTROMECHANICAL Thread Locking Anti-Rotation Thrubolts 3-1/2" Rose Free Wheeling Lever Mechanism Heavy-Duty Lever Return Springs Stainless Steel Latchbolt Patented Adjustable Rose Plates Solid Brass Pin Tumbler Cylinder Multiple Keying Options 411

412 ELECTROMECHANICAL Yale 5400LN Electrified Cylindrical Lock How to Order Lever Function Option Latch Strike Cylinder Door Thickness Finish Lock Voltage AU 5490LN REX /4" VDC Function 5490LN Fail safe, key override 5491LN Fail secure, key override 5480LN Fail safe, no key override 5481LN Fail secure, no key override Option REX Request to exit Latch 694 For keyed functions 693 For non-keyed functions Strike 497 ANSI curved lip standard Cylinder Yale component cylinder 1802 x 6-pin furnished standard Door Thickness 1-3/4" standard Lock Voltage 12V 12 Volts DC 24V 24 Volts DC Levers / Roses AU MO PB For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. Finish 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 609 Satin Brass, Blackened, Satin Relieved, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 616 Satin Bronze, Blackened, and Satin Relieved, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 620 Satin Nickel Plated, Blackened, Satin Relieved, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chrome Plated 626* Satin Chrome Plated 693 Black Painted *Available with MicroShield. Specify YMS in options. 412

413 YALE 8800 Electrified Mortise Lock Overview The value of any product is equal to the quality of the labor and materials put into making it. The Yale 8800 series mortise lock is a perfect example that true quality doesn t just happen. Meticulous design and engineering have gone into manufacturing a mortise lock that brings you versatility as well as uncompromising strength and durability. With quick lever handing and a quick reversible latchbolt, lockset handing takes only seconds. Add a standard non-handed curved lip strike, and you have a no-hassle mortise lock that s quick and easy to install. When it comes to strength, the Yale 8800 series brings a new measure of security to the door. Its 1" throw stainless steel deadbolt extends further back into the reinforced steel case when in the locked position, providing added stability and resistance to abuse. Solid trim packages also provide deterrence to vandalism, making the 8800 series a prime player in your total opening security package. Features and Benefits Quick lever handing Quick reversible latchbolt UL listed for 3 hour fire doors Heavy-duty trim for resistance against damage and vandalism Functions available for any industrial or commercial application Field adjustable lever handing and latchbolt ANSI/BHMA Certified Grade 1 for long-life and durability UL/cUL listed for 3 hour fire rated doors Standard monitoring options: Request to exit (REX) Latchbolt (LBM) Deadbolt (DBM) Integrated total security (ITS) 413

414 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Monitoring Power supply Current draw Operating temperature Request to exit; latchbolt, deadbolt, integrated total security 12VDC or 24VDC regulated 0.25 A at 24VDC; 0.5 A at 12VDC -31 F (-35 C) to 151 F (66 C) Operating humidity <95% (non-condensing) Certifications Certified to ANSI/BHMA A Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1; Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code; Complies with American Disability Act; UL and cul Listed to US and Canadian safety standards Mechanical Specifications Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 Door thickness Backset Latchbolt Deadbolt Strike Key system Cylinder types 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 2-3/4" (70 mm) only Stainless steel, 3/4" (19 mm) throw Stainless steel, 1" (25 mm) throw 1-1/4" (32 mm) curved lip standard Conventional 6-pin cylinder standard. Keying options include protected, and security. Construction keying is available. Refer to catalog for info. Fixed core standard. SFIC and Yale LFIC formats available. Refer to catalog for info. 414

415 ELECTROMECHANICAL Standard Monitoring Options REX Request to Exit An SPDT switch that monitors activation of the free lever (not available with knob trim). REX is available for all mechanical and electrified functions and can be supplied alone or with either LBM or DBM. LBM Latchbolt Monitor An SPDT switch that monitors full retraction of the latchbolt. LBM is available for all electrified functions and can be supplied alone or with REX. DBM Deadbolt Monitor An SPDT switch that monitors full retraction of the deadbolt. DBM is available for all mechanical and electrified funtions with a deadbolt and can be supplied alone or with REX. ITS Integrated Total Security Enhanced security reporting allows facility supervisors to tailor decisions with greater certainty. Monitoring includes Request to Exit (REX), Lock Performance Monitoring (LPM), Concealed Door Position Status (DPS) and Cylinder Monitoring (CX). This monitoring option is available with 8890FL/8891FL functions only. Locksets ordered with ITS option must be provided with Yale cylinder. Not available less cylinder. Handing must be specified. 415

416 ELECTROMECHANICAL Yale 8800 Electrified Mortise Lock How to Order Lever/ Function Cylinder Hand Door Thickness Finish Lock Voltage Options Trim PB x CN 8891FL 2153 LH 1-3/4" VDC LBM Lever/Trim Specify "lever x CN" for Camden escutcheon or "lever x R" for CO rose Function Fail Safe 8896FL Key override and deadbolt 8890FL Key override and no deadbolt 8886FL Deadbolt and no key override 8880FL No deadbolt and no key override Fail Secure 8897FL Key override and deadbolt 8891FL Key override and no deadbolt 8887FL Deadbolt and no key override 8881FL No deadbolt and no key override Handing RH LH RHR LHR Right hand Left hand Right hand reverse Left hand reverse Lock Voltage 12V 12 Volts DC 24V 24 Volts DC Options LBM Latchbolt Monitor REX Request to Exit Monitor DBM Deadbolt Monitor ITS Integrated Total Security YMS MicroShield coating Cylinder** Yale 2153 x 1-1/8" x 2160 cam x 6-pin mortise cylinder furnished standard Door Thickness** 1-3/4" standard Levers AR AU CR JN MO PB PN VI Rose D CO 2-9/16" Escutcheon CN Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 609 Satin Brass, Blackened, Satin Relieved, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed - equivalent 616 Satin Bronze, Blackened, and Satin Relieved, Clear Coated 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 620 Satin Nickel Plated, Blackened, Satin Relieved, Clear Coated 625 Bright Chromium Plated 626* Satin Chromium Plated 629 Bright Stainless Steel 630* Satin Stainless Steel 693 Black Painted For complete listing of available levers, roses and trim options, refer to Appendix A. * Available with MicroShield; specify YMS in options ** If no value provided, standard option is shipped 416

417 Electric Latch Retraction (ELR) Exit Device Overview Electric latch retraction provides a means to remotely unlatch exit devices. Available on Adams Rite 3000/8000, Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000, Sargent 80 Series and Yale 6000 and 7000 exit devices, this option can work in conjunction with door operators or access control systems. Features and Benefits Available on Adams Rite 3000/8000, Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000, Sargent 80 Series and Yale 6000/7000 exit devices Commonly used in conjunction with automatic door operators, fire alarm systems and access control systems Continuous or intermittent use ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1 certified 417

418 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Adams Rite 3000/8000* Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/7000 Power supply Actuation type Retraction current draw EL: PS-1 LR: PS-LR SE: PS-SE EL, LR: Solenoid SE: Motor LR: 16A inrush EL-12 VDC: 1.5A inrush EL-24 VDC:.6A inrush SE: 0.4A inrush 24VDC regulated/filtered 24VDC regulated/filtered Requires 782 Controller with 120VAC input Motor Motor Solenoid.65A.6A 9A inrush Holding current draw LR: 0.5A EL-12: 1.5A EL-24: 0.6A SE: 0.2A.2A.25A.75A Certifications UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware 3000 Series ONLY UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware *LR (solenoid) available on SVR, CVR and mortise; EL (solenoid) available for rim only; SE (motor) available for all device types. Mechanical Specifications UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware Adams Rite 3000/8000 Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/7000 Handing Non-handed Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification Door thickness Available on A156.3 Grade 1 when part of the Exit Device 1-3/4" standard, up to 2-1/4" LR Option: SVR, CVR, Mortise EL Option: Rim SE Option: SVR, CVR, Mortise, Rim A156.3 Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard Rim, Mortise, CVR & SVR, Rim, Mortise, CVR & SVR Rim, SquareBolt, Mortise, SecureBolt CVR, SVR Rail sizes 30"-48" 34"-48" 28" - 48" doors 24"-48" How to order Use LR, EL, SE as part of order string Use option code MELR Use 56- option in order string Suffix P to the model number Adams Rite 3000/8000 Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/

419 Delayed Egress Overview The delayed egress option provides additional security and safety in a strong line of exit hardware. The delayed egress exit device is an electromechanical device used to secure interior or exterior openings. Commonly used in schools, nursing homes, shopping centers and libraries, delayed egress exit devices provide a means of monitoring egress to prevent unauthorized exit. When the exit device push pad is depressed, the delayed egress exit device sounds an alarm from the rail to alert personnel that someone is attempting egress. The exit device stays secure, via electromagnetic lock, for 15 seconds, allowing time for personnel to respond. Features and Benefits Available on Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000, Sargent 80 Series and Yale 6000/7000 exit devices Commonly used in conjunction with automatic door operators, fire alarm systems and access control systems ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1 certified 419

420 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/7000 Power supply 24VDC regulated/filtered; 1A minimum 24VDC regulated/filtered 24VDC regulated/filtered; 1A minimum Current draw 500 ma; with electric trim control: 1.5 A; mortise device with safe or secure option: 1.5A.2A nominal;.5a with optional features; 1A min 500 ma; with security package: 750 ma; with electric mortise trim control: 1.25 A Certifications UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware, special locking arrangements UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware; UL294 UL and cul listed for panic and fire exit hardware, special locking arrangements Mechanical Specifications Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/7000 Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.3 Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard Available on Rim, SecureBolt, Mortise, CVR, SVR Rim, Mortise, CVR & SVR Rim, SquareBolt, Mortise, CVR, SVR Rail sizes 36" - 48" 32" - 48" doors 35" - 48" How to order Suffix D to the model number Use 57- option in order string Suffix D to the model number Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/

421 Alarmed Exit Overview Alarmed Exit Devices are designed for areas requiring a stand-alone alarm on outward swinging doors. This device has an integrated alarm in the push rail to discourage the unauthorized use of emergency exit doors. The alarm inside the rail sounds immediately upon exit and is ideal for rear exterior doors, doors leading to a rooftop, or anywhere security is a concern. Features and Benefits Available on Adams Rite 3000/8000, Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000, Sargent 80 Series and Yale 6000/7000 exit devices When armed, alarm sounds immediately upon rail depression Includes horn and LED for notification ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1 certified Non-handed Available as retrofit kit 421

422 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Adams Rite 3000/8000 Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/7000 Power supply Four AA alkaline batteries 9V battery or hard powered with 784 Power Supply 9V battery or hard powered with 3267 Power Supply 9V battery Certifications UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware 3000 Series ONLY UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL and cul Listed for panic and fire exit hardware Mechanical Specifications Adams Rite 3000/8000 Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/7000 Handing Non-handed Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.3 Series Grade 1 when part of the Exit Device A156.3 Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" standard, up to 2-1/4" 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard Available on SVR, CVR, Mortise, Rim with minimum opening width 36" Rim, SecureBolt, Mortise, CVR, SVR Rim, Mortise, CVR & SVR Rim, SquareBolt, Mortise, CVR, SVR Rail sizes 36"-48" 36"- 48" Wide Stile Door 36"min Narrow Stile Door 32" min 36" -48" How to order Use AXXB, where XX is door opening width, as part of order string Specify option M61 Use AL- option in order string Suffix A to the model number Adams Rite 3000/8000 Series Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/

423 Exit Device Monitoring Overview Monitors are used to indicate the authorized and unauthorized use of an opening or to signal and control other opening hardware, such as magnetic locks. Each monitoring device is equipped with one internal single-pole double-throw (SPDT) switch per monitor. Latchbolt Position Monitoring Provides indication of the position of the latch bolt. Used with security systems to monitor the latch bolt; also used to activate automatic door operators upon latch retraction. Request to Exit /Pushbar Monitoring Provides indication of the pushpad being depressed. Used as a request to exit to shunt alarm systems, release electromagnetic locks or monitor egress. Outside Trim Monitoring Provides indication of the device being operated from the outside. Used as a request to enter signal switch to shunt alarms; also used to monitor entry. 423

424 ELECTROMECHANICAL Specifications Latchbolt Monitoring Request to Exit/Pushbar Monitoring CR SAR YALE AR CR SAR YALE Contact rating max 5 Amps at 28VDC SPDT contacts 2 Amps at 30VDC SPDT contacts 5 Amps at 28VDC SPDT contacts 5A at 250 VAC SPDT contacts 4 Amps at 250 VAC SPDT contacts 2 Amps at 30VDC SPDT contacts 4 Amps at 250VAC SPDT contacts Certifications UL listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL/cUL listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL/cUL listed for panic and fire exit hardware 3000 Series ONLY UL listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL/cUL listed for panic and fire exit hardware How to order M Suffix S M (Single Switch) or M2 (Double Switch, as part of order string) M Suffix B Specifications Outside Trim Monitoring CR SAR YALE Contact rating max 5 Amps at 28VDC SPDT contacts 2 Amps at 30VDC SPDT contacts 5 Amps at 28VDC SPDT contacts Certifications UL listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL/cUL listed for panic and fire exit hardware How to order M Suffix O 424

425 Electrified Trim Overview Electrically controlled trim provides electric locking and unlocking of the lever. It easily retrofits into existing applications and is ideal for door control. Features and Benefits Available in fail safe or fail secure operation 24VAC/VDC Free wheeling lever Key override (specify cylinder) Available for all exit devices (refer to next page for limitations) 425

426 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/7000 Power supply 24VAC/VDC 12VDC or 24VDC Regulated (voltage must be specified) 24VAC/VDC Current draw.330 ma.25a at 24VDC or.5a at 12VDC.330 ma Operating temperature -31 F (-35 C) F (66 C) Certifications UL and cul listed for panic and fire exit hardware UL and cul listed for fire exit hardware UL and cul listed for panic and fire exit hardware Mechanical Specifications Corbin Russwin ED4000/5000 Sargent 80 Series Yale 6000/7000 Handing Specify hand on order. Easily field-reversible. ANSI certification A156.3 Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 A156.3 Series Grade 1 Door thickness 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard Available on Rim, SecureBolt, CVR & SVR No key override: all devices Key override: rim and mortise devices Rim, SquareBolt, SVR, CVR How to order x9903: fail safe x9905: fail secure 73 Function: fail safe, no key override 74 Function: fail secure, no key override 75 Function: fail safe, key override 76 Function: fail secure, key override 690F trim: fail safe 691F trim: fail secure Adams Rite Electrified Trim (for 3080E and 3090) 3080E Series Entry Trim: The Grade 1 Series electrified entry trim provides a continuous duty solenoid mounted to the trim that enables remote activation of the locking function without unlatching the door, for doors with any type of Adams Rite deadlatch or exit device. The locked handle is protected from vandalism and forced entry with a breakaway clutching mechanism Keyless Entry: A battery-operated keyless entry control device, the eforce Keyless Entry provides access control for Adams Rite deadlocks, deadlatches, and exit devices for aluminum stile, steel, and wood door applications. The eforce 3090P (Prox) and 3090C (iclass) Keyless Entries provide maximum security with either HID Prox or iclass contactless card reader. 426

427 Electrified Exit Device Option Compatibility Overview The following charts show the compatibility between electrified exit device options for Adams Rite, Corbin Russwin, Sargent and Yale. 427

428 ELECTROMECHANICAL Adams Rite 3000/8000 Electrified Exit Device Option Compatibility Series Exit Device Description Available Options Electric Latch Retraction Silent Electrification Option Alarmed Exit Device Monitoring Cylinder Dogging Electric Dogging 3100/8100 Surface vertical rod LR Option 8200 Surface vertical rod LR Option 3300/8300 Mortise exit device LR Option 8400 Mortise exit device LR Option 3600/8500 Concealed vertical rod LR Option 8600 Concealed vertical rod LR Option 3700/8700 Rim exit device EL Option 8800 Rim exit device EL Option 3900/8900 Concealed vertical rod LR Option Corbin Russwin ED4000 and ED5000 Electrified Exit Device Option Compatibility List No Exit Device Description Available Options M61 M91 M92 M93 MELR M97 SAF SEC D ED4200S Rim SecureBolt device ED4400 Surface vertical rod ED4800 Concealed vertical rod ED5200 (A) Rim exit device ED5200S (A) Rim SecureBolt device EED5400 (A) / ED5470 (B) Surface vertical rod ED5600 (A) Mortise exit device ED5800 (A) / ED5860 (B) Concealed vertical rod Available Options M61 Exit alarm device SEC Fail secure operation M91 Bolt position monitoring D* Delayed egress (15 second delay standard) M92 Request to exit/touchbar monitoring or signaling M93 Outside trim monitoring or signaling MELR Electric latch retraction M97 Electric dogging SAF Fail safe operation * Add as suffix to exit device. Example: ED5200D x 630 x RHR M88 M89 M90 M98^ M99 30 second delay (may be accepted by local jurisdiction) (with D option only) BOCA 15-second delay (with D option only) BOCA 30-second delay (with D option only) Security monitor Trim gasket 428

429 ELECTROMECHANICAL Sargent 80 Series Electrified Exit Device Option Compatibility Primary Options Compatible Options 12- Fire Rated AL TL- *AL- Alarmed Exit TL- TL- SARGuide AL Cylinder Dogging TL- 53- Latch Monitoring AL TL- 55- Rail Monitoring TL- 56- Electric Latch Retraction TL- 57- Delayed Egress TL- 58- Electric Dogging AL TL- **59- Electroguard 12- * The AL- design includes monitored push rail. ** The 59- design includes monitored push rail and latch. 429

430 ELECTROMECHANICAL Yale 6000/7000 Electrified Exit Device Option Compatibility Model # Exit Device Description A B D G O P S SAFE SECURE 690F 691F 6100(F) Rim device (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 6130(F) Mortise device (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 6150(F) Rim SquareBolt device (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 6160(F) Concealed vertical rod (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 6170(F) Surface vertical rod (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 6200 Rim device (Narrow) x x x x x x 6210 Surface vertical rod (Narrow) x x x x x x 6220 Concealed vertical rod (Narrow) x x x x x x 6250 Rim SquareBolt device (Narrow) x x x x x x 7100(F) Rim device (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 7130(F) Mortise device (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 7150(F) Rim SquareBolt device (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 7160(F) Concealed vertical rod (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 7170(F) Surface vertical rod (Wide) x x x x x x x x x 7200 Rim device (Narrow) x x x x x x 7210 Surface vertical rod (Narrow) x x x x x x 7220 Concealed vertical rod (Narrow) x x x x x x 7250 Rim SquareBolt device (Narrow) x x x x x x Electrified Hardware Option Descriptions A Alarm option Safe Fail safe operation (mortise) B Touchbar monitor Secure Fail secure operation (mortise) G Electric dogging 690F Fail safe electrified trim O P S Trim monitor switch Electric latch retraction Latchbolt position monitor 691F Fail secure electrified trim Note: The following options cannot be ordered together: 1) P or G 2) B or A 430

431 Electrohydraulic & Electromechanical Low Energy Operators Overview Electrohydraulic low energy operators incorporate a door closer for smooth reliable door control. Electrohydraulic units are used in applications where doors are typically operated manually but can also be activated via wall switches, motion sensors, and more for automatic operation. Electromechanical low energy operators feature a motor and gearbox for consistent automatic operation. Electromechanical units are used in applications where automatic mode (activated by wall switches, motion sensors, and more) is the primary function. 431

432 Products Available 1 NORTON NORTON NORTON NORTON 5800 ADAEZ 5 NORTON

433 NORTON 6000 Series Low Energy Operator Overview The 6000 Series combines intelligence, reliability and superior control in one package. Designed with the user in mind, this operator features simple to use electronics, an onboard power supply and easy integration into access control systems. Designed for moderate to high traffic applications, this operator has a two-piece sub-assembly for easy installation and LCD screen for clear and accurate read-out of operating settings. This reliable unit ensures consistent opening and closing based on dual mode, electrohydraulic technology and is ideal for hospitals, office buildings, sports arenas or government facilities. Features and Benefits Ease of installation and setup Simple instructions LCD screen and joystick controller Application versatility and ease of adjustment Non-handed units Push- or pull-side mounting Interfaces with electric hardware Integrates with access control systems Operates as mechanical surface closer during close cycles or if power is turned off Critical for fire-rated doors Clutch mechanism allows closer to function as a normal manual door closer Door can be opened manually if desired Obstruction Detection Door closes if it hits an obstruction while opening Door re-opens once if it hits an obstruction while closing Power Operator When unit is activated door, travels to open position 433

434 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Power 120 VAC, 60 Hz (+10%, -15%) Current draw 0.9A Auxiliary output 24 VDC at 1.3A Certifications Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.19; Complies with American Disability Act; UL and cul Listed to US and Canadian safety standards; CSFM listed; UL10C for positive pressure fire test Mechanical Specifications Handing Non-handed ANSI certification A Door thickness Application 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard Push or pull side mounting How to Order Series Application Power Size Options Finish RF 689 Application Hinge (Pull) Side of Door 1 Rigid Arm & Slide Track 110 maximum door swing maximum reveal 1/8" (3 mm) 5 Double Egress Arm & Slide Track 110 maximum door swing for reveals 1/8" to 3" (3 to 76 mm) (specify hand when ordering) Stop (Push) Side of Door 2 Standard-Duty Double Lever Arm 110 maximum door swing reveals 2-3/4" to 6-7/8" (70 to 175 mm) 3~ Standard-Duty Double Lever Arm 180 maximum door swing reveals 2-3/4" to 6-7/8" (70 to 175 mm) 6^ Heavy-Duty Double Lever Arm 110 maximum door swing reveals 2-1/4" to 4-3/4" (57 to 121 mm) 7 Heavy-Duty Double Lever Arm 110 maximum door swing reveals 4-13/16" to 7-3/8" (122 to 187 mm) Power Size 0 Adjustable for sizes 1 to 6 Options RF Radio Frequency Control Factory Wired Requires 531, 532 door switch or 500 switch post (433MHz) (Maximum codes: 100) D Drop application for less than 5" minimum ceiling clearance. Finishes 689 Aluminum 690 Statuary Bronze 691 Dull Bronze 693 Black 694 Medium Amber 696 Gold 600 Prime Coat ~Models will be power operated to 110 but can be manually opened to 180. ^Reveals less than 2-1/4" (57 mm) may be achieved by field cutting the adjusting rod. 434

435 NORTON 5700 Series Low Energy Operator Overview The 5700 Series design is based on ease and simplicity. This unit installs in minutes rather than hours and consists of three basic components: inverter, motor and Norton's 1601 closer body. Quiet and dependable, the 5700 meets the requirements of the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and ANSI/BHMA A Available push- or pull- side mounting, this unit is perfect for applications that don't require special features but demand reliability. Features and Benefits Ease of installation and setup Simple instructions Application versatility and ease of adjustment; push or pull side mounting units available Operates as mechanical surface closer during close cycles, when door is opened manually or if power is turned off; quiet operation Spring force provides the feel of a normal manual door closer; door can be opened manually if desired 435

436 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Power Current draw 120 VAC, 60 Hz n/a Auxiliary output 24 VDC at 1.1A Certifications Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.19; Complies with American Disability Act; UL and cul listed to US and Canadian safety standards; UL10C for positive pressure fire test Mechanical Specifications Handing Non-handed ANSI certification A Door thickness Application 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard Push or pull side mounting How to Order Series Application Power Size Options Finish RF 689 Application Hinge (Pull) Side of Door 1 Rigid Arm & Slide Track Max reveal 1/8" (3mm) Stop (Push) Side of Door 3 Double Lever Arm Minimum reveal: 2-5/8" (67) Maximum reveal: 6-3/4" (171) Universal Unit - Push or Pull Side Mounting 4 Includes push and pull arms. Units shipped as a Rigid Arm/Slide rack; can be converted to a Double Lever Arm in field Power Size (size 1-6) Options RF - Radio Frequency PC - Power Cord PCRF - Power Cord, Radio Frequency Finishes 689 Aluminum 690 Statuary Bronze 691 Dull Bronze 693 Black 694 Medium Amber 696 Gold 600 Prime Coat 436

437 NORTON 5900 Series Low Energy Operator Overview The 5900 Series is a full-featured, extremely quiet, low energy door operator designed for moderate to high traffic doors. This cost-effective operator is available for either push- or pull-side mounting and is ideal for any application designed to meet the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). One touch programming, combined with the operators' built-in ability to calibrate door mass, offers Norton customers a smart, dependable solution. Features and Benefits Easy Installation and Commissioning Easy commissioning with one-touch programming Flexible Synchronizes for paired door applications Interfaces with electric hardware and integrates with access control Reliable and Durable Operation Configurable for power latch and/or stack pressure compensation Onboard diagnostics facilitates preventative maintenance 437

438 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Power 120 VAC, 60 Hz (+10%, -15%) Current Draw 0.75A Auxiliary Output Certifications 12VDC at.5a output, 24VDC at.25a output, 24VDC at.4a output Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.19; Complies with American Disability Act; UL325 certified; UL10C for positive pressure fire test Mechanical Specifications Handing Non-handed ANSI Certification A Door Thickness Application 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard Push or pull side mounting How to Order Series Application Power Size Finish Application Hinge (pull) side of door* 1 Rigid arm & slide track 110 maximum door swing maximum reveal 1/8" (3 mm) Finishes 689 Aluminum 690 Statuary Bronze 5 Double egress arm 110 maximum door swing with 1/8" (3 mm) reveal; 95 maximum door swing with 3" (76 mm) reveal. Stop (push) side of door 3 Standard-Duty Double Lever Arm 110 maximum door swing reveals 2-3/4" to 5-3/4" (70 to 146 mm) 438

439 NORTON 5800 Series ADAEZ Low Energy Operators Overview The 5800 Series ADAEZ are compact electromechanical door operators that are simple to install and use. Available with either a Regenerative Power System or a 24VDC wall plug, this heavy-duty, low energy operator is intended for high traffic applications like retail outlets, banks, schools or universities. in automatic mode 25% of the time or less, the 5800 Series ADAEZ PRO will self-generate enough power to charge the battery pack for up to 12 years. The 5800 Series ADAEZ PRO PLUS includes a 24VDC hardwired transformer kit that allows the non-handed unit to plug directly into an outlet. The 5800 ADAEZ Pro offers a Regenerative Power System that charges an onboard battery pack, eliminating the need to run electrical wire to the unit. When used Features and Benefits Easy to install Integral RF receiver paired with weatherized RF push buttons included for simple installation Flexible Push or pull side mounting available Non-handed Controls doors up to 48" wide and 250 lbs in weight Meets requirements for Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Maintenance free Acts like a manual door closer Dependable Grade 1 heavy-duty, commercial design Brushless DC motor/gearbox tested in excess of 10 million cycles Dynamic braking for high wind applications Electronic backcheck for abusive environments 439

440 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications 5800 Series ADAEZ PRO 5800 Series ADAEZ PRO PLUS Power Regenerative Power System 24VDC Certifications ANSI/BHMA A certified; ETL tested to UL/cUL standard for automatic doors on fire & smoke barrier doors; Complies with requirements for Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA); UL10c 90-Minute Positive Pressure Fire Rating Mechanical Specifications Handing Non-handed ANSI certification A Door thickness Application 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard Push or pull side mounting How to Order Series Application Model Options Finish Application 3 Push 1 Pull 4 Push and Pull Model 1 ADAEZ PRO 3 ADAEZ PRO PLUS 5 ADAEZ PRO Complete 7 ADAEZ PRO ELI Finishes 689 Aluminum 693 Black Textured Options NPB Narrow push buttons SQBP square push buttons LPB push buttons not included 440

441 NORTON 5600 Series Low Energy Operators Overview The 5600 Series offers functionality and control at an affordable price. Ideal for retrofit applications, the 5600 Series converts interior, non-fire rated doors for ADA compliance easily and affordably and provides a simple way to achieve touchless environments in public restrooms. Available for push or pull mounting, this unit can be operated manually or activated by wall switches, or radio frequency devices. Easy to install, set-up and adjust, the 5600 Series is perfect for ADA-compliant offices, classrooms and dorm rooms, and touch free applications like public restrooms, labs and examination rooms. Features and Benefits Affordable functionality: simply opens and closes the door to automate interior, non-fire rated doors Ideal for retrofit applications: easy installation and optional AC power cord effortlessly converts openings for barrier free accessibility Convenient kits simplify the ordering process and ensure use of correct components Hands-free operation: easily retrofit public restroom doors to become part of a touchless environment Aesthetically pleasing: clean, sleek design with small footprint blends in with any decor 441

442 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electronic Specifications Power 120VAC, 60 Hz Current draw 0.6A Auxiliary output Certifications 24VDC at 1.1A output Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.19; Complies with American Disability Act; UL325 certified Mechanical Specifications Handing Non-handed ANSI certification A Door thickness Application 1-3/4" (44 mm) standard Push or pull side mounting How to Order Series Application Type Options Finish Application Hinge (pull) side of door 1 Rigid arm & slide track Max reveal 1/8" (3 mm) up to 95 door swing Stop (push) side of door 3 Double Lever Arm Minimum reveal: 1-1/4" (32 mm) Maximum reveal: 5" (127 mm) Type 0 Standard Unit 0EX Executive Unit Options RF Radio Frequency PC Power Cord PCRF Power Cord, Radio Frequency Finishes 689 Aluminum 690 Statuary Bronze 442

443 Low Energy Operator Selection Guide Overview Automate virtually any door with Norton's family of Low Energy Operators. Appropriate for a variety of openings including main entrance doors, office doors or public restrooms, these operators provide smooth, quiet automatic door control for easy accessibility. 443

444 ELECTROMECHANICAL Electrohydraulic Electromechanical Features Non-handed Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Push or pull side mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Push and go Yes No Yes Yes - PRO PLUS only Yes Obstruction detection Open/Close Open Open/Close Open Open/Close Backcheck standard Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Dynamic braking No No Yes Yes No Power close N No Yes Yes - PRO PLUS only No Infinite hold open Yes No Yes Yes No Door traffic H M H H L Use on exterior doors* Yes Yes Yes Yes No Use on fire rated doors Yes Yes Yes Yes; 90 min doors No Use with actuation devices: push buttons, RF and hands free Integration with access control systems Blow open function for smoke ventilation Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes** No No No No Warranty 2 years 2 years 2 years 2 years 1 years Specifications Maximum door weight^ 250 lbs 250 lbs 200 lbs 250 lbs 150 lbs Current draw.9a.6a.75a.4a.6a Onboard power supply for accessories 1.3A 1.1A 0.4A N/A 1.1A Regulatory ADA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes BHMA certified to A Yes Yes Yes Yes No Meets UBC 7.2 (1997) and UL10C positive pressure requirements Yes Yes Yes No No Conforms to ANSI/UL 325 Yes (ETL) Yes (UL) Yes (UL) Yes (ETL) Yes (ETL) * Operator must be mounted on the inside of exterior door. ** Factory configurable. ^ Consult product catalog for recommended door sizes. 444

445 Electromagnetic Door Holders/Releases Overview Rixson electromagnetic door holders/releases are designed for virtually any remote door release applications. They must be used in conjunction with closing devices. Fire/smoke barrier doors Door releases when tripped by an alarm or smoke detector Features and Benefits 25 to 40 pounds holding power, except where noted Fail safe operation; power failure releases door to close Positive release button initiates closing motion Tri-volt coils on most models Private offices Door releases when triggered by a remote switch All devices come with a wall/floor portion and a door portion (armature) Circuit normally closed Door portions have screws and plates to accommodate surface and concealed mounting Spotting template included For stronger holding forces (50-55 lbs.) specify model and voltage. Not available in tri-volt coils ANSI/BHMA A certified UL/ULC listed 445

446 ELECTROMECHANICAL Model No. Mounting Application Voltage/Current TriCoil Space Req'd 980 Floor Single door ANSI/C Floor 2 Back-to-back doors ANSI/C Wall; low-profile Concealed wiring ANSI/C Wall; low-profile Concealed wiring ANSI/C VAC, 60 Hz.,.020 amp 24VAC/DC, 60 Hz.,.020 amp 12VDC,.040 amp 120VAC, 60Hz.,.040 amp 24VAC/DC,.040 amp 12VDC,.080 amp 120VAC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 24VAC/DC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 12VDC,.040 amp 120VAC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 24VAC/DC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 12VDC,.040 amp Y 6-5/8" (168 mm) Y 8-1/4" (210 mm) Y 2" x 4" x 2-1/2" (51 x 102 x 64 mm) outlet box Y 2" x 4" x 2-1/2" (51 x 102 x 64 mm) outlet box 991 Wall Surface wiring Hazardous locations ANSI/C /0 Floor or wall Surface or concealed wiring High hold (300 lbs) 120VAC, 60Hz.,.017 amp N 24VAC,.080 amp 12VAC,.180 amp 24VDC,.068 amp 240VAC, 50/60Hz.,.009 amp 24VAC/DC,.25 amp N 4-1/2" x 4-9/16" x 2-5/16" (114 x 116 x 59 mm) 994 Wall Surface wiring ANSI/C Wall Concealed wiring ANSI/C Wall Concealed wiring ANSI/C Universal Concealed wiring ANSI/C VAC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 24VAC/DC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 12VDC,.040 amp 120VAC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 24VAC/DC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 12VDC,.040 amp 120VAC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 24VAC/DC, 60Hz.,.020 amp 12VDC,.040 amp 120 VAC, 60 Hz.,.020 amp 24 VAC/DC, 60 Hz.,.020 amp 12 VDC,.040 amp Y 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep adapter housing Y 2" x 4" x 1-3/4" (51 x 102 x 45 mm) outlet box Y 2" x 4" x 1-3/4" (51 x 102 x 45 mm) outlet box Y 2" x 4" (51 x 102 mm) outlet box; 4" (102 mm) square box; 4" (102 mm) octagonal box How to Order Model No Voltage Finish VAC 689 Voltage 24VAC/DC* 12VDC* 12VAC 120VAC* 240VAC* Finishes 689 Sprayed Aluminum 690 Sprayed Dark Bronze 691 Sprayed Light Bronze 693 Sprayed Black 696 Sprayed Brass * When voltage is specified, these electromagnetic door holder/releases will have lbs. of holding force 446

447 Appendix A CORBIN RUSSWIN Levers, Roses and Trim 447

448 Standard & Vineyard Series Levers and Trim Levers Standard Mortise Cylindrical Exit Armstrong (A) X X X Citiation (C) X X Dirke (D) X X Essex (E) X X Lustra (L) X X Newport (N) X X X Princeton (P) X X X Regis (R) X X Vineyard Frascati (F) X X X Merlot (M) X X Zinfandel (Z) X X 448

449 Roses Standard Mortise A B F D (cylindrical only) Vineyard G Escutcheons Mortise M N P R 449

450 The Muséo Line Levers Georgia Salvador Piet* Marc** 101*/** G 111* L M 113* 104*/** S W M 116 Georges* M Josef* 27M Jackson** Pablo** * *Levers not available with Roseless Trim. **Collection not available in 629/630 finishes.

451 Roses Mortise E2 E3 E4 T U V W X Y Roseless Available with Access 600 locks only. Thumbturns Mortise J MT1 MT2 MT3 Escutcheons Mortise L R 451

452 Finishes Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - Oil Rubbed 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - Equivalent 613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 625 Bright Plated Chromium 626 Satin Plated Chromium 626C Satin Chromium with 629 Satin Stainless Steel 630 Bright Stainless Steel 630C Satin Stainless Steel MicroShield with MicroShield 722 Black Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 452

453 Appendix A SARGENT Levers, Roses and Trim 453

454 Standard & Coastal Series Levers and Trim Levers Standard Mortise 8200/7900 Cylindrical Exit A X X B/BB* X X X E X X F X X J/BJ* X X X L/BL* X X X P/BP* X X X W X X Coastal Series G - Gulfport X X X R - Rockport X X S - Sanibel (Handed) X X Y - Yarmouth (Handed) X X X 454 * Required for 7900 mortise locks. Lever dimensions vary slightly. Offered with O rose only.

455 Coastal Series TR CR Roses Standard Mortise L E SL O LN BH Cylindrical L G Escutcheons Mortise LE1/LE2 LE3/LE4 LW1 LS WT 455

456 Studio Collection Levers Centro Aventura Gramercy* Odéon** MC*/** MB RAG MN* MD ME RAL MK MJ MF RAM MH* MP*/** MG RAS MS ND MI RAW MU NJ MW RCM MV Grant Park* NF REM MX H007 Wooster Square* RGM NS H008 H001 Notting Hill** NU H009 H002 MA Rialto** H010 H003 MQ MO H011 H004 MT* MZ H005 MM H006 MY 456 *Levers not available with Roseless Trim. **Collection not available in 32/32D finishes.

457 Roses Mortise CO CR E2 E3 E4 LN O TO TR Thumbturns Mortise Roseless T1 T2 T3 Escutcheons Mortise TE CE LE1 457

458 Finishes Finishes 03 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 04 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 09 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 10 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 10B Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed 10BE Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Equivalent 10BL Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 14 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 15 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 20D Statuary Dark Bronze, Clear Coated 26 Bright Chromium Plated 26D Satin Chromium Plated 32 Bright Stainless Steel 32D Satin Stainless Steel 458

459 Appendix A YALE Levers, Roses and Trim 459

460 Standard Levers and Trim Levers Standard Mortise Cylindrical Exit Arcadia (AR) X X Augusta (AU) X X X Carmel (CR) X X Jefferson (JN) X X Monroe (MO) X X X Pacific Beach (PB) X X X Pinehurst (PN) X X Virginia (VI) X X Hampton (HA) X X 460

461 Roses Standard CO Designer Hampton R3 R5 Escutcheons Standard Camden CN Designer Hampton E3 E4 461

462 Reflections Levers Hudson Thames Niagara Victoria TB TM MA TT TC TN RA TU UB TP RB TV UC TR RC TW TS Seine TX TQ TG TY TJ UW TK UX TO TZ Danube TE TI 462

463 Roses Reflections R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 Escutcheons Reflections E3 E4 463

464 Finishes Finishes 605 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 609 Satin Brass, Blackened, Satin Relieved, Clear Coated 611 Bright Bronze, Clear Coated 612 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - Equivalent 616 Satin Bronze, Blackened, and Satin Relieved, Clear Coated 618 Bright Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 619 Satin Nickel Plated, Clear Coated 620 Satin Nickel Plated, Blackened, Satin Relieved, Clear Coated 625 Bright PlatedChromium **626 Satin PlatedChromium 629 Satin Stainless Steel **630 Bright Stainless Steel ** Finish available with MicroShield antimicrobial coating. Add YMS suffix to order. * 613 and 722 finishes by Special Product Application Request only. Please contact customer service for more information. 464

465 Appendix B PoE-Friendly Devices Overview ASSA ABLOY offers a wide range of low current PoE-friendly locking devices that can be utilized in conjunction with most PoE enabled door controllers in the industry. The majority of PoE enabled door controllers in the market today support 600 to 650 ma of power at 12VDC for downstream devices such as card readers and electrified locks. PoE-friendly devices allow the user and installer to leverage more existing infrastructure while driving down the total cost of ownership for each opening. As an added bonus, when powered by a PoE managed switch the user is able to define the carbon footprint of the system, driving a more energy efficient opening and resulting in lower operational expenses. 465

466 ASSA ABLOY PoE PACS Door Controller Compatible Electrified Hardware Adams Rite eforce (HID 125 khz Prox & HID MHz iclass) 3090P/3090C Electrified Trim Compatible with: Adams Rite MS Series deadbolts Adams Rite 4500, 4700 and 4900 Series deadlatches Adams Rite 8000 Series Exit Devices in 31/32" backsets and greater Corbin Russwin ED4000 Series / Yale 7200 Series / Sargent 8500 Series rim exit devices Electrified Trim VDC ONLY Adams Rite DualForce 2190 (EK-2190) Voltage Adaptor Cable - VA /VA Electrified Lock VDC / VDC Adams Rite 3080E Electrified Exit Device Entry Trim Order fail safe / fail secure Electrified Trim VDC / VDC Adams Rite 4300 Series Deadlatch Fail secure ONLY Electrified Lock VDC / VDC Adams Rite 4593E Series Electrified Latch Pull ( xx) Fail secure ONLY Electrified Lock VDC / 24VDC Adams Rite Electric Strikes Models 7400/7401/7410/7411/7430/7431/7440/74R1/74R2 fail safe / fail secure field selectable VDC / 24VDC Models 7100/7101/7110/7111/7130/7131/7140/7160/7170/71R1/71R2 fail safe / fail secure field selectable VDC / VDC Models 7240/7270 fail safe / fail secure field selectable VDC / VDC 466 HES Electric Strikes Models 1006/7000/7500/9400/9500/ VDC / 24VDC Models - 660/4500/5000/5200/8000/8300/ VDC / 24VDC HES RF (HID 125 khz Prox) Integrated Electric Strikes Models 1006/7000/7500/9400/9500/ VDC / 24VDC Models 660/4500/5000/5200/8000/8300/ VDC / 24VDC Card Reader VDC HES IC (HID MHz iclass) Integrated Electric Strikes Models 1006/7000/7500/9400/9500/ VDC / 24VDC Models 660/4500/5000/5200/8000/8300/ VDC / 24VDC Card Reader / 24VDC Folger Adam Electric Strikes Model VDC / 24VDC Models 712/732/ VDC / 24VDC Corbin Russwin ML20900 ECL Series Electrified Mortise Lock featuring EcoFlex Technology ML20906 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20907 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20914 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20915 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20932 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) Electric Lock - 15 ma (1/2 Amp peak)

467 Corbin Russwin CL33900 Cylindrical Lock (M92 Optional REX) CL33903 fail safe CL33905 fail secure Electrified Lock VDC / 24VDC Corbin Russwin Access 600 RNE1 M802 (HID 125 khz Prox) ML20600 Electrified Mortise Lock featuring EcoFlex Technology ML20606 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20607 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20608 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20609 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) Electric Lock - 15 ma (1/2 Amp peak) Card Reader VDC ONLY Corbin Russwin Access 600 RNE1 M812 (HID MHz iclass) ML20600 Electrified Mortise Lock featuring EcoFlex Technology ML20606 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20607 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20608 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20609 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) Electric Lock - 15 ma (1/2 Amp peak) Card Reader /24VDC Corbin Russwin Access 600 RNE1 M802 (HID 125 khz Prox) CL33600 Cylindrical Lock Electrified Lock VDC / 24VDC Card Reader VDC ONLY Corbin Russwin SE LP10 (multiclass) (ML20600 Mortise, CL33600 Cylindrical) CL33603 (fail safe) CL33605 (fail secure) ML20606 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20607 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20608 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) ML20609 x SAF (fail safe) or SEC (fail secure) Cylindrical Lock VDC, VDC Mortise Lock with EcoFlex Technology - 15 ma (1/2 Amp peak) Card Reader - 81 ma continuous (200 ma Sargent 8200 Series Mortise Lock featuring EcoFlex Technology (Optional: RX REX / LX Latchbolt Monitor/ DX Deadbolt Monitor) 8270/8272 fail safe 8271/8273 fail secure Electrified Lock Amp (1/2 Amp peak) Sargent 10-Line Series Cylindrical Lock (28-, RX Optional REX) 10G70 fail safe 10G71 fail secure Electric Lock VDC / 24VDC Sargent 80 Series ET Trim (Electrified Trim) (55- Optional REX Rail Monitoring) Function 73 fail safe Function 74 fail secure Electric Trim VDC / 24VDC Corbin Russwin Access 600 RNE1 M812 (HID MHz iclass) CL33600 Cylindrical Lock Electrified Lock VDC / 24VDC Card Reader /24VDC 467

468 ASSA ABLOY PoE PACS Door Controller Compatible Electrified Hardware Sargent Harmony H1 (HID 125 KHz Prox) (8200 Series Mortise / 10-Line Series Cylindrical / 80 Series ET Trim) 10G270 fail safe cylindrical lock 10G271 fail secure cylindrical lock 82270/82280/82274/82284 fail safe mortise lock 82271/82281/82275/82285 fail secure mortise lock 8673/8773/8873/8875/8973/8975 fail safe 80 Series exit device 8674/8774/8874/8876/8974/8976 fail secure 80 Series exit device /707313/707315/707373/ fail safe 80 Series ED Multi-Point vertical rod /707413/707415/707473/ fail secure 80 Series ED Multi-Point vertical rod Electric Lock VDC / 24VDC Card Reader VDC ONLY Sargent Harmony H2 (HID MHz iclass) (8200 Series Mortise / 10-Line Series Cylindrical / 80 Series ET Trim) 10G270 fail safe cylindrical lock 10G271 fail secure cylindrical lock 82270/82280/82274/82284 fail safe mortise lock 82271/82281/82275/82285 fail secure mortise lock 8673/8773/8873/8875/8973/8975 fail safe 80 Series exit device 8674/8774/8874/8876/8974/8976 fail secure 80 Series exit device /707313/707315/707373/ fail safe 80 Series ED Multi-Point vertical rod /707413/707415/707473/ fail secure 80 Series ED Multi-Point vertical rod Electric Lock VDC / 24VDC Card Reader /24VDC Sargent SE LP10 (multiclass) (8200 Series Mortise / 10 Line Series Cylindrical / 80 Series ET Trim) 10G270 fail safe cylindrical lock 10G271 fail secure cylindrical lock 82270/82280/82274/82284 fail safe mortise lock 82271/82281/82275/82285 fail secure mortise lock 8673/8773/8873/8875/8973/8975 fail safe 80 Series exit device 8674/8774/8874/8876/8974/8976 fail secure 80 series exit device Cylindrical Lock or Exit Device VDC / 24VDC Mortise Lock with EcoFlex Technology - 15 ma (1/2 Amp peak) Card Reader - 81 ma continuous (200 ma Securitron MM15 MEMLOCK MM15 4,000 lb Electromechanical Maglock XMS Exit Motion Sensor Passive infrared (PIR) request to exit (REX) device EEB2 Emergency Exit Button w/30 second timer Electromechanical hybrid maglock VDC / VAC Exit Motion Sensor / 24VDC Emergency Exit Button - 28 ma at 12VDC or 38 ma at 24VDC Securitron M38 Magnalock M lb Bracket Mounted Magnalock XMS Exit Motion Sensor Passive infrared (PIR) request to exit (REX) device EEB2 Emergency Exit Button w/30 second timer Magnalock VDC / VAC Exit Motion Sensor / 24VDC Emergency Exit Button - 28 ma at 12 VDC or 38 ma at 24VDC 468

469 Securitron M68 Magnalock M38 1,200 lb bracket mounted magnalock XMS exit motion sensor Passive infrared (PIR) request to exit (REX) device EEB2 Emergency Exit Button w/30 second timer Magnalock VDC / VAC Exit Motion Sensor / 24VDC Emergency Exit Button - 28 ma at 12VDC or 38 ma at 24VDC Securitron M32 Magnalock M lb Magnalock XMS Exit Motion Sensor Passive infrared (PIR) request to exit (REX) device EEB2 Emergency Exit Button w/30 second timer Magnalock VDC / VAC Exit Motion Sensor / 24VDC Emergency Exit Button - 28 ma at 12VDC or 38 ma at 24VDC Securitron M62 Magnalock M62 1,200 lb Magnalock XMS Exit Motion Sensor Passive infrared (PIR) request to exit (REX) device EEB2 Emergency Exit Button w/30 second timer Magnalock VDC / VAC Exit Motion Sensor / 24VDC Emergency Exit Button - 28 ma at 12VDC or 38 ma at 24VDC Securitron M34R Magnalock M34R 500 lb Recessed Magnalock XMS Exit Motion Sensor Passive infrared (PIR) request to exit (REX) device EEB2 Emergency Exit Button w/30 second timer Magnalock VDC / VAC Exit Motion Sensor / 24VDC Emergency Exit Button - 28 ma at 12VDC or 38 ma at 24VDC Securitron SAM Magnalock SAM 1,200 lb Sheer Aligning Magnalock XMS Exit Motion Sensor Passive infrared (PIR) request to exit (REX) device EEB2 Emergency Exit Button w/30 second timer Magnalock VDC / VAC Exit Motion Sensor / 24VDC Emergency Exit Button - 28 ma at 12VDC or 38 ma at 24VDC Securitron MCL Magnalock MCL 200 lb Cabinet Magnalock Magnalock VAC Yale 5400LN Cylindrical Lock (SPDT Optional REX) 5490LN / 5480LN fail safe 5491LN / 5481LN fail secure Electrified Lock VDC / 24VDC Yale Symphony T002 (HID 125 khz Prox) S5400LN Cylindrical Lock 5490LN / 5480LN fail safe 5491LN / 5481LN fail secure Electrified Lock VDC / 24VDC Card Reader VDC ONLY Yale Symphony T003 (HID MHz iclass) S5400LN Cylindrical Lock 5490LN / 5480LN fail safe 5491LN / 5481LN fail secure Electrified Lock VDC / 24VDC Card Reader /2VDC 469

470 NOTES

471 NOTES

472 ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions 110 Sargent Drive New Haven, CT DSS.EZ4U ( ) ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions Canada 160 Four Valley Drive Vaughan, ON L4K 4T The trademarks and registered trademarks reflected in this publication are the trademarks and registered trademarks of their respective owners, each of which is an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, and are used herein with permission. Other products brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. Copyright 2017 ASSA ABLOY Sales and Marketing Group Inc.; all rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Sales and Marketing Group Inc. is prohibited. Printed in Korea Effective 12/29/